01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 1

ENGLISH GREEK

Digital Video Camcorder ÿÁˆÈ·Ífi ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·

VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/ VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/
D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/ D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/
D975W(i) D975W(i)

AF Auto Focus AF ¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ

CCD Charge Coupled CCD ƒÈ‹Ù·ÓÁ ÛıÊÂı„Ï›ÌÔı
Device ˆÔÒÙflÔı
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LCD œË¸ÌÁ ı„Ò˛Ì
ÍÒıÛÙ‹Î΢Ì

Owner’s Instruction Book ≈„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ Ô‰Á„È˛Ì

Before operating the unit, please read –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ
this Instruction Book thoroughly, and ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ‰È·‚‹ÛÙ ÒÔÛÂÍÙÈÍ‹
retain it for future reference. ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔ Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ Í·È ˆı΋ÓÙ ÙÔ
„È· ÏÂÎÎÔÌÙÈÍfi ·Ì·ˆÔÒ‹.

Use only approved battery packs. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ϸÌÔ Â„ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›ÌÂÚ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ.

Otherwise, there is a danger of overheating, fire or explosion.
Samsung is not responsible for problems occurring due to
using unapproved batteries.
ƒÈ·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ‹, ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Ífl̉ıÌÔÚ ıÂÒË›ÒÏ·ÌÛÁÚ, ˆ˘ÙÈ‹Ú fi ›ÍÒÁÓÁÚ.
« ÂÙ·ÈÒfl· Samsung ‰ÂÌ ˆ›ÒÂÈ ÂıË˝ÌÁ „È· ÒÔ‚ÎfiÏ·Ù· Ôı
Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÍ˝¯ÔıÌ ·¸ ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÏÁ „ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›Ì˘Ì
Ï·Ù·ÒÈ˛Ì.
AD68-01227K
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 2
ENGLISH
Contents
Notes and Safety Instructions ...............................................5
Getting to Know Your Camcorder ........................................7
Features .....................................................................................................................................7
Accessories Supplied with Camcorder......................................................................................8
Front & Left View .......................................................................................................................9
Left Side View ..........................................................................................................................10
Right & Top View......................................................................................................................11
Rear & Bottom View ................................................................................................................12
Remote Control (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ......................................................................13
Preparation..........................................................................14
Using the Hand Strap & Lens Cover.......................................................................................14
Lithium Battery Installation.......................................................................................................15
Using the Lithium Ion Battery Pack.........................................................................................16
Connecting a Power Source....................................................................................................19
About the Operating Modes.....................................................................................................19
Using the QUICK MENU .........................................................................................................20
OSD (On Screen Display) in Camera/Player Modes .............................................................21
OSD (On Screen Display) in M.Cam/M.Player Modes (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .........22
Turning the OSD (On Screen Display) On/Off .......................................................................22
Initial Setting : System Menu Setting ..................................23
Setting the Clock (Clock Set)..................................................................................................23
Setting the Wireless Remote Control Acceptance (Remote) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)...24
Setting the Beep Sound (Beep Sound)..................................................................................25
Setting the Shutter Sound (Shutter Sound) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .........................26
Selecting the OSD Language (Language).............................................................................27
Viewing the Demonstration (Demonstration) ........................................................................28
Initial Setting : Display Menu Setting..................................29
Adjusting the LCD Screen (LCD Bright/LCD Colour)...........................................................29
Displaying the Date/Time (Date/Time)....................................................................................30
Setting the TV Display (TV Display).......................................................................................31
Basic Recording...................................................................32
Using the Viewfinder................................................................................................................32
Inserting / Ejecting a Cassette.................................................................................................32
Various Recording Techniques ................................................................................................33
Making your First Recording....................................................................................................34
Recording with Ease for Beginners (EASY.Q Mode) .............................................................35
Reviewing and Searching a Recording (REC SEARCH).......................................................36
Searching quickly for a desired scene (Setting the ZERO MEMORY)
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .................................................................................................37
Self Record using the Remote Control (Setting the Self Timer)
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .................................................................................................38
Zooming In and Out.................................................................................................................39
Using the Fade In and Out ......................................................................................................40
Using the COLOUR NITE (COLOUR NITE)...........................................................................41
Using the LIGHT (VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)...................................................42
2 ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú LIGHT (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))..42
GREEK
–ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌ·
≈ȉÔÔÈfiÛÂÈÚ Í·È Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ·Ûˆ‹ÎÂÈ·Ú ..............................5
–·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ......................................7
◊·Ò·ÍÙÁÒÈÛÙÈÍ‹.................................................................................................................................7
–·ÒÂÎ͸ÏÂÌ· Ôı ·Ò›˜ÔÌÙ·È Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· .................................................................8
ÃÒÔÛÙÈÌfi & ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒfi ÎÂıÒ‹ .....................................................................................................9
¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒfi ÎÂıÒ‹............................................................................................................................10
ƒÂÓÈ‹ & Â‹Ì˘ ÎÂıÒ‹ ..................................................................................................................11
–flÛ˘ Í·È Í‹Ù˘ ÎÂıÒ‹...................................................................................................................12
‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))............................................13
–ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl· ....................................................................14
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ Í·È ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ˆ·ÍÔ˝...........................................................14
‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı ....................................................................................................15
◊ÒfiÛÁ Â·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈʸÏÂÌÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı ............................................................16
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Á„fiÚ ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ ............................................................................................................19
–ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒflÂÚ „È· ÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ...........................................................................19
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÍÔıÏÈÔ˝ QUICK MENU (√Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝)............................................................20
≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Û ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Camera/Player .......................21
≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Û ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Cam/M.Player
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))...........................................................................22
≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.....22
¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: —ıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ ...........23
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ (Clock Set)..............................................................................................23
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·Ô‰Ô˜fiÚ ·Û˝ÒÏ·ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏÔ˝ (Remote)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))...........................................................................24
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı "ÏÈ" (Beep Sound)....................................................................................25
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter Sound)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))...........................................................................26
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ „βÛÛ·Ú Ù˘Ì ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ (Language) ............................................27
–ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ÙÁÚ Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁÚ (Demonstration) ...................................................................................28
¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Ô˸ÌÁÚ ......................29
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD (LCD Bright/ LCD Colour) ..............................................................29
≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú (Date/Time).................................................................................30
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ TV (TV Display)..........................................................................................31
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ .........................................32
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÛÍÔ½ÙÒÔı ................................................................................................................32
≈ÈÛ·„˘„fi / ÂÓ·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú .....................................................................................................32
ƒÈ‹ˆÔÒÂÚ Ù˜ÌÈÍ›Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ......................................................................................................33
–Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ò˛ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ...................................................................................34
≈˝ÍÔÎÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ „È· ·Ò˜‹ÒÈÔıÚ (‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q) ...................35
¡Ì·Û͸ÁÛÁ Í·È ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi (REC SEARCH) ..........................................36
√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ÏÈ·Ú Ûı„ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›ÌÁÚ ÛÍÁÌfiÚ (—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ZERO MEMORY)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))...........................................................................37
¡ıٸϷÙÁ „„Ò·ˆfi Ï ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı (—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ·ıٸϷÙÔı
˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁ) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) ............................................38
Ä›ËıÌÛÁ Í·È ÛÏflÍÒıÌÛÁ ...........................................................................................................39
◊ÒfiÛÁ Ù˘Ì ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì Fade In Í·È Fade Out .........................................................................40
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú COLOUR NITE......................................................................................41
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 3
ENGLISH
Contents
Advanced Recording ...........................................................43
Selecting the Record Mode & Audio Mode .............................................................................43
Cutting Off Wind Noise (WindCut Plus).................................................................................44
Selecting the Real Stereo Function.........................................................................................45
Setting the Shutter Speed & Exposure ...................................................................................46
Auto Focus / Manual Focus.....................................................................................................47
Programmed Automatic Exposure Modes (Program AE)......................................................48
Setting the White Balance .......................................................................................................50
Applying Visual Effects ............................................................................................................52
Setting the 16:9 Wide mode ....................................................................................................54
Using the Tele Macro (Macro) .................................................................................................55
Setting the Digital Image Stabilizer (DIS)................................................................................56
Using Back Light Compensation Mode (BLC) ........................................................................57
Zooming In and Out with Digital Zoom (Digital Zoom)..........................................................58
Still Image Recording...............................................................................................................59
Searching for a still image ................................................................................................59
Playback ..............................................................................60
Playing Back a Tape on the LCD Screen................................................................................60
Various Functions while in Player Mode .................................................................................61
Audio Dubbing (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)........................................................................63
Dubbed Audio Playback...........................................................................................................64
Tape Playback on TV Screen ..................................................................................................65
VOICE + Function....................................................................................................................67
Audio Effect..............................................................................................................................68
Setting the AV In/Out (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only) .........................69
Connection....................................................................................70
Copying a Camcorder Tape onto a Video Tape ......................................................................70
Recording (Copying) a TV Programme or Video Tape onto a Camcorder Tape
(VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only).............................................................71
Digital Still Camera Mode (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)....72
Using a Memory Card (Usable Memory Card) (not supplied)...................................................72
Memory Card Functions...................................................................................................72
Inserting a Memory Card..................................................................................................72
Ejecting a Memory Card ..................................................................................................72
Structure of Folders and Files on the Memory Card...............................................................73
Selecting the Photo Quality .....................................................................................................74
Selecting the recording Photo Size (VP-D975W(i) only) ........................................................75
Setting the File Number...........................................................................................................76
Taking a Photo Image (JPEG) on the Memory Card..............................................................77
Viewing Photo Images (JPEG)................................................................................................78
To view a Single Image....................................................................................................78
To view a Slide Show ......................................................................................................78
To view the Multi Display ................................................................................................78
Protection from accidental Erasure .........................................................................................79
Deleting Photo Images and Moving Images...........................................................................80
GREEK
–ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌ·
”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ .......................................43
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (Rec Mode) Í·È ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
fi˜Ôı (Audio Mode) .........................................................................................................................43
K·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfi ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı (WindCut Plus) ...........................................................................44
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı (Real Stereo)......................45
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter Speed) & ÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Exposure) ...............46
¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ / ÃÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ (AF/MF)................................................................47
ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Program AE).......................................48
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ …ÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ (White Balance)....................................................................50
≈ˆ·ÒÏÔ„fi ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› (Visual effect) ......................................................................................52
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ (16:9 Wide) ...........................................................54
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele Macro ............................................................................................55
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (DIS) ............................................................56
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¡ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (BLC) ..........................57
Ä›ËıÌÛÁ Í·È ÛÏflÍÒıÌÛÁ Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ (Digital Zoom) .....................58
Àfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ......................................................................................................................59
¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú ..................................................................................................59
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ....................................................................60
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú Ôı ›˜ÂÙ ͷٷ„Ò‹¯ÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ........................................60
ƒÈ‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Player (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi).............................61
ÃflÓÁ fi˜Ôı (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)).......................................................63
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔı fi˜Ôı ..............................................................................................64
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú ÛÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ .................................................................................65
ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÷ŸÕ«+.........................................................................................................................67
«˜ÁÙÈÍ‹ ˆ› .....................................................................................................................................68
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú AV In/Out (≈flÛÔ‰ÔÚ/∏ÓÔ‰ÔÚ AV)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi) ....................................69
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ .............................................................................70
¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Û ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·......................................................70
≈„„Ò·ˆfi (¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi) ÂÌ¸Ú ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈÍÔ˝ ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ fi ÏÈ·Ú ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·Ú Û ͷۛٷ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi).............71
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) ..................72
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (ÛıÏ‚·Ùfi Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ) (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È)................................72
ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ..............................................................................................72
≈ÈÛ·„˘„fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ..................................................................................................72
≈Ó·„˘„fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ...................................................................................................72
ƒÈ‹ÒËÒ˘ÛÁ ˆ·Í›Î˘Ì Í·È ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ..........................................................73
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Photo Quality (–ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú).......................................74
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ·Ò˜ÂflÔı Photo (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i))...75
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ File Number (¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı) ...................................................................................76
Àfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú (JPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ......................................................................77
–ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì (JPEG) ..................................................................................................78
√È· ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi Ïfl·Ú ϸÌÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú .......................................................................................78
√È· ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì............................................................................78
√È· ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ÔÎÎ˛Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ· ...................................................................78
–ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi .............................................................................................79
ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Í·È ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ..................................................................80
3
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 4
ENGLISH
Contents
Formatting a Memory Card......................................................................................................82
Recording Moving Images (MPEG) on a Memory Card.........................................................83
Playing the Moving Images (MPEG) on a Memory Card (M.Play Select) ............................85
Recording Photo Image from a Cassette................................................................................86
Copying Still Images from a Cassette to a Memory Card (Photo Copy) ..............................87
Marking Images for Printing (Print Mark) ...............................................................................88
Removing the Print Mark .................................................................................................88
PictBridgeTM (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .......................89
Printing Your Pictures – Using the PictBridgeTM ......................................................................89
Connecting To a Printer....................................................................................................89
Selecting Images..............................................................................................................90
Setting the Number of Prints ............................................................................................90
Setting the Date/Time Imprint Option ...............................................................................90
Printing Images................................................................................................................90
Canceling the Printing......................................................................................................90
IEEE 1394 Data Transfer......................................................91
Transferring IEEE1394 (i.LINK)-DV Standard Data Connections ..........................................91
Connecting to a DV Device (DVD Recorder, Camcorder, etc.)...................................................91
Connecting to a PC ..........................................................................................................91
System Requirements.......................................................................................................91
Recording with a DV Connection Cable (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only) ..92
USB Interface (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only).....................93
Using USB Interface ................................................................................................................93
Transferring a Digital Image through a USB Connection....................................................93
USB Connection Speed depending on the System..............................................................93
System Requirements.......................................................................................................93
Selecting the USB Device (USB Connect) ............................................................................94
Installing DV Media PRO Program..........................................................................................95
Connecting to a PC..................................................................................................................96
Disconnecting the USB Cable...........................................................................................96
Using the PC Camera Function.........................................................................................97
Using the USB Streaming Function ..................................................................................98
Using the removable Disk Function ..................................................................................98
Maintenance........................................................................99
After Finishing a Recording .....................................................................................................99
Usable Cassette Tapes............................................................................................................99
Cleaning and Maintaining the Camcorder.............................................................................100
Using Your Camcorder Abroad..............................................................................................101
Troubleshooting.................................................................102
Troubleshooting......................................................................................................................102
Self Diagnosis Display ...................................................................................................102
Self Diagnosis Display in M.Cam/M.Player Modes (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) .........103
Setting menu items ................................................................................................................105
Specifications ................................................................... 107
Index ................................................................................ 108
4
GREEK
–ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌ·
ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ................................................................................................82
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (MPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ .................................................83
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (MPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (M.Play Select) ....85
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· ˘Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·..................................................86
¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (Photo Copy)...............................87
”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì „È· ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ (Print Mark) ............................................................................88
K·Ù‹Ò„ÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ............................................................................88
PictBridgeTM (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))....89
≈ÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì - ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı PictBridgeTM.................................................................89
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi ........................................................................................................89
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì..................................................................................................................90
œÒÈÛÏ¸Ú ÙÔı ·ÒÈËÏÔ˝ ·ÌÙÈÙ˝˘Ì .....................................................................................90
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÈÎÔ„fiÚ ÂÌÛ˘Ï‹Ù˘ÛÁÚ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú ..........................................90
≈ÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì..............................................................................................................90
¡Í˝Ò˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ...................................................................................................90
ÃÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ IEEE 1394 .......91
ÃÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ Ï›Û˘ IEEE1394 (i.LINK) - ”ı̉›ÛÂÈÚ ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ DV ..91
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÏÈ· ÛıÛÍÂıfi DV (ÛıÛÍÂıfi „„Ò·ˆfiÚ DVD, ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í.Î.)........91
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.....................................................................................................91
¡·ÈÙfiÛÂÈÚ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ .....................................................................................................91
≈„„Ò·ˆfi Ï ͷβ‰ÈÔ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ DV
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi) .........................92
ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) ....93
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‰È·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB.......................................................................................................93
ÃÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Ï›Û˘ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB .............................................................93
« Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸ ÙÔ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· ......................................93
¡·ÈÙfiÛÂÈÚ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ .....................................................................................................93
≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ USB (USB Connect)..............................................................................94
≈„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı DV Media PRO Program ...............................................................................95
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ................................................................................................................96
¡ÔÛ˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı USB ......................................................................................96
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Í‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Web (PC Camera).....................................................97
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÒÔfiÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì USB (USB Streaming)..............................98
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔı ‰flÛÍÔı .............................................................98
”ıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ .........................................................................99
ÃÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÔÎÔÍÎfiÒ˘ÛÁ ÏÈ·Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ......................................................................................99
‘˝ÔÈ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·Ú Ôı ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÁËÔ˝Ì......................................................99
K·Ë·ÒÈÛÏ¸Ú Í·È ÛıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú....................................................................100
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ÛÙÔ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸...............................................................................101
¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì .........................................102
¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì.......................................................................................................102
œË¸ÌÁ ·ıÙԉȷ„Ì˘ÛÙÈÍÔ˝ ÂΛ„˜Ôı ...............................................................................102
œË¸ÌÁ ·ıÙԉȷ„Ì˘ÛÙÈÍÔ˝ ÂΛ„˜Ôı Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Cam/M.Player
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))..............................................................103
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÛÙÔȘÂfl˘Ì ÏÂÌÔ˝ ...........................................................................................................105
‘˜ÌÈÍ›Ú Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú ............................................... 107
≈ıÒÂÙfiÒÈÔ ....................................................................... 108
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 5
ENGLISH
Notes and Safety Instructions
Notes regarding the Rotation of the LCD Screen
Please rotate the LCD Screen carefully as illustrated.
Over rotation may cause damage to the inside of the
hinge that connects the LCD Screen to the
Camcorder.
1. Open the LCD Screen 90 degrees to the
Camcorder with your finger.
2. Rotate it to the best angle to record or play.
■ If you rotate the LCD Screen 180 degrees so it
is facing forward, you can close the LCD
Screen with the display facing out.
■ This is convenient during playback operations.
[ Note ]
Refer to page 29 to adjust brightness and colour of the LCD Screen.
Notes regarding the LCD Screen, Viewfinder, Lens
1. Direct sunlight can damage the LCD Screen, the inside of the Viewfinder
or the Lens. Take pictures of the sun only in
low light conditions, such as at dusk.
2. The LCD Screen has been manufactured
using high precision technology.
However, there may be tiny dots (red, blue
or green in colour) that appear on the LCD
Screen. These dots are normal and do not
affect the recorded picture in any way.
3. Do not pick up the Camcorder by holding
the Viewfinder, LCD Screen or Battery Pack.
4. Applying excessive force to the Viewfinder may damage it.
Notes regarding the Video Head Cleaning
■ To ensure normal recording and a clear picture, clean the video heads
regularly.
If a square block-shape distorts playback, or only a blue screen is
displayed, the video heads may be dirty.
If this happens, clean the video heads with a dry type cleaning cassette.
■
Do not use a wet-type cleaning cassette. It may damage the video heads.
GREEK
≈ȉÔÔÈfiÛÂÈÚ Í·È Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ·Ûˆ‹ÎÂÈ·Ú
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁÌ ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆfi ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD
Õ· ÂÒÈÛÙÒ›ˆÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ÒÔÛÂÍÙÈÍ‹ ¸˘Ú
ˆ·flÌÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
« ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfi ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆfi ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ÊÁÏfl· ÛÙÔ
ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÙÁÚ ‹ÒËÒ˘ÛÁÚ Ôı Ûı̉›ÂÈ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ÏÂ
ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
1. ¡ÌÔflÓÙ Ï ÙÔ ‰‹ÍÙıθ Û·Ú ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Í·Ù‹ 90
ÏÔflÒÂÚ ˘Ú ÒÔÚ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹ Û·Ú.
2. –ÂÒÈÛÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ ›ÙÛÈ, ˛ÛÙ ̷ ›˜ÂÙ ÙÁÌ
ͷνÙÂÒÁ ‰ıÌ·Ùfi ÔÙÈÍfi „˘Ìfl· „È· „„Ò·ˆfi fi
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
■ ≈‹Ì ÂÒÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Í·Ù‹ 180 ÏÔflÒÂÚ
ÒÔÚ ÙÁÌ ÎÂıÒ‹ ÙÔı ˆ·ÍÔ˝, ÏÔÒÂflÙÂ Ì· ÍÎÂflÛÂÙÂ
ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ï ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ ÒÔÚ Ù· ›Ó˘.
■ ¡ıÙ¸ ÂflÌ·È Ôν ‚ÔÎÈ͸ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ.
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÁ ÛÂÎfl‰· 29 „È· Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÁ ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· Í·È ÙÔ ˜Ò˛Ï· ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ
LCD.
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD, ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ Í·È ÙÔÌ ˆ·Í¸
1. ‘Ô ‹ÏÂÛÔ ÁÎȷ͸ ˆ˘Ú ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ‚΋‚Á ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD, ÛÙÔ
ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÙÔı ÛÍÔ½ÙÒÔı fi ÛÙÔÌ ˆ·Í¸. ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ fiÎÈÔ
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· ϸÌÔ Û ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ ˜·ÏÁÎÔ˝
ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝, „È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·, ÛÙÔ ÛÔ˝ÒÔıÔ.
2. « Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ›˜ÂÈ Í·Ù·ÛÍÂı·ÛÙÂfl Ï ˜ÒfiÛÁ
Ù˜ÌÔÎÔ„fl·Ú ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ·ÍÒfl‚ÂÈ·Ú.
ŸÛÙ¸ÛÔ, ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì·
Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÏÈÍÒÔÛÍÔÈÍ›Ú ÍÔıÍfl‰ÂÚ
(͸ÍÍÈÌÂÚ, ÏΠfi Ò‹ÛÈÌÂÚ). œÈ ÍÔıÍfl‰ÂÚ ·ıÙ›Ú
ÂflÌ·È ˆıÛÈÔÎÔ„ÈÍ›Ú Í·È ‰ÂÌ ÂÁÒ‹ÊÔıÌ ÙÁÌ
„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷ ÏÂ Í·Ì›Ì·Ì ÙÒ¸Ô.
3. ÃÁÌ ÛÁͲÌÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· È‹ÌÔÌÙ‹Ú ÙÁÌ
·¸ ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ, ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD fi ÙÁÌ
Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
4. « ‹ÛÍÁÛÁ ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfiÚ ‰˝Ì·ÏÁÚ ÛÙÔ
Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ÊÁÏÈ‹.
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÔÌ Í·Ë·ÒÈÛϸ Ù˘Ì Íˆ·Î˛Ì ‚flÌÙÂÔ
■ √È· Ì· ÂÓ·Ûˆ·ÎflÛÂÙ ͷÌÔÌÈÍfi „„Ò·ˆfi Í·È Í·Ë·Òfi ÂÈ͸̷, Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
Í·Ë·ÒflÊÂÙ ٷÍÙÈÍ‹ ÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
≈‹Ì Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ·Ò·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÂÈÚ ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú fi ‹Ì
Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ ÏÈ· ÏΠÔ˸ÌÁ, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È ÔÈ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ì· ÂflÌ·È
‚Ò˛ÏÈÍÂÚ.
≈‹Ì ÛıÏ‚·flÌÂÈ Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ, Í·Ë·ÒflÛÙ ÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ï ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·
Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝ ÓÁÒÔ˝ Ù˝Ôı.
■ ÃÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ͷۛÙÂÚ Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝ ı„ÒÔ˝ Ù˝Ôı. ≈̉›˜ÂÙ·È Ì·
ÒÔͷΛÛÔıÌ ‚΋‚Á ÛÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
5
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 6
ENGLISH
Notes and Safety Instructions
Notes regarding Camcorder
■ Do not leave the Camcorder exposed to high temperatures (above 60 °C or 140 °F).
For example, in a parked car in the sun or exposed to direct sunlight.
■ Do not let the Camcorder get wet. Keep the Camcorder away from rain, sea water, and any
other form of moisture.
If the Camcorder gets wet, it may get damaged. Sometimes a malfunction due to exposure
to liquids cannot be repaired.
■
A sudden rise in atmospheric temperature may cause condensation to form inside the
Camcorder.
- When you move the Camcorder from a cold location to a warm location (e.g. from
outside to inside during the winter.)
- When you move the Camcorder from a cool location to a hot location (e.g. from inside to
outside during the summer.)
■ If the (DEW) protection feature is activated, leave the Camcorder for at least two
hours in a dry, warm room with the cassette compartment opened and the Battery Pack
removed.
■ To disconnect the apparatus from the mains,the plug must be pulled out from the mains
socket,therefore the mains plug shall be readily operable.
Notices regarding Copyright
Television programmes, video tapes, DVD titles, films, and other programme materials may be
copyrighted.
Unauthorized copying of copyrighted material may be against the law.
All the trade names and registered trademarks mentioned in this manual or other
documentation provided with your Samsung product are trademarks or registered trademarks of
their respective holders.
Servicing & Replacement Parts
■ Do not attempt to service this Camcorder yourself.
■ Opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards.
■ Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.
■ When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement
parts specified by the manufacturer and having the same characteristics as the original part.
■ Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards.
Correct Disposal of This Product
(Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment)
(Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with
separate collection systems)
This marking shown on the product or its literature, indicates that it should not be
disposed with other household wastes at the end of its working life. To prevent
possible harm to the environment or human health from uncontrolled waste
disposal, please separate this from other types of wastes and recycle it
responsibly to promote the sustainable reuse of material resources.Household
users should contact either the retailer where they purchased this product, or their
local government office, for details of where and how they can take this item for
environmentally safe recycling. Business users should contact their supplier and
check the terms and conditions of the purchase contract. This product should not
be mixed with other commercial wastes for disposal.
6 Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ·Ì·ÏÈ„Ì˝ÂÙ·È Ï‹Îη ÛıÌÁËÈÛϛ̷ ·ÔÒÒflÏÏ·Ù· ÒÔÚ ‰È‹ËÂÛÁ.
GREEK
≈ȉÔÔÈfiÛÂÈÚ Í·È Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ·Ûˆ‹ÎÂÈ·Ú
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·
■ ÃÁÌ ·ˆfiÌÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙÂËÂÈÏ›ÌÁ Û ı¯ÁÎ›Ú ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·ÛflÂÚ (‹Ì˘ ·¸ 60 ∞C).
√È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·, ϛ۷ Û ÍÎÂÈÛÙ¸ ·ıÙÔÍflÌÁÙÔ ÛÙ·ËÏÂıÏ›ÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ fiÎÈÔ fi ÂÍÙÂËÂÈÏ›ÌÁ ÛÂ
‹ÏÂÛÔ ÁÎȷ͸ ˆ˘Ú.
■ ÃÁÌ ÙÁÌ ‚Ò›˜ÂÙÂ. ÷ı΋ÓÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï·ÍÒÈ‹ ·¸ ‚ÒÔ˜fi, ˷ηÛÛÈ̸ ÌÂÒ¸ fi
ÔÔÈ·‰fiÔÙ ‹ÎÎÁ ÏÔÒˆfi ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú. ≈‹Ì Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‚Ò·˜Âfl, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl
‚΋‚Á. ” ÏÂÒÈÍ›Ú ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ ÔÈ ‰ıÛÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ·¸ ›ÍËÂÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ÛÂ
ı„Ò‹ ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· ÂȉÈÔÒˢËÔ˝Ì.
■ ÃÈ· Ó·ˆÌÈÍfi ‹ÌÔ‰ÔÚ ÙÁÚ ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl·Ú ÙÔı ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ
ÛıÏ˝ÍÌ˘ÛÁ ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú ÛÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú, ¸˘Ú ÛÙÈÚ ÂÓfiÚ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ:
- ºÙ·Ì ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·¸ ÏÈ· ÍÒ˝· ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Û ÏÈ· ÊÂÛÙfi (.˜. Û ›Ì·Ì
ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ ·¸ ›Ì·Ì ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÙÔÌ ˜ÂÈÏ˛Ì·.)
- ºÙ·Ì ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·¸ ÏÈ· ‰ÒÔÛÂÒfi ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Û ÏÈ· Ôν ÊÂÛÙfi (.˜.
Û ›Ì·Ì ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ ·¸ ›Ì·Ì ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸, ÙÔ Í·ÎÔÍ·flÒÈ.)
■ ≈‹Ì Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú (DEW) ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ, ·ˆfiÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·
„È· ÙÔı΋˜ÈÛÙÔÌ ‰˝Ô ˛ÒÂÚ Û ›Ì· ÓÁÒ¸ Í·È ÊÂÛÙ¸ ‰˘Ï‹ÙÈÔ Ï ÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú
·ÌÔÈÍÙfi Í·È ˜˘ÒflÚ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
■ √È· ÙÁÌ ·ÔÛ˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ·ÒÔ˜fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ, ÙÒ·‚fiÓÙ ÙÔ ˆÈÚ ·¸ ÙÁÌ
ÒflÊ·.
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ٷ ÌÂıÏ·ÙÈÍ‹ ‰ÈÍ·È˛Ï·Ù·
‘· ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈÍ‹ ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·Ù·, ÔÈ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›ÙÂÚ, ÔÈ ÙflÙÎÔÈ DVD, ÔÈ Ù·ÈÌflÂÚ Í·È ‹Îη ϛ۷
ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ‹Ù˘Ì Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÛٷٽÔÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ ÌÔÏÔËÂÛfl· ÂÒfl ÌÂıÏ·ÙÈͲÌ
‰ÈÍ·È˘Ï‹Ù˘Ì. « ÏÁ ÂÓÔıÛÈÔ‰ÔÙÁÏ›ÌÁ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ıÎÈÍÔ˝ Ôı ÒÔÛٷٽÂÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ ÌÔÏÔËÂÛfl·
ÂÒfl ÌÂıÏ·ÙÈÍ˛Ì ‰ÈÍ·È˘Ï‹Ù˘Ì ÂflÌ·È ·Ò‹ÌÔÏÁ.
ºÎÂÚ ÔÈ ÂÏÔÒÈÍ›Ú ÔÌÔÏ·ÛflÂÚ Í·È Ù· ÛfiÏ·Ù· Í·Ù·ÙÂË›ÌÙ· Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È Û ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔ
„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ fi Û ‹ÎÎÔ ıÎÈ͸ ÙÂÍÏÁÒfl˘ÛÁÚ Ôı ÛıÌԉ½ÂÈ ÙÔ ÒÔ˙¸Ì ÙÁÚ Samsung ÂflÌ·È
ÂÏÔÒÈÍ›Ú ÔÌÔÏ·ÛflÂÚ fi ÛfiÏ·Ù· Í·Ù·ÙÂË›ÌÙ· Ù˘Ì ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘ˘Ì Í·Ù¸˜˘Ì ÙÔıÚ.
”›Ò‚ÈÚ & ·ÌÙ·ÎηÍÙÈÍ‹
■ ÃÁÌ ÂȘÂÈÒfiÛÂÙ ̷ ÂÈÛÍÂı‹ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ϸÌÔÈ Û·Ú.
■ ¡Ì ·ÌÔflÓÂÙ fi ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙ ٷ ͷνÏÏ·Ù· ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Ì· ÂÍÙÂËÂflÙ Û ÂÈÍfl̉ıÌÁ
Ù‹ÛÁ fi ‹ÎÎÔıÚ ÍÈ̉˝ÌÔıÚ.
■ ¡Ì·Ë›ÛÙ ¸ÎÂÚ ÙÈÚ ÂÒ„·ÛflÂÚ ÂÈÛÍÂıfiÚ Û ÂÓÔıÛÈÔ‰ÔÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÒÔÛ˘È͸ Û›Ò‚ÈÚ.
■ ” ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Ôı ··ÈÙÔ˝ÌÙ·È ·ÌÙ·ÎηÍÙÈÍ‹, ‚‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Ô Ù˜ÌÈÍ¸Ú ÙÔı Û›Ò‚ÈÚ
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂfl Ù· ·ÌÙ·ÎηÍÙÈÍ‹ Ôı Í·ËÔÒflÊÂÈ Ô Í·Ù·ÛÍÂı·ÛÙfiÚ Í·È Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Ù· fl‰È·
Ù˜ÌÈÍ‹ ˜·Ò·ÍÙÁÒÈÛÙÈÍ‹ Ï ٷ ·Ò˜ÈÍ‹ ÂÓ·ÒÙfiÏ·Ù·.
■ ‘ı˜¸Ì ÏÁ „ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›ÌÂÚ ·Îη„›Ú ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÔıÌ ˆ˘ÙÈ‹, ÁÎÂÍÙÒÔÎÁÓfl· fi
‹ÎÎÔıÚ ÍÈ̉˝ÌÔıÚ.
”˘ÛÙfi ƒÈ‹ËÂÛÁ ·ıÙÔ˝ ÙÔı –ÒÔ⁄¸ÌÙÔÚ
(AÔÒÒflµµ·Ù· «ÎÂÍÙÒÈÍÔ˝ & «ÎÂÍÙÒÔÌÈÍÔ˝ ≈ÓÔÎÈÛÏÔ˝)
‘· ÛfiÏ·Ù· Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È Â‹Ì˘ ÛÙÔ ÒÔ⁄¸Ì fi ÛÙ· „˜ÂÈÒfl‰È· Ôı ÙÔ
ÛıÌԉ½ÔıÌ, ıÔ‰ÂÈÍÌ˝ÔıÌ ¸ÙÈ ‰ÂÌ Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÒflÙÂÙ·È Ï·Êfl Ï ٷ ı¸ÎÔÈ·
ÔÈÍÈ·Í‹ ·ÔÒÒflÏÏ·Ù· ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ ÙÔı Í˝ÍÎÔı Ê˘fiÚ ÙÔı. –ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì·
·ÔˆÂı˜ËÔ˝Ì Ẩ˜¸ÏÂÌÂÚ ‚η‚ÂÒ›Ú ÛıÌ›ÂÈÂÚ ÛÙÔ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ fi ÙÁÌ ı„Âfl·
ÂÓ·ÈÙfl·Ú ÙÁÚ ·ÌÂÓ›„ÍÙÁÚ ‰È‹ËÂÛÁÚ ·ÔÒÒÈÏÏ‹Ù˘Ì, Û·Ú ·Ò·Í·ÎÔ˝Ï ̷ ÙÔ
‰È·˜˘ÒflÛÂÙ ·¸ ‹ÎÎÔıÚ Ù˝ÔıÚ ·ÔÒÒÈÏÏ‹Ù˘Ì Í·È Ì· ÙÔ ·Ì·ÍıÍβÛÂÙÂ, ˛ÛÙ ̷
‚ÔÁËfiÛÂÙ ÛÙÁÌ ‚È˛ÛÈÏÁ Â·Ì·˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔflÁÛÁ Ù˘ÌıÎÈÍ˛Ì ¸Ò˘Ì.
œÈ ÔÈÍÈ·ÍÔfl ˜ÒfiÛÙÂÚ Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ›ÎËÔıÌ Û ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘Ìfl· ÂflÙ Ï ÙÔÌ ˘ÎÁÙfi ·¥
¸Ôı ·„¸Ò·Û·Ì ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔÒÔ˙¸Ì, ÂflÙ ÙÈÚ Í·Ù‹ Ù¸ÔıÚ ıÁÒÂÛflÂÚ, ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì·
ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒÁËÔ˝Ì ÙÈÚ ÎÂÙÔÏ›ÒÂÈÂÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÔÌÙ¸Ô Í·È ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô Ï ÙÔÌ
ÔÔflÔ ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· ‰˛ÛÔıÌ ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔ ÒÔ⁄¸Ì „È· ·Ûˆ·Îfi ÒÔÚ ÙÔ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ ·Ì·Í˝Í΢ÛÁ. œÈ
ÂȘÂÈÒfiÛÂÈÚ-˜ÒfiÛÙÂÚ Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ›ÎËÔıÌ Û Â·ˆfi Ï ÙÔÌ ÒÔÏÁËÂıÙfi ÙÔıÚ Í·È Ì·
ÂΛ„ÓÔıÌ ÙÔıÚ ¸ÒÔıÚ Í·È ÙÈÚ ÒÔ˚ÔË›ÛÂÈÚ ÙÔı ÛıÏ‚ÔηflÔı ˛ÎÁÛÁÚ. ‘Ô ÒÔ˙ÔÌ ·ıÙ¸ ‰ÂÌ Ë·
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 7
ENGLISH
Getting to Know Your Camcorder
Features
■ Digital Data Transfer Function with IEEE1394
By incorporating the IEEE 1394 (i.LINK™: i.LINK is a serial data transfer
protocol and interconnectivity system, used to transmit DV data) high speed
data transport port, both moving and photo images can be transferred to a PC,
making it possible to produce or edit various images.
■ USB Interface for Digital Image Data Transfer (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
You can transfer images to a PC using the USB interface without an add-on card.
■ Still Image Recording on a Tape
Still image recording makes it possible to record a still image on a tape.
■ Mega-pixel CCD (VP-D975W(i) only)
Your camcorder incorporates a 1.0 mega-pixel CCD. High-resolution photo
images can be recorded to a Memory card.
■ 1200x Digital Zoom
Allows you to magnify an image up to 1200 times its original size.
■ Audio Enhancement
Provides more powerful sound with the Real Stereo and Audio Effect features.
■ Colour TFT LCD
A high-resolution colour TFT LCD gives you clean, sharp images as well as the
ability to review your recordings immediately.
■ Digital Image Stabilizer (DIS)
The DIS compensates for any handshake, reducing unstable images
particularly at high magnification.
■ Various Visual Effects
The Visual Effects allow you to give your films a special look by adding various
special effects.
■ Back Light Compensation (BLC)
The BLC function compensates for a bright background behind a subject you're
recording.
■ Program AE
The Program AE enables you to alter the shutter speed and aperture to suit the
type of scene/action to be filmed.
■ High Power Zoom Lens
Power Zoom lens allows users to magnify the subject clearly up to X34
(VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i) only), X26(VP-D975W(i) only)
■ Digital Still Camera Function (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
- Using Memory Card, you can easily record and playback standard photo
images.
- You can transfer standard photo images on the Memory Card to your PC
using the USB interface.
■ Moving Image Recording on a Memory Card (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Moving image recording makes it possible to record video onto a Memory Card.
■ MMC/SD card slot (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
MMC/SD card slot is able to use MMC(Multi Media Cards) and SD cards.
GREEK
–·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
◊·Ò·ÍÙÁÒÈÛÙÈÍ‹
■ ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·Í˛Ì ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Í·Ù‹ ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ IEEE1394
àÙÁ Ë˝Ò· ÏÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú IEEE 1394 (i.LINK(tm): ÙÔ i.LINK
ÂflÌ·È ›Ì· Ò˘Ù¸ÍÔÎÎÔ ÛÂÈÒÈ·ÍfiÚ ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Í·È Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· ‰È·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ, ÙÔ
ÔÔflÔ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È „È· ÙÁ ÏÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì DV), ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙÂ
ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Í·È ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, Í·ËÈÛÙ˛ÌÙ·Ú ‰ıÌ·Ùfi ÙÁ
‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„fl· fi ÙÁÌ ÂÂÓÂÒ„·Ûfl· ‰È·ˆ¸Ò˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì.
■ ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB „È· ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì ¯ÁˆÈ·Í˛Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁ ‰È·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ
USB ˜˘ÒflÚ Ò¸ÛËÂÙÁ Í‹ÒÙ·.
■ ≈„„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Û ͷۛٷ
« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Í·ËÈÛÙ‹ ‰ıÌ·Ùfi ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ÛÂ
Í·Û›Ù·.
■ Mega-pixel CCD (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i))
« ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÌÛ˘Ï·Ù˛ÌÂÈ Ù˜ÌÔÎÔ„fl· 1.0 mega-pixel CCD. ≈flÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á „„Ò·ˆfi
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁÚ Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ 1200x
”‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· Ï„ÂË˝ÌÂÙ ÏÈ· ÂÈ͸̷ ›˘Ú Í·È 1200 ˆÔÒ›Ú Û ۘ›ÛÁ Ï ÙÔ Í·ÌÔÌÈ͸
ÙÁÚ Ï›„ÂËÔÚ.
■ ¬ÂÎÙfl˘ÛÁ fi˜Ôı
–·Ò›˜ÂÈ Í·Î˝ÙÂÒÔ fi˜Ô ˜‹ÒÁ ÛÙÈÚ Ò¸ÛËÂÙÂÚ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙÂÚ Real Stereo (–Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍ‹
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ) Í·È Audio Effect («˜ÁÙÈ͸ ˆ›).
■ ∏„˜Ò˘ÏÁ Ô˸ÌÁ TFT LCD
« ›„˜Ò˘ÏÁ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD TFT ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁÚ Û‹Ú ÒÔÛˆ›ÒÂÈ ÂıÍÒÈÌÂflÚ Í·È Í·Ë·Ò›Ú
ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ, Í·Ë˛Ú Í·È ÙÁ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· ·Ì·Û͸ÁÛÁÚ Ù˘Ì Â„„Ò·ˆ˛Ì Û·Ú.
■ ”Ù·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfiÚ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (DIS)
« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS ·ÌÙÈÛÙ·ËÏflÊÂÈ ÔÔÈ·‰fiÔÙ ·ÛÙ‹ËÂÈ· ÙÔı ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝, ÏÂÈ˛ÌÔÌÙ·Ú Ù·
ÍÔıÌfiÏ·Ù· ȉȷflÙÂÒ· Û ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ Ï„‹ÎÁÚ Ï„›ËıÌÛÁÚ.
■ ƒÈ‹ˆÔÒ· ÔÙÈÍ‹ ˆ›
‘· ÔÙÈÍ‹ ˆ› Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÔıÌ Ì· ·Ô‰fl‰ÂÙ Ï ȉȷflÙÂÒÔ ÙÒ¸Ô ÙÈÚ Ù·ÈÌflÂÚ Û·Ú,
ÒÔÛË›ÙÔÌÙ·Ú ‰È‹ˆÔÒ· ÂȉÈÍ‹ ˆ›.
■ ¡ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁ ͸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (BLC)
« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· BLC ·ÌÙÈÛÙ·ËÏflÊÂÈ ÙÔ ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ flÛ˘ ·¸ ÙÔ
·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ Ï ÙÁÌ Í‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ –ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ
œ ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· ·Î΋ÊÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı
ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È ÙÔı ‰È·ˆÒ‹„Ï·ÙÔÚ, ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔÌ Ù˝Ô ÙÔı ÛÍÁÌÈÍÔ˝ fi ÙÁÚ ‰Ò‹ÛÁÚ Ôı
ÍÈÌÁÏ·ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÂflÙÂ.
■ ÷·Í¸Ú ÊÔıÏ ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ÈÛ˜˝ÔÚ
œ ÈÛ˜ıÒ¸Ú ˆ·Í¸Ú ÊÔıÏ Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· Ï„ÂË˝ÌÂÙ ÙÔ ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ ›˘Ú Í·È 34(ϸÌÔ „È·
Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)), 26(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-
D975W(i)) ˆÔÒ›Ú.
■ ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
- ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ½ÍÔη Ì· ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙÂ Í·È Ì·
ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ÙıÈÍ›Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ.
- ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ÙıÈÍ›Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÙÔÌ
ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁ ‰È·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB.
■ ≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
« „„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Í·ËÈÛÙ‹ ‰ıÌ·Ùfi ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ‚flÌÙÂÔ Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■
’Ô‰Ô˜fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú MMC/SD (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
« ıÔ‰Ô˜fi Í·ÒÙ˛Ì MMC/SD ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ Í·ÒÙ˛Ì MMC (Multi Media
Cards) Í·È SD. 7
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022
ENGLISH
Getting to Know Your Camcorder
Accessories Supplied with Camcorder
Make sure that the following basic accessories are supplied with your
Digital Video Camcorder.
Basic Accessories
1. Lithium Ion Battery Pack
(SB-LSM80)
2. AC Power Adapter (AA-E9
TYPE)
3. Audio/Video Cable
4. Instruction Book
5. Lithium Battery for Remote
Control
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
only) or Clock.
(TYPE: CR2025)
6. Remote Control (VP-
D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
7. USB Cable (VP-D375W(i)/
D975W(i) only)
8. Software CD (VP-
D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
9. Lens Cover
10. Lens Cover Strap
[ Notes ]
■ The contents can vary depending on the sales region.
■ Parts and accessories are available at your local Samsung dealer
and service centre.
8
2/3/07 9:55 AM
1. Lithium Ion Battery Pack
(SB-LSM80)
4. Instruction Book
7. USB Cable (VP-D375W(i)
/D975W(i) only)
10. Lens Cover Strap
Page 8
GREEK
–·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
–·ÒÂÎ͸ÏÂÌ· Ôı ·Ò›˜ÔÌÙ·È Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·
¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á ¯ÁˆÈ·Ífi Û·Ú ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛıÌԉ½ÂÙ·È ·¸ Ù·
·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ‚·ÛÈÍ‹ ·ÒÂÎ͸ÏÂÌ·.
¬·ÛÈÍ‹ ·ÒÂÎ͸ÏÂÌ·
2. AC Power Adapter 3. Audio/Video Cable
(AA-E9 TYPE) 1. ≈·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈʸÏÂÌÁ
Ï·Ù·Òfl· ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı
(SB-LSM80)
2. ‘ÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸
(‘’–œ” AA-E9)
5. Lithium Battery (CR2025) 6. Remote Control (VP- 3. K·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ
D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
4. ≈„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ Ô‰Á„È˛Ì
5. Ã·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı „È· ÙÔ
ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
8. Software CD (VP- 9. Lens Cover (TYPE: CR2025)
D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
6. ‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
7. K·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
8. CD ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈÍÔ˝
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
9. K‹ÎıÏÏ· ˆ·ÍÔ˝
10. …Ï‹ÌÙ·Ú Í·Î˝ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ˆ·ÍÔ˝
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ‘Ô ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌÔ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÁ ˜˛Ò·
˛ÎÁÛÁÚ.
■ ‘· ·ÌÙ·ÎηÍÙÈÍ‹ Í·È Ù· Ò¸ÛËÂÙ· ÂÓ·ÒÙfiÏ·Ù· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ·
·¸ ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈÒÔÛ˘fl· Samsung ÙÁÚ ÂÒÈÔ˜fiÚ Û·Ú Í·È ÙÔ
Í›ÌÙÒÔ Û›Ò‚ÈÚ ÙÁÚ Samsung.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 9

ENGLISH GREEK

Getting to Know Your Camcorder –·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú

Front & Left View ÃÒÔÛÙÈÌfi & ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒfi ÎÂıÒ‹

^ (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
@
# &

$ *

1. Lens 1. ÷·Í¸Ú
2. Remote Sensor (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 2. ¡ÈÛËÁÙfiÒ·Ú ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏÔ˝ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Àı˜Ìfl· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Light (VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 4. ≈Ó·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú
4. TAPE EJECT Switch 5. KÔıÏfl EASY.Q ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 35
5. EASY.Q Button ➥page 35 6. KÔıÏÈ‹ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì
6. Function Buttons <Player> <Camera> <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ·¸ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ)
KÔıÏfl
<Player> <M.Player> (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) (K‹ÏÂÒ·) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Button <Camera>
REW (√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ REC SEARCH -
œœ REW REC SEARCH – REV œœ ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘) (√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ) REV (√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘)
FF (√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ REC SEARCH +
√√ FF REC SEARCH + FWD √√ ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú) FWD (√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú)
(√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ +)
√ ❙❙ PLAY/STILL FADE S.SHOW (SLIDE SHOW) √ ❙❙
PLAY/STILL(¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi/ FADE (”Ù·‰È·Ífi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ/
S.SHOW (ƒÈ·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì)
–‹„˘Ï· ÂÈ͸̷Ú) Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È fi˜Ôı)
C.NITE/LIGHT C.NITE/LIGHT
■ STOP (VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
MULTI (MULTI DISPLAY)
■ STOP (ƒÈ·ÍÔfi) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP- MULTI (–ÔÎηÎfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi)
D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
7. TFT LCD Screen 7. œË¸ÌÁ LCD TFT
8. Internal Microphone 8. ≈Û˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ
[ Caution ] [ –ÒÔÛÔ˜fi ]
÷ÒÔÌÙflÛÙ ˛ÛÙ ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ Í·È Ô ˆ·Í¸Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂflÌ·È Í·ÎıÏÏ›ÌÔÚ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
Be careful not to cover the internal microphone and lens during recording. „„Ò·ˆfi.
[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ Illustrations of VP-D375W are used in this owner’s instructions. ■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ÛÙÈÚ Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ, ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔ VP-D375W.
■ ■ –·Ò¸ÎÔ Ôı Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i), VP-D371W(i), VP-D372WH(i), VP-D375W(i) Í·È
Although the external appearances of VP-D371(i), VP-D371W(i), VP-D372WH(i),
VP-D975W(i) ‰È·ˆ›ÒÔıÌ ˘Ú ÒÔÚ ÙÁÌ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi ÙÔıÚ Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ, ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Ô˝Ì
VP-D375W(i) and VP-D975W(i) are different, they are both operated in the same way. ¸Î· Ï ÙÔÌ fl‰ÈÔ ÙÒ¸Ô. 9
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 10

ENGLISH GREEK

Getting to Know Your Camcorder –·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú

Left Side View ¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒfi ÎÂıÒ‹

!
$

@ %
^
#

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)

1. Q.MENU Button ➥page 20 1. KÔıÏfl Q.MENU ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 20

2. [▲ / ▼] (W /T) Button 2. KÔıÏfl (W /T) [▲ / ▼]
W (……) †)
T († …)
W (… †)
T (†
MENU / Q.MENU Move Up Move Down MENU / Q.MENU KflÌÁÛÁ Â‹Ì˘ KflÌÁÛÁ Í‹Ù˘
<Player> Volume Up Volume Down <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) ¡˝ÓÁÛÁ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ ÃÂfl˘ÛÁ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ
<Camera> Wide / Adjust MF Tele / Adjust MF <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) ≈ıÒÂfl· / —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÁ ‘ÁΈ·Í¸Ú / —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÁ
·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ
<M.Cam>
Tele / Adjust MF <M.Cam>
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Wide / Adjust MF (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη ≈ıÒÂfl· / —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÁ ‘ÁΈ·Í¸Ú / —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÁ
<M.Player> VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ
Previous Next
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) <M.Player>
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη –ÒÔÁ„Ô˝ÏÂÌÔ
3. OK Button VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) ≈¸ÏÂÌÔ
4. Viewfinder 3. KÔıÏfl OK
5. Speaker 4. ”͸ÂıÙÒÔ
6. Mode Switch (CARD/TAPE) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 5. Ä‹ˆ˘ÌÔ
[ Note ] 6. ƒÈ·Í¸ÙÁÚ ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú (CARD/TAPE)
When you close LCD panel with the LCD screenfacing out, [▲ / ▼] button (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
function works reversely. [ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
ºÙ·Ì ÍÎÂflÌÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ï ÙÁÌ ÂȈ‹ÌÂÈ· LCD ÛÙÒ·ÏÏ›ÌÁ ÒÔÚ Ù· ›Ó˘,
10 Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÙÔı ÍÔıÏÈÔ˝ [▲ / ▼] ·ÌÙÈÛÙÒ›ˆÂÙ·È.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 11

ENGLISH GREEK

Getting to Know Your Camcorder –·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú

Right & Top View ƒÂÓÈ‹ & Â‹Ì˘ ÎÂıÒ‹

!
@
*
#
(
$
)
%
^ 1

&

1. Zoom Lever Jacks 1. ÃÔ˜Î¸Ú ÊÔıÏ ’Ô‰Ô˜›Ú

2. PHOTO Button ➥page 59 2. KÔıÏfl PHOTO ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 59
VP-D371(i)/ VP-D371(i)/
3. DISPLAY Button D371W(i)/
3. KÔıÏfl DISPLAY (œË¸ÌÁ) D371W(i)/
4. MENU Button D372WH(i) IEEE1394 AV Jack 4. KÔıÏfl MENU D372WH(i) IEEE1394 ’Ô‰Ô˜fi AV

5. Start/Stop Button VP- 5. KÔıÏfl ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ/‰È·ÍÔfiÚ VP-

6. Power Switch D375W(i)/ 6. ƒÈ·Í¸ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú D375W(i)/
D975W(i) IEEE1394 USB AV Jack D975W(i) IEEE1394 USB ’Ô‰Ô˜fi AV
(CAMERA or PLAYER) (CAMERA fi PLAYER)
7. DC Jack 7. ’Ô‰Ô˜fi DC
8. Jacks 8. ’Ô‰Ô˜›Ú
9. Jack Cover 9. K‹ÎıÏÏ· ıÔ‰Ô˜˛Ì
10. Cassette Door 10. »˝Ò· Í·Û›Ù·Ú
11. Hand Strap 11. …Ï‹ÌÙ·Ú ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝

11
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 12

ENGLISH GREEK

Getting to Know Your Camcorder –·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú

Rear & Bottom View –flÛ˘ Í·È Í‹Ù˘ ÎÂıÒ‹

# (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)

@ $ %

1. Lithium Battery Cover 1. K‹ÎıÏÏ· Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı

2. Charging Indicator 2. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ
3. Memory Card Slot (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 3. ’Ô‰Ô˜fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
4. Tripod Receptacle (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
5. Battery Release Switch 4. ’Ô‰Ô˜fi „È· ÙÒflÔ‰Ô
5. ÃÔ˜Î¸Ú ÂÓ·„˘„fiÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú
Usable Memory Cards
◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÈÏÁ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only
ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)

MMC/SD
MMC/SD

12
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 13

ENGLISH GREEK

Getting to Know Your Camcorder –·ÒÔıÛfl·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú

Remote Control (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))

! 8
@
# 7
$
% 6
^
& 5
* 4
( 3
2
) 1

1. PHOTO Button ➥page 59 10. œ ❙❙ / ❙❙√

2. START/STOP Button
3. SELF TIMER Button
➥page 38
4. ZERO MEMORY Button
➥page 37
5. PHOTO SEARCH Button
6. A.DUB Button ➥page 63
7. √√ (FF) Button
8. œœ (REW) Button
9. √ (PLAY) Button
√ (Direction) Button 1. KÔıÏfl PHOTO 10. KÔıÏfl œ ❙❙ / ❙❙√
√ ➥Û
ÛÂÎfl‰· 61
➥page 61 (÷˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·) ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 59 11. KÔıÏfl F. ADV ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 62
2. KÔıÏfl START/STOP KÔıÏfl (STOP) ■ (ƒÈ·ÍÔfi)
11. F. ADV Button ➥page 62 12.
3. KÔıÏfl SELF TIMER 13. KÔıÏfl (STILL) ❙❙ (–‹„˘Ï·
12. ■ (STOP) Button ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 38 ÂÈ͸̷Ú)
13. ❙❙ (STILL) Button 4. KÔıÏfl ZERO MEMORY 14. KÔıÏfl SLOW ( ❙√ √)
➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 37
√ ) Button
14. SLOW (❙√ 15. KÔıÏfl DATE/TIME
5. KÔıÏfl PHOTO SEARCH
16. KÔıÏfl X2 ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 62
15. DATE/TIME Button 6. KÔıÏfl A.DUB ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 63
17. KÔıÏfl W/T (∆ÔıÏ)
16. X2 Button ➥page 62 7. KÔıÏfl (FF) √√
18. KÔıÏfl DISPLAY
8. KÔıÏfl (REW) œœ
17. W/T (Zoom) Button
9. KÔıÏfl (PLAY) √
18. DISPLAY Button

13
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 14

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
Using the Hand Strap & Lens Cover ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ Í·È ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ˆ·ÍÔ˝
It is very important to ensure that the Hand Strap has been correctly ≈flÌ·È Ôν ÛÁÏ·ÌÙÈ͸ Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ Û˘ÛÙ‹ ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ ÒÈÌ
adjusted before you begin your recording. ·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi.
The Hand Strap enables you to: œ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ·Ú ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ:
- Hold the Camcorder in a stable, comfortable position. - Õ· Íҷً٠ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÛÙ·ËÂÒfi Í·È ‹ÌÂÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ.
- Press the [Zoom] and [Start/Stop] button without having to change - Õ· ·Ù‹Ù ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Zoom] (∆ÔıÏ) Í·È [Start/Stop] (∏Ì·ÒÓÁ/
ƒÈ·ÍÔfi) ˜˘ÒflÚ Ì· ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È Ì· ·Î΋ÊÂÙ ÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÙÔı ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝
the position of your hand. Û·Ú.
…Ï‹ÌÙ·Ú ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝
Hand Strap 1 2 3
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝
Adjusting the Hand 1. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ·
Strap ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ ÛÙÔ Û˜ÂÙÈ͸
‹„ÍÈÛÙÒÔ Ôı ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È
1. Insert the Hand Strap into the
ÛÙÔ ÏÒÔÛÙÈ̸ Ï›ÒÔÚ ÙÁÚ
Hand Strap Hook on the front ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È
side of the Camcorder and pull its end through
the hook.
1 2 ÙÒ·‚fiÓÙÂ ÙÔÌ.
2. –ÂÒ‹ÛÙ ÙÔ ˜›ÒÈ Û·Ú ÛÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ Í·È
2. Insert your hand into the Hand Strap and ÒıËÏflÛÙ ÙÔ ÏfiÍÔÚ ÙÔı ¸˘Ú Û·Ú ‚ÔνÂÈ.
adjust its length for your convenience. 3. KÎÂflÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝.
3. Close the Hand Strap.
K‹ÎıÏÏ· ˆ·ÍÔ˝
Lens Cover ‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ÙÔı ˆ·ÍÔ˝
Attaching the Lens Cover 1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÔı ˆ·ÍÔ˝ ÛÙÔÌ
2 3 ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ˆ·ÍÔ˝ ¸˘Ú ˆ·flÌÂÙ·È
1. Hook up the Lens Cover with the Lens Cover ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
Strap as illustrated. 2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ÙÔı
2. Hook up the Lens Cover Strap to the Hand ˆ·ÍÔ˝ ÛÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ Í·È
Strap, and adjust it following the steps as ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÙ ÙÔÌ ·ÍÔÎÔı˲ÌÙ·Ú Ù·
described for the Hand Strap. ‚fiÏ·Ù· Ôı ÂÒÈ„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Â̸ÙÁÙ·
3. Close the Hand Strap. „È· ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝.
3. KÎÂflÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÈÏ‹ÌÙ· ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝.
‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ˆ·ÍÔ˝
Installing the Lens Cover after ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
Operation –È›ÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹ Ôı ‚ÒflÛÍÔÌÙ·È
Press buttons on both sides of the Lens Cover, then ÂÍ·Ù›Ò˘ËÂÌ ÙÔı ͷνÏÏ·ÙÔÚ ÙÔı ˆ·ÍÔ˝ Í·È,
attach it to the Camcorder Lens. ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ÂÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÛÙÔÌ
ˆ·Í¸ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.

14
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 15

ENGLISH GREEK
Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
Lithium Battery Installation ‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı
Lithium Battery Installation for the ‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı „È·
Internal Clock ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÒÔθÈ
1. Remove the Battery Pack from the rear of the 1. ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ·¸ ÙÔ flÛ˘
Camcorder. Ï›ÒÔÚ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
2. Open the Lithium Battery Cover on the rear of 2. ¡ÌÔflÓÙÂ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú
the Camcorder. ÎÈËflÔı ÛÙÔ flÛ˘ Ï›ÒÔÚ ÙÁÚ
3. Position the Lithium Battery in the Lithium ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
3. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı ÛÙÁ
Battery Holder, with the positive ( ) ‚‹ÛÁ ÙÁÚ, Ï ÙÔÌ ËÂÙÈ͸ ( ) ¸ÎÔ ÒÔÚ
terminal face up. Ù· Â‹Ì˘.
Be careful not to reverse the polarity of the –ÒÔÛ›ÓÙ ̷ ÏÁÌ ·ÌÙÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ
Battery. ÔÎÈ͸ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
4. Close the Lithium Battery Cover. 4. KÎÂflÛÙÂ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú
ÎÈËflÔı.
‘ÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı „È·
Lithium Battery Installation for the ÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù·
Remote Control ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
1. ‘Ò·‚fiÓÙ ÙÁ ËfiÍÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÒÔÚ Ù·
1. Pull out the Lithium Battery Holder toward the ›Ó˘ ÒÔÚ ÙÁÌ Í·Ù½ËıÌÛÁ ÙÔı ‚›ÎÔıÚ
direction of the arrow. ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÏÈ· η‚fl‰·.
2. Position the Lithium Battery in the Lithium 2. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÛÙÁ ‚‹ÛÁ
Battery Holder, with the positive ( ) terminal ÙÁÚ, Ï ÙÔÌ ËÂÙÈ͸ ( ) ¸ÎÔ ÒÔÚ Ù·
face up. Â‹Ì˘.
3. Reinsert the Lithium Battery Holder. 3. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÁ ËfiÍÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı.
–ÒÔˆı΋ÓÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı
1. « Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı ‰È·ÙÁÒÂfl ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ Í·È ÙÔ
Precaution regarding the Lithium Battery
ÒÔÍ·ËÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔ ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌÔ ÙÁÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ·Í¸ÏÁ Í·È Â‹Ì ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙÂ
1. The Lithium Battery maintains the clock function and preset contents of the ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· fi ÙÔ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸.
memory; even if the Battery Pack or AC Power adapter is removed. 2. « ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Ê˘fiÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ÂflÌ·È
2. The Lithium Battery for the Camcorder lasts about 6 months under normal ÂÒflÔı 6 ÏfiÌÂÚ ·¸ ÙÁ ÛÙÈ„Ïfi ÙÁÚ ÙÔÔË›ÙÁÛÁÚ Ï ͷÌÔÌÈÍfi ˜ÒfiÛÁ.
operation from time of installation. 3. ºÙ·Ì Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı ·ÔˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl ÙÂÎÂfl˘Ú, Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
3. When the Lithium Battery becomes weak or dead, the date/time indicator ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú Ë· ‰Âfl˜ÌÂÈ <00:00 1.JAN.2007> ¸Ù·Ì
will display <00:00 1.JAN.2007> when you set the <Date/Time> to ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <Date/Time> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/˛Ò·).
<On>. When this occurs, replace the Lithium Battery with a new one (type ” ·ıÙfi ÙÁÌ ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ, ·ÌÙÈÍ·Ù·ÛÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı Ï ÏÈ·
CR2025). Í·ÈÌÔ˝ÒÈ· (Ù˝Ôı CR2025).
4. There is a danger of explosion if Battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace 4. ≈‹Ì Á ·ÌÙÈÍ·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ‰ÂÌ „flÌÂÈ Û˘ÛÙ‹ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ
Ífl̉ıÌÔÚ ›ÍÒÁÓÁÚ. ¡ÌÙÈÍ·Ù·ÛÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ϸÌÔ Ï ÏÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ
only with the same or equivalent type. fl‰ÈÔı fi ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘÔı Ù˝Ôı.
Warning: Keep the Lithium Battery out of reach of children. Should a –ÒÔÂȉÔÔflÁÛÁ: ÷ı΋ÓÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı Ï·ÍÒÈ‹ ·¸ Ù· ·È‰È‹. ”Â
battery be swallowed, consult a doctor immediately. ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Í·Ù‹ÔÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú, ·ÂıËıÌËÂflÙÂ
·Ï›Û˘Ú Û ›Ì· „È·ÙÒ¸.
15
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 16

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
Using the Lithium Ion Battery Pack ◊ÒfiÛÁ Â·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈʸÏÂÌÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı
✤ Use SB-LSM80 or SB-LSM160 Battery Pack only. ✤ Õ· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ϸÌÔ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ SB-LSM80 fi SB-LSM160.
✤ The Battery Pack may be charged a little at the time of purchase. ✤ « Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÂflÌ·È Â΋˜ÈÛÙ· ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·„ÔÒ‹.
÷¸ÒÙÈÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı
Charging the Lithium Ion Battery Pack
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ ◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ Ôı ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ Á Îı˜Ìfl· –ÔÛÔÛÙ¸ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ
1. Turn the [Power] switch Blinking time Charging rate [Power] (ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·) ÛÙÁ Ãfl· ˆÔÒ‹ ÙÔ ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ ÀÈ„¸ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 50%
to [OFF]. Once per second Less than 50% Ë›ÛÁ [OFF] 50% ~ 75%
ƒ˝Ô ˆÔÒ›Ú ÙÔ ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ
2. Attach the Battery Pack to Twice per second 50% ~ 75% (¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ). ‘ÒÂÈÚ ˆÔÒ›Ú ÙÔ ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ 75% ~ 90%
the Camcorder. Three times per second 75% ~ 90% 2. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ « ẨÂÈÍÙÈÍfi Îı˜Ìfl· ÛÙ·Ï·Ù‹ÂÈ Ì· 90% ~ 100%
3. Connect the AC Power Blinking stops and stays on 90% ~ 100% Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÛÙÁ ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ Í·È ·Ò·Ï›ÌÂÈ ·Ì·ÏÏ›ÌÁ
adapter (AA-E9 TYPE) to On for a second and Error - Reset the Battery ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ¡Ì‹‚ÂÈ „È· ›Ì· ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ Í·È, ÛÙÁ ”ˆ‹ÎÏ· - ≈·Ì·ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ
off for a second Pack and the DC Cable 3. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, Û‚fiÌÂÈ „È· ›Ì· ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ Ï·Ù·Òfl· Í·È ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DC
a wall socket. ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ (Ù˝Ôı AA-
4. Connect the DC cable to the DC jack on the Camcorder. E9).ÛÙÁÌ ÒflÊ·.
■ The charging indicator will start to blink, showing that the Battery is 4. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DC ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi DC ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
charging. ■ « ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ Ë· ·Ò˜flÛÂÈ Ì· ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ Ôı ÛÁÏ·flÌÂÈ ¸ÙÈ Á

5. Press and hold the DISPLAY button while charging and Ï·Ù·Òfl· ˆÔÒÙflÊÂÈ.
the charging status will be displayed on the LCD screen 5. ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎfiÍÙÒÔ DISPLAY Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ,
ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ „È·
for 7 seconds. Battery Info 7 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
■ The battery charge status is given as reference and ■ « ÛÙ‹ËÏÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ‰flÌÂÙ·È ˘Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›ÌÔ
Battery charged
is an estimation. It may differ depending on the ·Ì·ˆÔÒ‹Ú „È· ÙÔÌ ˜ÒfiÛÙÁ Í·È ›˜ÂÈ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙÂfl Í·Ù‹
0% 50% 100% ÒÔÛ›„„ÈÛÁ. ≈̉›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÁ
Battery capacity and temperature.
6. When the Battery is fully charged, disconnect the ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú Í·È ÙÁ ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl·.
6. ºÙ·Ì Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl ÎfiÒ˘Ú, ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í·È
Battery Pack and the AC Power Adapter from the
·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ ·¸ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
Camcorder. ¡Í¸ÏÁ Í·È ¸Ù·Ì Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂflÌ·È ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú,
Even with the Power switched Off, the Battery Pack will still discharge. Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÂÓ·ÍÔÎÔıËÂfl Ì· ·ÔˆÔÒÙflÊÂÙ·È.
◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ Í·È ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔ ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔ
Charging, Recording Times based on Model and Battery Í·È ÙÔÌ Ù˝Ô Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú
Type.
✤ œÈ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÈ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Ã·Ù·Òfl· ◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁÚ ◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
✤ The continuous recording Time Charging time Recording time „„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı ‰flÌÔÌÙ·È ◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ
times given in the table to the Battery ÛÙÔÌ flÌ·Í· ‰ÂÓÈ‹ SB-LSM80
–ÂÒflÔı 1 ˛Ò· –ÂÒflÔı 1 ˛Ò·
Approx. Approx. ›˜ÔıÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙÂfl Í·Ù‹ Í·È 20 ÎÂÙ‹ Í·È 20 ÎÂÙ‹
right are approximations. SB-LSM80
1hr 20min 1hr 20min
Actual recording time ÒÔÛ›„„ÈÛÁ. SB-LSM160 –ÂÒflÔı 2 ˛Ò·
SB-LSM160 Approx. œ Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍ¸Ú ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ –ÂÒflÔı 3 ˛ÒÂÚ
depends on usage. Approx. 3hr (Option) Í·È 40 ÎÂÙ‹
(Option) 2hr 40min „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÂÓ·ÒًٷÈ
✤ The continuous recording ·¸ ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ.
times in the operating instructions are measured using a fully charged ✤ œÈ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÈ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÈÚ Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Battery Pack at 77 °F (25 °C). ıÔÎÔ„flÊÔÌÙ·È Ï ‚‹ÛÁ ÏÈ· ÎfiÒ˘Ú ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl· Û ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl·
✤ Even when the Power switched Off, the Battery Pack will still discharge if ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ 25 ∞C.
it is left attached to the device. ✤ ¡Í¸Ï· Í·È ¸Ù·Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ OFF, Á Ï·Ù·Òfl·
Ë· Ûı̘flÛÂÈ Ì· ·ÔˆÔÒÙflÊÂÙ·È ·Ì ÏÂflÌÂÈ Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ ÛÙÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi.

16
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 17

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation
The amount of continuous recording time available depends on;
- The type and capacity of the Battery Pack you are using.
- Ambient temperature.
- How often the Zoom function is used.
- Type of use (Camcorder/Camera/With LCD Screen etc.).
It is recommended that you have several batteries available.
–ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
œ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸:
- ‘ÔÌ Ù˝Ô Í·È ÙÁ ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú Ôı ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ.
- ‘Á ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ.
- ‘Á Ûı˜Ì¸ÙÁÙ· ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Zoom.
- ‘ÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ (¬ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·/ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfi ÏÁ˜·Ìfi/˜ÒfiÛÁ
ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD Í.Î.).
”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Ì· ›˜ÂÙ ·ÒÍÂÙ›Ú Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ Ï·Êfl Û·Ú.

≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÛÙ‹ËÏÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú

Battery Level Display
« Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÛÙ‹ËÏÁÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú
The battery level display indicates the amount of power ıÔ‰ÂÈÍÌ˝ÂÈ ÙÔ ÔÛ¸ ÙÁÚ Â̛҄ÂÈ·Ú Ôı
remaining in the Battery Pack. ıÔÎÂflÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
a. Fully charged ·. –ÎfiÒÁÚ ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ
b. 20~40% used ‚. ≈͈ÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Í·Ù‹ 20~40%
c. 40~80% used „. ≈͈ÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Í·Ù‹ 40~80%
d. 80~95% used ‰. ≈͈ÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Í·Ù‹ 80~95%
e. Completely used (Blinking) Â. –ÎfiÒ˘Ú Â͈ÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ (« ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
(Blinking)
(The Camcorder will turn off soon, change the ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ)
battery as soon as possible.) (« ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ë· ÙÂËÂfl Û˝ÌÙÔÏ· ÂÍÙ¸Ú
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú, ·Î΋ÓÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÙÔ
ÛıÌÙÔϸÙÂÒÔ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸.)

Battery Pack Management ƒÈ·˜ÂflÒÈÛÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú

■ ■ « Â·Ì·ˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· „flÌÂÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ ÛÂ
The Battery Pack should be recharged in an environment between
32 °F (0 °C) and 104 °F (40°C). ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ ÏÂ ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ 0 ∞C Í·È 40 ∞C.
■ ■ « ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Ê˘fiÚ Í·È Á ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÏÂÈ˛ÌÔÌÙ·È
The life and capacity of the Battery Pack will be reduced if it is used
in temperatures below 32 °F (0 °C) or left in temperatures above Â‹Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· Û ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·ÛflÂÚ Í‹Ù˘ Ù˘Ì
104 °F (40 °C) for a long period of time, even when it is fully 0 ∞C fi Â‹Ì ÙÁÌ ·ˆfiÌÂÙ Û ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·ÛflÂÚ ‹Ì˘ Ù˘Ì 40 ∞C „È·
recharged. Ï„‹ÎÔ ˜ÒÔÌÈ͸ ‰È‹ÛÙÁÏ·.
■ ÃÁÌ ÙÔÔËÂÙÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÍÔÌÙ‹ Û Á„›Ú ËÂÒϸÙÁÙ·Ú
■ Do not put the Battery Pack near any heat source (i.e. fire or a
heater). („È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·, ˆ˘ÙÈ‹ fi Í·ÎÔÒȈ›Ò).
■ ÃÁÌ ·ÔÛıÌ·ÒÏÔÎÔ„ÂflÙÂ, ÏÁÌ È›ÊÂÙÂ Í·È ÏÁ ËÂÒÏ·flÌÂÙ ÙÁÌ
■ Do not disassemble, apply pressure to, or heat the Battery Pack.
■ Do not allow the + and – terminals of the Battery Pack to be short- Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
■ ÃÁÌ ‚Ò·˜ıÍıÍβÌÂÙ ÙÔıÚ ¸ÎÔıÚ + Í·È - ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
circuited. It may cause leakage, heat generation, induce overheating
ÃÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ‰È·ÒÒÔfi ÁÎÂÍÙÒÔνÙÁ, ·Ò·„˘„fi
or fire.
ËÂÒϸÙÁÙ·Ú, ıÂÒË›ÒÏ·ÌÛÁ fi ˆ˘ÙÈ‹.

17
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 18
ENGLISH
Preparation
Notes regarding the Battery Pack
■ Please refer to the table on page 16 for approximate continuous
recording time.
■ The recording time is affected by temperature and environmental
conditions.
■ The recording time shortens dramatically in a cold environment. As
the environmental temperature and conditions vary.
■ The continuous recording times in the operating instructions are
measured using a fully charged Battery Pack at 77 °F (25 °C). The
remaining battery time may differ from the approximate continuous
recording times given in the instructions.
■ It is recommended you use the original Battery Pack that is available
at SAMSUNG retailer.
When the Battery reaches the end of its life, please contact your local
dealer.
The batteries have to be dealt with as chemical waste.
■ Make sure that the Battery Pack is fully charged before starting to
record.
■ A brand new Battery Pack is not charged. Before using the Battery
Pack, you need to charge it completely.
■ Fully discharging a Lithium Ion Battery damages the internal cells.
The Battery Pack may be prone to leakage when fully discharged.
■ To preserve battery power, keep your Camcorder turned off when you
are not operating it.
■ If your Camcorder is in <Camera> mode, and it is left in <STBY>
mode without being operated for more than 5 minutes with a tape
inserted, it will automatically turn itself off to protect against
unnecessary battery discharge.
■ Make sure that the Battery Pack is fitted firmly into place.
Do not drop the Battery Pack. Dropping the Battery Pack may
damage it.
18
GREEK
–ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·
■ ¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÔÌ –flÌ·Í· ÛÙÁ ÛÂÎfl‰· 16 „È· ÙÔıÚ, Í·Ù‹
ÒÔÛ›„„ÈÛÁ, ˜Ò¸ÌÔıÚ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
■ œ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÂÁÒ‹ÊÂÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· Í·È ÙÈÚ
ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ ÙÔı ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ.
■ œ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÏÂÈ˛ÌÂÙ·È Ôν Û ÍÒ˝Ô ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ. ºÙ·Ì
Á ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· Í·È ÔÈ ÂÒÈ‚·ÎÎÔÌÙÈÍ›Ú ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ ÔÈÍflÎÎÔıÌ.
■ œÈ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÈ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÈÚ Ô‰Á„flÂÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ıÔÎÔ„flÊÔÌÙ·È Ï ‚‹ÛÁ ÏÈ· ÎfiÒ˘Ú ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ
Ï·Ù·Òfl· Û ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ 25 ∞C. œ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ôı ·ÔÏ›ÌÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ
·¸ ÙÔÌ Û˜ÂÙÈ͸ ˜Ò¸ÌÔ ÛıÌÂ˜Ô˝Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı ‰flÌÂÙ·È ÛÙÈÚ
Ô‰Á„flÂÚ.
■ ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ „ÌfiÛÈÂÚ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ, ÔÈ ÔÔflÂÚ
‰È·ÙflËÂÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ Û›Ò‚ÈÚ ÙÁÚ SAMSUNG.
ºÙ·Ì ÎfiÓÂÈ Á ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Ê˘fiÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú, ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘ÌfiÛÙ ÏÂ
ÙÔÌ ÙÔÈ͸ Û·Ú ·ÌÙÈÒ¸Û˘Ô.
œÈ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ·ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˘flÊÔÌÙ·È ˘Ú ˜ÁÏÈÍ‹
·ÔÒÒflÏÏ·Ù·.
■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÂflÌ·È ÎfiÒ˘Ú ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ ÒÈÌ
·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi.
■ œÈ Í·ÈÌÔ˝ÒÈÂÚ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ. –Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
ˆÔÒÙflÊÂÙ ÎfiÒ˘Ú ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÒÔÙÔ˝ ÙÁ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ.
■ « ÎfiÒÁÚ ·Ôˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı ÒÔÍ·ÎÂfl
ÊÁÏÈ‹ ÛÙ· ÁÎÂÍÙÒÈÍ‹ ÛÙÔȘÂfl· ÙÁÚ.
ºÙ·Ì ÔÈ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ ·ÔˆÔÒÙflÊÔÌÙ·È ÎfiÒ˘Ú ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ·ıÓÁÏ›ÌÁ
È˷̸ÙÁÙ· ‰È·ÒÒÔfiÚ ÁÎÂÍÙÒÔνÙÁ.
■ √È· Ì· ‰È·ÙÁÒfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÈÛ˜˝ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú, Ì· Ë›ÙÂÙ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¸Ù·Ì ‰ÂÌ ÙÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ.
■ ¡Ì Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>
(K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È ·Ò·ÏÂflÌÂÈ Û ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ <STBY> (¡Ì·ÏÔÌfi) „È·
ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 5 ÎÂÙ‹ Ï ÙÔÔËÂÙÁÏ›ÌÁ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·, Ë·
ÙÂËÂfl ·ıٸϷٷ ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „È· Ì· ·ÔÙÒ·Âfl Á ‹ÛÍÔÁ
·Ôˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÂflÌ·È ÙÔÔËÂÙÁÏ›ÌÁ Û˘ÛÙ‹ ÛÙÁ
Ë›ÛÁ ÙÁÚ.
¡Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ù˛ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú. « Ù˛ÛÁ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ÊÁÏÈ‹ ÛÙÈÚ Ï·Ù·ÒflÂÚ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 19

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
Connecting a Power Source ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Á„fiÚ ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ
✤ There are two types of power source that can be connected to your ✤ ’‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ‰˝Ô Ù˝ÔÈ Á„˛Ì ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ Ôı ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· Ûı̉ÂËÔ˝Ì Ï ÙÁ
Camcorder. ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹ Û·Ú.
- The AC Power Adapter: used for indoor recording. - ‘Ô ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ : „È· „„Ò·ˆfi Û ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔ˝Ú ˜˛ÒÔıÚ.
- The Battery Pack: used for outdoor recording. - « Ï·Ù·Òfl· : „È· ˜ÒfiÛÁ Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔ˝Ú ˜˛ÒÔıÚ.
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÔÈÍÈ·ÍfiÚ Á„fiÚ ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ
Using a Household Power Source
”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÈ· ÔÈÍÈ·Ífi Á„fi
Connect to a household power source to use the ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ ˛ÛÙ ̷ ÙÁ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ˜˘ÒflÚ Ì·
Camcorder without having to worry about the ·ÌÁÛı˜ÂflÙ „È· ÙÁÌ ÈÛ˜˝ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú. ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷
battery power. You can keep the Battery Pack ‰È·ÙÁÒfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÂÌÙ¸Ú ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú,
attached; the battery power will not be consumed. Power Switch ˜˘ÒflÚ Ì· ÂÓ·ÌÙÎÁËÂfl Á ÈÛ˜˝Ú ÙÁÚ.
1. Turn the [Power] switch to [OFF]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [OFF].
2. Connect the AC Power adapter (AA-E9 TYPE) 2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ (Ù˝Ôı AA-
to a wall socket. E9).ÛÙÁÌ ÒflÊ·.
■ œ Ù˝ÔÚ ˆÈÚ Í·È ÒflÊ·Ú ÔÈÍflÎÎÔıÌ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· ÏÂ
■ The plug and wall socket type may differ
ÙÁ ˜˛Ò· ÛÙÁÌ ÔÔfl· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÛÙÂ.
according to your resident country. 3. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DC ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi DC ÙÁÚ
3. Connect the DC cable to the DC jack of the ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
Camcorder. 4. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ›Ì·Ì ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·,
4. Set the Camcorder to each mode by holding down the tab on the [Power] ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÁ ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÙÔı ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] Í·È Í·Ù¸ÈÌ
switch and turning it to the [CAMERA] or [PLAYER] mode. „ıÒflÛÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú [CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
About the Operating Modes –ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒflÂÚ „È· ÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✤ The operating modes are determined by the position of the [Power] switch ✤ œÈ ÙÒ¸ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Í·ËÔÒflÊÔÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÙÔı ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] Í·È
and the [Mode] switch. ÙÔı ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode].
✤ Set the Operation Mode by adjusting [Power] switch and [Mode] switch ✤ ≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ÒıËÏflÊÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÔıÚ
before operating any functions. ‰È·Í¸ÙÂÚ [Power] Í·È [Mode] ÒÈÌ Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÔÔÈ·‰fiÔÙÂ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
Mode Name <M.Player
<Camera Mode> <Player Mode> <M.Cam Mode> ºÌÔÏ· ÙÒ¸Ôı
Mode> <Camera Mode> <Player Mode> <M.Cam Mode> <M.Player Mode>
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú

[Power] Switch
ƒÈ·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power]

[Mode] Switch ƒÈ·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Mode]

(VP-D375W(i)/ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù·
D975W(i) only) ÏÔÌٛη VP-
D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ M.Cam Mode : Memory Camera Mode / M.Player Mode : Memory Player
✤ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Cam: ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Memory Camera / ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
Mode ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Player : ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Memory Player
✤ The <M.Cam Mode> and the <M.Player Mode> are only enabled on ✤ œÈ ÙÒ¸ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Cam> Í·È <M.Player> ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÔ˝ÌÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔÌ
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i). ÛÙ· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i).
19
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 20

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
Using the QUICK MENU ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÍÔıÏÈÔ˝ QUICK MENU (√Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝)
✤ QUICK MENU is used to access camcorder functions by using ✤ ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU] ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·ÔÍÙfiÛÂÙÂ
the [Q.MENU] button. Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
✤ QUICK MENU provides easier access to frequently used menus ✤ ¡ıÙ¸ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl Û‹Ú ·Ò›˜ÂÈ ÂıÍÔθÙÂÒÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙ· ÏÂÌÔ˝
Ôı ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ Ûı˜Ì¸ÙÂÒ· ˜˘ÒflÚ Ì· ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È Ì·
without using the [MENU] button. ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
✤ Functions available using the QUICK MENU are as below: ✤ œÈ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Ï ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl QUICK MENU ÂflÌ·È ÔÈ
Q.MENU ÂÓfiÚ:
Camera Mode
Camera (K‹ÏÂÒ·)
■ Setting the Back Light Compensation (BLC) ➥page 57
■ Setting the Digital Image Stabilizer (DIS) ➥page 56 ■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ·ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (BLC) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 57
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ”Ù·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (DIS)
■ Programmed Automatic Exposure Modes (Program AE) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 56
➥page 48 ■ ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Program AE)
■
■
Setting the White Balance (White Balance) ➥page 50 1 STBY SP 0:00:10 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 48
Setting the Shutter Speed (Shutter)- Can only be 60min
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ (White Balance) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 50
operated by using the QUICK MENU ➥page 46 BLC Off ■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter) - ÃÔÒÂfl Ì·
■ Setting the Exposure (Exposure)- Can only be operated by DIS ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ϸÌÔ ·¸ ÙÔ QUICK MENU ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 46
Program AE ■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Exposure) - ÃÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ϸÌÔ
using the QUICK MENU ➥page 46
White Balance ·¸ ÙÔ QUICK MENU ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 46
■ Setting the Focus (Focus) ➥page 47 ■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Focus (≈ÛÙfl·ÛÁ) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 47
Shutter
M.Cam Mode (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Exposure M.Cam (K‹ÏÂÒ·-ÏÌfiÏÁ)
Focus (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ Setting the Back Light Compensation (BLC) ➥page 57
■ Selecting the recording Photo Size (Photo Size) ➥page 75 Q.MENU Exit
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ·ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (BLC) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 57
■ ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ·Ò˜ÂflÔı Photo (Photo Size)
(VP-D975W(i) only)
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 75 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i))
■ Setting the White Balance (White Balance) ➥page 50
■ Setting the Photo Quality (Photo Quality) ➥page 74 3 STBY SP 0:00:10
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ (White Balance) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 50
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú (Photo Quality) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 74
■ Setting the Exposure (Exposure)- Can only be operated by 60min
BLC ■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Exposure) - ÃÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ϸÌÔ
using the QUICK MENU ➥page 46 DIS ·¸ ÙÔ QUICK MENU ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 46
■ Setting the Focus (Focus) ➥page 47 Program AE …
■ —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Focus (≈ÛÙfl·ÛÁ) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 47
White Balance Outdoor M.Player (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ)
M.Player Mode (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) † (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Shutter
■ Playing the Moving Images (MPEG) on the Memory Card Exposure ■ ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (MPEG) Ôı ÂflÌ·È
(M. Play Select) ➥page 85 Focus ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (M. Play Select) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 85
■ Deleting Photo Images and Moving Images (Delete) ➥page 80 ■ ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Í·È ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (Delete)
■ Protection from accidental Erasure (Protect) ➥page 79 Q.MENU Exit ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 80
■ Marking Images for Printing (Print Mark) ➥page 88 ■ –ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi (Protect) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 79
■ ”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì „È· ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ (Print Mark) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 88
For example: Setting the White Balance 4 STBY SP 0:00:10
√È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·: —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
1. Press the [Q.MENU] button. 1. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
The quick menu list will appear. ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı „Òfi„ÔÒÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
2. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <White Balance>, then 2. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <White
press the [OK] button. œ Balance> (…ÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
3. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select desired mode <Auto>,
3. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ
<Indoor>, <Outdoor> or <Custom WB>, then press the ÂÈËıÏÁÙ¸ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Auto> (¡ıٸϷٷ), <Indoor>
[OK] button. Custom
(≈Û˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔfl ˜˛ÒÔÈ), <Outdoor> (≈Ó˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔfl ˜˛ÒÔÈ) fi <C
4. To exit, press the [Q.MENU] button. WB> (–ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„fi) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[OK].
20 <When the Outdoor option was selected> 4. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/3/07 9:55 AM Page 21

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
OSD (On Screen Display) in Camera/Player Modes ≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Û ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Camera/Player
1. Battery Level ➥page 17 1. ”Ù‹ËÏÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 17
2. Visual Effects Mode ➥page 52 OSD in Camera Mode 2. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 52
EASY.Q ➥page 35 EASY.Q ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 35
16:9 Wide ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 54
16:9 Wide ➥page 54 25 24
3. DIS ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 56
3. DIS ➥page 56 26 23 22 21 4. –ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 48
4. Program AE ➥page 48 5. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 50
5. White Balance Mode ➥page 50 1 6. ‘·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 46
STBY SP 0:00:11 20
6. Shutter Speed ➥page 46 7. ∏ÍËÂÛÁ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 46
2 Art 10Sec 60min 8. ÃÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 47
7. Exposure ➥page 46 19
8. Manual Focus ➥page 47 3 S 16BIt 18 9. «ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/øÒ· ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 30
17 10. ∆ÔıÏ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 39
9. Date/Time ➥page 30 4 …
11. COLOUR NITE ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 41
10. Zoom Position ➥page 39 5 No Tape ! 16
12. USB ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 96
11. COLOUR NITE ➥pages 41 6 S. 1/50 15 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
12. USB ➥page 96 (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 7 14 13. ‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏ¸Ú ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 24
[20] 13
13. Remote ➥page 24 (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 8 W T o m † 12
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
14. WindCut Plus ➥page 44 9 Color N.1/25 11
14. ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Í·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfiÚ ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı
15. BLC (Back Light Compensation) ➥page 57
00:00 1.JAN.2007 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 44
15. BLC (¡ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁ ͸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 57
16. Light ➥page 42 2 16. Àı˜Ìfl· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 42 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
(VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 10 8
1 6 : 9 Wi d e VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
17. Real Stereo ➥page 45 6 S. 1/50 † … 17. –Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍ‹ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 45
18. Audio Mode ➥page 43 7 [20] † … 18. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú fi˜Ôı ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 43
19. Remaining Tape (measured in minutes) 19. ’¸ÎÔÈÔ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú (Û ÎÂÙ‹)
20. Tape Counter 20. ÃÂÙÒÁÙfiÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú
21. Zero Memory ➥page 37 21. ¡ÔÏÌÁϸÌÂıÛÁ ÛÁÏÂflÔı ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 37
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
OSD in Player Mode (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
22. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
22. Record Speed Mode ➥page 43 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 43
35
23. Operating Mode 23. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
24. Self Timer ➥page 38 (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 24. ¡ıٸϷÙÔÚ ˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 38
25. Still image recording ➥page 59 √ SP 0:00:00:10 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
26. Tele Macro ➥page 55 27 Sound[2] 14min
25. ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Îfi¯ÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 59
27. Dubbed Audio Playback ➥page 64 26. Tele Macro ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 55
16BIt 27. ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔı fi˜Ôı ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 64
28. DEW ➥page 6 28
28. –ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ ÛıÏ˝ÍÌ˘ÛÁ ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 6
29. Volume Control ➥page 60 [05]
34 29. ∏΄˜ÔÚ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 60
30. Message Line ➥page 103 No Tape ! 30. √Ò·ÏÏfi ÏÁÌıÏ‹Ù˘Ì ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 103
29
31 Warning Indicator ➥page 103 31. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ÒÔÂȉÔÔflÁÛÁÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 103
32. DV IN (DV data transfer mode) ➥page 92 AV In 33 32. DV IN (ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì
(VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only) DV) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 92 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/
33. AV IN ➥page 69 (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/ 32 D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi))
00:00 1.JAN.2007 33. AV IN ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 69 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/
D375Wi/D975Wi only) D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi))
34. Voice+ Indicator ➥page 67 30 31 34. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ÷˘Ìfi+ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 67
35. Audio Dubbing ➥page 63 35. ÃflÓÁ fi˜Ôı ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 63
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ OSD (On Screen Display) items shown here are based on model VP-D375W. ■ ‘· ÛÙÔȘÂfl· OSD (On Screen Display - –ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ) Ôı ˆ·flÌÔÌÙ·È Â‰˛,
■ The above screen is an example for explanation; It is different from the actual ‚·ÛflÊÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔ VP-D375W.
■ « ·Ò·‹Ì˘ Ô˸ÌÁ ·ÔÙÂÎÂfl ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï· Í·È ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·¸ ÙÁÌ Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍfi.
display. 21
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~022 2/5/07 11:32 AM Page 22

ENGLISH GREEK

Preparation –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ·Ûfl·
OSD (On Screen Display) in M.Cam/M.Player Modes ≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Û ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) M.Cam/M.Player (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
1. Photo Quality 1. –ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú
➥page 74 OSD in M.Cam Mode OSD in M.Player Mode ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 74
2. CARD (Memory Card) 2. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
4 3 9 3. ÃÂÙÒÁÙfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
Indicator (”ıÌÔÎÈÍ¸Ú ·ÒÈËϸÚ
3. Image Counter (Total 46 2 ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Ôı
Slide 2/46
number of recordable ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· „„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì)
3 min 800X600 8
photo images) 4. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ Í·È
4. Image Recording and ˆ¸ÒÙ˘ÛÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
8 1152
1152
5. ∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú
Loading Indicator …

5. Erase Protection No Memory Card ! No Memory Card ! ‰È·„Ò·ˆfiÚ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 79

6. ”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ
Indicator ➥page 79 1
5 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 88
6. Print Mark ➥page 88 [20]
6 001 7. ¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ˆ·Í›ÎÔı -
7. Folder Number - File om †
¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı
Number ➥page 76 00:00 1.JAN.2007 00:00 1.JAN.2007 100-0002 7 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 76
8. Photo Size ➥page 75 8. Û„ÂËÔÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Photo
(VP-D975W(i) only) W T ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 75 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù·
ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i))
9. Slide Show ➥page 78 [20] † … 9. ƒÈ·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
[ Notes ] ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 78
■ OSD (On Screen Display) items shown here are based on model VP-D375W.
■ The above screen is an example for explanation; It is different from the actual [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ‘· ÛÙÔȘÂfl· OSD (On Screen Display - –ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ) Ôı
display. ˆ·flÌÔÌÙ·È Â‰˛, ‚·ÛflÊÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔ VP-D375W.
■ « ·Ò·‹Ì˘ Ô˸ÌÁ ·ÔÙÂÎÂfl ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï· Í·È ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·¸ ÙÁÌ Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍfi.
Turning the OSD (On Screen Display) On/Off ≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ
✤ You can switch the display mode of the on-screen ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ fi Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
information to on or off by pressing the button. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒÈ˛Ì, ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ
·ÌÙflÛÙÔÈ˜Ô ÍÔıÏfl.
Turning OSD On/Off
≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú OSD
Press the [DISPLAY] button. (≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ)
■ Each press of the button toggles the OSD function on and DISPLAY
–·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [DISPLAY].
off. ■ K‹ËÂ ‹ÙÁÏ· ÙÔı ÍÔıÏÈÔ˝ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂfl/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂfl ÙÁ
■ When you turn the OSD off, ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.
■ ºÙ·Ì ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
- In <Camera Mode>: The STBY, REC modes are always
displayed on the screen, even when the OSD is turned off. - ” ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>: œÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ STBY Í·È
REC Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ‹ÌÙ·, ·Í¸Ï· Í·È ¸Ù·Ì Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
- In <Player Mode>: When you press any Function Button, Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ ÂflÌ·È ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ Í·È ÔÔÈÔ‰fiÔÙÂ
it is displayed on the OSD for 3 seconds before it turns off. ÍÔıÏfl ·Ù‹Ù Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È „È· 3 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· Í·È ÏÂÙ‹ Û‚fiÌÂÈ.
Turning the Date/Time On/Off - ” ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player>: ºÙ·Ì ·Ù‹Ù ›Ì· ÍÔıÏfl ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú, Á
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ „È· 3 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· Í·È ÏÂÙ‹ Û‚fiÌÂÈ.
To turn the Date/Time on or off, access the menu and change the <Date/Time>
≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Date/Time
mode. ➥page 30 (HÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/˛Ò·)
√È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ fi Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/˛Ò·, ÏÂÙ·‚ÂflÙ ÛÙÔ
22 ÏÂÌÔ˝ Í·È ·Î΋ÓÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Date/Time>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 30
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 23

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —ıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Setting the Clock (Clock Set) —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ (Clock Set)
✤ Clock setup works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 4 Camera Mode
✤ The Date/Time is automatically recorded onto a tape. Before √System
Clock Set
recording, please set the <Date/Time>. ➥page 30
Remote
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. Beep Sound
Shutter Sound
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. Language
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Demonstration
3. Press the [MENU] button.
■ The menu list will appear.
Move OK Select
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, then
press the [OK] button. 5 Camera Mode
Back
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Clock Set>, then Clock Set
press the [OK] button. Remote
■ The year will be highlighted first. Beep Sound
Shutter Sound
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to set current <Year>, then press
Language
the [OK] button.
■ The month will be highlighted.
Demonstration
Move OK Select
7. You can set the month, day, hour and minute following the
same procedure after setting the year.
8. Press the [OK] button after setting the minutes. 6 Camera Mode
Back
■ A message <Complete !> is displayed.
■ To adjust the clock, select the Year, Month, Day, Hour or Clock Set
Remote
Min by pressing the [OK] button, then press the [▲ / ▼]
Beep Sound
button to set respective values.
Shutter Sound
9. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Language
Demonstration
[ Notes ]
■ After the Lithium Battery loses its charge (after about 6 Adjust OK Select
months), the date/time appears on the screen as <00:00
1.JAN.2007>.
■ You can set the year up to 2037.
8 Camera Mode
Back
■ If the Lithium Battery is not installed, any inputted data will
Clock Set
not be backed up. Remote
Beep Sound
Displays in this manual Shutter Sound
Language
- OSD illustrations of VP-D375W are used in this manual. Demonstration
- Some of the OSD in this manual may differ slightly from the
actual items of your camcorder. Move OK Select
✤ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>.
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ Û ÏÈ·
ÂÒÈÔ˜fi ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú. –ÒÈÌ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi,
√On
√On ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· <Date/Time> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/˛Ò·).
√On
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 30
√English 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi
√On [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi [CARD].
MENU Exit (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <System>
(”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Clock Set> (—
Set Time ˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ –Ò˛Ù· ÂÈÛÁÏ·flÌÂÙ·È ÙÔ ›ÙÔÚ.
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ ÙÒ›˜ÔÌ <Year>
(∏ÙÔÚ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ”ÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ÂÈÛÁÏ·flÌÂÙ·È Ô ÏfiÌ·Ú.
7. ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÏfiÌ·, ÙÁÌ Áϛҷ, ÙÈÚ ˛ÒÂÚ Í·È Ù·
MENU Exit ÎÂÙ‹ ·ÍÔÎÔı˲ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ fl‰È· ‰È·‰ÈÍ·Ûfl· Ï ÂÍÂflÌÁ Ôı „È· ÙÁ
Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ›ÙÔıÚ.
8. —ıËÏflÛÙ ٷ ÎÂÙ‹ Í·È ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <Complete !> (œÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ËÁÍÂ).
■ √È· Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÒÔθÈ, ÂÈΛÓÙ ÙÔ ›ÙÔÚ, ÙÔ ÏfiÌ·, ÙÁÌ
… Áϛҷ, ÙÁÌ ˛Ò· fi Ù· ÎÂÙ‹ ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK] Í·È,
1 JAN 2007 ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ
†
ÙÈÚ ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘÂÚ ÙÈÏ›Ú.
00 : 00
9. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ÃÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ôˆ¸ÒÙÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ÎÈËflÔı (˝ÛÙÂÒ· ·¸
ÂÒflÔı 6 ÏfiÌÂÚ), Á ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/˛Ò· Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ
MENU Exit ˘Ú ÂÓfiÚ <00:00 1.JAN.2007>.
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔ ›ÙÔÚ ›˘Ú ÙÔ 2037.
■ ≈‹Ì Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ÙÔÔËÂÙÁÏ›ÌÁ ÛÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, Ù· ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Ôı ÂÈÛ‹„ÔÌÙ·È ‰ÂÌ ˆı΋ÛÛÔÌÙ·È
ÛÙÁ ÏÌfiÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÙÂËÂfl ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.
1 JAN 2007 ≈È͸ÌÂÚ ÙÔı „˜ÂÈÒȉflÔı ·ıÙÔ˝
00 : 00 - œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ù˘Ì ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È
Û ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔ Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ, ÂflÌ·È ÙÔı ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔı VP-D375W.
Complete ! - œÒÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ÛÂ
·ıÙ¸ ÙÔ Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ‰È·ˆ›ÒÔıÌ Â΋˜ÈÛÙ· ÛÂ
Û˜›ÛÁ Ï ÙÈÚ ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘÂÚ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ÛÙÁ
MENU Exit ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹ Û·Ú.

23
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 24

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Setting the Wireless Remote Control Acceptance (Remote)
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ The Remote function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19
✤ The Remote function allows you to enable or disable the remote
control for use with the Camcorder.
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·Ô‰Ô˜fiÚ ·Û˝ÒÏ·ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏÔ˝
(Remote) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Remote ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Remote Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· Ë›ÙÂÙ ÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ
ÂÌÙ¸Ú fi ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „È· ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÏÂ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.

1
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
[CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button.
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear.
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.

4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, then 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
press the [OK] button. <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
4 Camera Mode ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
√System
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Remote>, then 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Clock Set
press the [OK] button. Remote √On <Remote> (‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
Beep Sound √On ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <On> or <Off>, Shutter Sound √On
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Language √English
then press the [OK] button. Demonstration √On <On> fi <Off> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Move OK Select MENU Exit
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
6 Camera Mode
[ Note ] Back
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
If you set the <Remote> to <Off> in the menu and try Clock Set
Remote ¡Ì ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· <Remote> ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
to use it, the remote control icon ( ) will blink for 3 Off
Beep Sound On <Off> (¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ) ÛÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Í·È
seconds on the LCD Screen and then disappear. Shutter Sound ÒÔÛ·ËfiÛÂÙÂ Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÔ
Language ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ, ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ( ) ÙÔı
Demonstration
ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı Ë· ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÛÂÈ „È· 3
Move OK Select MENU Exit ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
Ë· ÂÓ·ˆ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl.

24
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 25

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Setting the Beep Sound (Beep Sound) —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı "ÏÈ" (Beep Sound)
✤ The Beep Sound function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/ ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Beep Sound (π˜ÔÚ ÏÈ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>.
✤ You can turn the Beep Sound on or off, when on, each press of a ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
button sounds a beep. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ fi Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ fi˜Ô
"ÏÈ". ºÙ·Ì Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ, Û ͋ËÂ
‹ÙÁÏ· ÍÔıÏÈÔ˝ ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È Ô fi˜ÔÚ "ÏÈ".

1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. 1 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE]
fi [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ The menu list will appear.
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
then press the [OK] button.
4 Camera Mode 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Beep √System <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
Clock Set
Sound>, then press the [OK] button. Remote √On
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Beep Sound √On
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <On> or <Off>, Shutter Sound √On 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
then press the [OK] button. Language √English <Beep Sound> (π˜ÔÚ ÏÈ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
Demonstration √On
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit

6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ

6 <On> fi <Off> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Camera Mode
Back
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Clock Set
Remote 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Beep Sound Off
Shutter Sound On
Language
Demonstration
Move OK Select MENU Exit

25
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 26

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Setting the Shutter Sound (Shutter Sound)
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ The Shutter Sound function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>
modes. ➥page 19
✤ You can turn the Shutter Sound on or off, when on, with each press
of the [PHOTO] button, the Shutter will sound.
1 ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] Ë· ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È Ô fi˜ÔÚ ÙÔı
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER].
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter Sound)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· fi˜Ôı ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/< <M.Cam>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
<Player>/<
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ fi Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ·ıÙ¸Ì
ÙÔÌ fi˜Ô ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı. ºÙ·Ì Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi ÂflÌ·È
ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ, Í‹Ë ˆÔÒ‹ Ôı ·Ù‹Ù ÙÔ
ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı.

2. If the [Power] switch to [CAMERA], set the [Mode] 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. [CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
If the [Power] switch to [PLAYER], set the [Mode] 2. ≈‹Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power] ›˜ÂÈ ÙÂËÂfl ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
switch to [TAPE]. [CAMERA], Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ
Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button. ≈‹Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power] ›˜ÂÈ ÙÂËÂfl ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
■ The menu list will appear.
4 Camera Mode
[PLAYER], Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ
√System Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, Clock Set
then press the [OK] button. Remote √On
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Beep Sound √On
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Shutter Sound>, Shutter Sound √On
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Language √English
then press the [OK] button. Demonstration √On <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Move OK Select MENU Exit
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <On> or <Off>, 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
then press the [OK] button. <Shutter Sound> (ƒÈ‹ˆÒ·„Ï· fi˜Ôı) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
6 Camera Mode ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Back
Clock Set 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Remote <On> fi <Off> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Beep Sound ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Shutter Sound Off
Language On 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Demonstration
Move OK Select MENU Exit

26
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 27

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Selecting the OSD Language (Language) ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ „βÛÛ·Ú Ù˘Ì ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ (Language)
✤ The Language function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/ ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Language (√βÛÛ·) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ You can select the desired language to display the menu screen and ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁ „βÛÛ· ÛÙÁÌ ÔÔfl· ÂÈËıÏÂflÙ ̷
the messages. Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È Ù· ÏÂÌÔ˝ Í·È Ù· ÏÁÌ˝Ï·Ù· ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.

1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
1 [CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) [CARD].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [MENU] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.

4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ

4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
then press the [OK] button. ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
4 Camera Mode
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Language>, √System
<Language> (√βÛÛ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
Clock Set
then press the [OK] button. ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Remote √On
■ The available language options are listed. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ ÂÈÎÔ„›Ú „βÛÛ·Ú.
Beep Sound √On
■ English / Français / Español / Deutsch / Italiano / Shutter Sound √On ■ English / Français / Español / Deutsch / Italiano /
Português / Polski / Nederlands / Magyar / Language √English
Português / Polski / Nederlands / Magyar /
Demonstration √On
Svenska / / ‰∑¬ / / / PÛÒÒÍËÈ / Svenska / / ‰∑¬ / / / PÛÒÒÍËÈ /
ìÍ‡ªÌҸ͇ / / Suomi / Türkçe / Norwegian / Move OK Select MENU Exit ìÍ‡ªÌҸ͇ / / Suomi / Türkçe / Norwegian /
Danish Danish
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi „βÛÛ·
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select the desired OSD language, then OSD Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
press the [OK] button. ■ ‘¸ÙÂ, ÔÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ ·Ì·Ì²ÌÔÌÙ·È
■ The OSD language is refreshed in the selected language. ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÁ „βÛÛ·.
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.

[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
[ Notes ] ■ « ΛÓÁ <Language> (√βÛÛ·) ÛÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ‹ÌÙ· ÛÙ·
■ The word <Language> in the menu is always indicated in English. ¡„„ÎÈÍ‹.
■ Language options may be changed without prior notice. ■ œÈ ÂÈÎÔ„›Ú ÙÁÚ „βÛÛ·Ú Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÙÒÔÔÔÈÁËÔ˝Ì ˜˘ÒflÚ
ÒÔÂȉÔÔflÁÛÁ.
27
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 28

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : System Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ

Viewing the Demonstration (Demonstration)
✤ The Demonstration function may only be used in the
<Camera> mode without a tape inserted in the Camcorder.
➥page 19
✤ Before you begin: Make sure that there is no tape inserted in
the Camcorder. ➥page 32
✤ Demonstration automatically shows you the major functions
that are included with your Camcorder so that you may use
them more easily.
✤ The Demonstration operates repeatedly until the
Demonstration mode is switched Off.
–ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ÙÁÚ Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁÚ (Demonstration)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Demonstration ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÁËÂfl
1 ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·), ˜˘ÒflÚ
Ì· ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ –ÒÈÌ ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙÂ: ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ ‰ÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Í·Û›Ù·
ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 32
✤ « Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁ Û‹Ú ‰Âfl˜ÌÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ÙÈÚ Í˝ÒÈÂÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Ôı ÂÒÈης‹ÌÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹,
„È· Ì· ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÈÚ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÂıÍÔθÙÂÒ·.
✤ « Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁ Â·Ì·Î·Ï‚‹ÌÂÙ·È ‰È·ÒÍ˛Ú ›˘Ú ¸ÙÔı
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ Û˜ÂÙÈÍfi ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.

1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. 4 Camera Mode 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
√System 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Clock Set
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Remote √On
Beep Sound √On 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
3. Press the [MENU] button. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Shutter Sound √On
■ The menu list will appear. Language √English 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <System>
Demonstration √On (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <System>, then press Move OK Select MENU Exit 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
the [OK] button. <Demonstration> (≈fl‰ÂÈÓÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Demonstration>, ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6 Camera Mode 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On>
then press the [OK] button.
Back (≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <On>, then press the Clock Set [OK].
[OK] button. Remote 7. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Beep Sound ■ ¡Ò˜flÊÂÈ Á Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁ.
7. Press the [MENU] button. Shutter Sound
Language Off 8. √È· Ì· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
■ The Demonstration will begin.
Demonstration On [MENU].
8. To quit the Demonstration, press the [MENU] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Demonstration ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ
[ Notes ]
■ The Demonstration function is automatically activated 7 SAMSUNG Camcorder is... ¸Ù·Ì Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÏÂflÌÂÈ Û ·‰Ò‹ÌÂÈ· „È·
when the Camcorder is left idle for more than 10 34x Optical Zoom
ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒ· ·¸ 10 ÎÂÙ‹ ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÔı
minutes after switching to the <Camera> mode (if no tape is ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) (ˆ¸ÛÔÌ ‰ÂÌ
inserted in the Camcorder). ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·).
■ If you press other buttons (FADE, C.NITE, EASY.Q) during ■ ¡Ì Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁÚ, ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ‹Îη

the Demonstration mode, the demonstration stops temporarily ÍÔıÏÈ‹ (FADE, C.NITE, EASY.Q), Á Âfl‰ÂÈÓÁ
and resumes 10 minutes later if you do not operate any other ‰È·Í¸ÙÂÙ·È ÒÔÛ˘ÒÈÌ‹ Í·È Ûı̘flÊÂÈ 10 ÎÂÙ‹
functions. ·Ò„¸ÙÂÒ·, ·Ì ÛÙÔ ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ ‰ÂÌ ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ ͋ÔÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ
Demonstration ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.

28
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 29

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : Display Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Ô˸ÌÁÚ

Adjusting the LCD Screen (LCD Bright/LCD Colour) —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD (LCD Bright/LCD Colour)
✤ Adjusting the LCD Screen works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/ ✤ « ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>.
✤ Your Camcorder is equipped with a 2.5 inch (VP-D371(i) only) / 2.7 inch ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
wide (VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) colour Liquid ✤ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ ÏÈ· ›„˜Ò˘ÏÁ Ô˸ÌÁ ı„Ò˛Ì ÍÒıÛÙ‹Î΢Ì
Crystal Display (LCD) Screen, which enables you to view what you are (LCD) 2,5 ÈÌÙÛ˛Ì (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i)) / 2,7 ÈÌÙÛ˛Ì (ϸÌÔ
recording or playing back directly. „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i)), Á ÔÔfl·
✤ Depending on the conditions under which you are using the Camcorder Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· ‚ΛÂÙ ‹ÏÂÛ· ¸,ÙÈ Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ fi ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙÂ.
(indoors or outdoors for example), you can adjust; ✤ ¡Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÈÚ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ ÛÙÈÚ ÔÔflÂÚ
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· („È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·,
- <LCD Bright> 1 Û ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ fi ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ), ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷
- <LCD Colour>
ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÂÓfiÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ:
- <LCD Bright> (÷˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· LCD)
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER].
- <LCD Colour> (◊Ò˛Ï·Ù· LCD)
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD].
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA]
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) fi [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
3. Press the [MENU] button. [CARD].
■ The menu list will appear.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
4 Camera Mode 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Display>, then √Display ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
press the [OK] button. LCD Bright 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
LCD Colour <Display> (œË¸ÌÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select the item you want to Date/Time √Off ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
TV Display √On
adjust <LCD Bright> or <LCD Colour>, then press the 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ
[OK] button. ÛÙÔȘÂflÔ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ <LCD Bright>
(÷˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ·) fi <LCD Colour> (◊Ò˛Ï·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
Move OK Select MENU Exit
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to adjust the value of the ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
selected item <LCD Bright> or <LCD Colour>, 6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
then press the [OK] button. 6 ÙÈÏfi ÙÔı ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔı ÛÙÔȘÂflÔı <LCD Bright>
■ You can set values for <LCD Bright> and Camera Mode (÷˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ·) fi <LCD Colour> (◊Ò˛Ï·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
Back
<LCD Colour> between <0> ~ <35>. [18]
ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
LCD Bright
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ÙÈÏ›Ú „È· Ù· ÛÙÔȘÂfl· <LCD
LCD Colour
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Date/Time Bright> Í·È <LCD Colour> ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ <0> ~ <35>.
■ Adjusting the LCD Screen does not affect the TV Display 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD ‰ÂÌ ÂÁÒ‹ÊÂÈ ÙÁ
brightness and colour of the image to be recorded.
ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· Í·È Ù· ˜Ò˛Ï·Ù· ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Ôı
Move OK Select MENU Exit „„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È.

29
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 30

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : Display Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Ô˸ÌÁÚ
Displaying the Date/Time (Date/Time) ≈ψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú (Date/Time)
✤ The Date/Time function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/ ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Date/Time («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/øÒ·) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/<M.Player>.
✤ The date and time are automatically recorded on a special data area ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
of the tape. ✤ « ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl· Í·È Á ˛Ò· Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ Û ÏÈ· ÂȉÈÍfi
ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆfiÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì ÙÁÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú.

1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA]
1 fi [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) [CARD].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [MENU] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Display>, then <Display> (œË¸ÌÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
press the [OK] button. ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4 <Date/Time> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/øÒ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select Camera Mode
√Display ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
<Date/Time>, then press the [OK] button. 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ
LCD Bright
LCD Colour Ù˝Ô ÒÔ‚ÔÎfiÚ ÙÁÚ «ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/øÒ·Ú Í·È, ÛÙÁ
6. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select the display type Date/Time √Off ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
of the Date/Time, then press the [OK] button. TV Display √On ■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú: <Off>
■ Display type of the Date/Time: <Off>, <Date>,
(¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ), <Date> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·),
<Time>, <Date&Time>. <Time> (øÒ·), <Date&Time>.
Move OK Select MENU Exit 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
6 Camera Mode ■ « ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú / ˛Ò·Ú ›˜ÂÈ ÙÁ ÏÔÒˆfi
[ Notes ] Back <00:00 1.JAN.2007> ÛÙÈÚ ÂÓfiÚ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ.
■ The Date/Time will read <00:00 1.JAN.2007> in LCD Bright - K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÂÌ¸Ú ÍÂÌÔ˝ ÙÏfiÏ·ÙÔÚ
the following conditions. LCD Colour
Date/Time
ÙÁÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú.
Off
- During playback of a blank section of a tape. TV Display Date - ≈‹Ì Á Í·Û›Ù· „„Ò‹ˆÁÍ ÒÈÌ ·¸ ÙÁ
- If the tape was recorded before setting the clock Time Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
function in the Camcorder. Date&Time - ºÙ·Ì Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÎÈËflÔı ÂflÌ·È ÏÂÒÈÍ˛Ú fi ÎfiÒ˘Ú
- When the Lithium Battery becomes weak or dead. Move OK Select MENU Exit
·ÔˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ.
■ Before you use the <Date/Time> function, you must ■ –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
set the clock. ➥page 23 <Date/Time>, Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÒÔθÈ.
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 23
30
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 31

ENGLISH ¡Ò˜ÈÍfi Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ: GREEK

Initial Setting : Display Menu Setting —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Ô˸ÌÁÚ

Setting the TV Display (TV Display) —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ TV (TV Display)
✤ The TV Display function works in <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/ ✤ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú TV Display (œË¸ÌÁ TV) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
<M.Player> modes. ➥page 19 ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>/<Player>/<M.Cam>/
✤ You can select the output path of the OSD (On Screen Display). <M.Player>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
- <Off>: The OSD appears in the LCD Screen and Viewfinder only. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ Ô˝ Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ
- <On>: The OSD appears in the LCD Screen, Viewfinder and TV. Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ.
(Connecting to a TV ➥pages 65~67) - <Off> (¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ): œÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ
- Use the [DISPLAY] button to turn the OSD on/off on the LCD ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Í·È ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
Screen/Viewfinder/TV. - <On> <≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ>: œÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ
Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD, ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ
1 Í·È ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. (”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÙÁθҷÛÁ ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 65~67)
- ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [DISPLAY] „È· Ì·
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ Ù˘Ì ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD,
ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ Í·È ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ.
3. Press the [MENU] button.
■ The menu list will appear. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
4. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <Display>, 4 Camera Mode
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
√Display [CARD].
then press the [OK] button.
LCD Bright (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
LCD Colour 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
5. Press the [▲ / ▼] button to select <TV Display>, Date/Time √Off ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
then press the [OK] button. TV Display √On
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
<Display> (œË¸ÌÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
6. To activate TV Display function, press the [▲ / ▼] ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Move OK Select MENU Exit
button to select <On> or <Off>, then press the 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <TV
[OK] button. Display> (œË¸ÌÁ TV) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
6 Camera Mode ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Back 6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔ‚ÔÎfiÚ
LCD Bright
LCD Colour Û ÙÁθҷÛÁ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [▲ / ▼] „È· Ì·
Date/Time ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On> fi <Off> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
TV Display Off ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
On 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].

Move OK Select MENU Exit

31
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 32

ENGLISH GREEK

Basic Recording ¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Using the Viewfinder ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÛÍÔ½ÙÒÔı
You can view pictures through the viewfinder to avoid running ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔ‚‹ÎÎÂÙ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ï›Û· ·¸ ÙÔ
down the battery, or to see correct images when the picture Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ „È· Ì· ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÓ·ÛË›ÌÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ
on the LCD screen is poor. Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú fi „È· Ì· ÙÈÚ ‰ÂflÙ ÈÔ Í·Ë·Ò‹ ¸Ù·Ì Á ÂÈ͸̷
✤ In the [PLAYER] mode, the Viewfinder will work when the ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD ÂflÌ·È Í·Ífi.
LCD Screen is closed. ✤ ”ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú [PLAYER], ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ
✤ In the [CAMERA] mode, the Viewfinder will work when ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl ¸Ù·Ì Á Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ÂflÌ·È ÍÎÂÈÛÙfi.
the LCD Screen is closed or rotated counterclockwise ✤ ”ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú [CAMERA], ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl ¸Ù·Ì Á Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ÂflÌ·È ÍÎÂÈÛÙfi fi ¸Ù·Ì ÙÁÌ
180°. ›˜ÂÙ ÂÒÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÈ ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ÛÙÒÔˆ· Í·Ù‹ 180∞.
Adjusting the Focus —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ
‘Ô ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆÈ͸ ÒıËÏÈÛÙÈ͸ ÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ
The focus adjustment knob of the Viewfinder enables ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Û ‹ÙÔÏ· Ï ÒÔ‚ÎfiÏ·Ù·
individuals with vision problems to see clearer images. ¸Ò·ÛÁÚ Ì· ‚ΛÔıÌ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ï Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ÂıÍÒflÌÂÈ·.
1. Close the LCD Screen. 1. KÎÂflÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
2. Use the Focus adjustment Knob of the Viewfinder to focus the picture. 2. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆÈ͸ ÒıËÏÈÛÙȸ ÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ „È· Ì·
‰ÈÔÒ˲ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ.
[ Caution ] [ –ÒÔÛÔ˜fi ]
Do not lift the camcorder with holding the viewfinder or LCD screen. It can be a cause ÃÁÌ ÛÁͲÌÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÍÒ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ ·¸ ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ fi ·¸ ÙÁÌ
of sudden fall. Ô˸ÌÁ LCD. ÃÔÒÂfl Ì· Û·Ú ›ÛÂÈ.
[ Note ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
Viewing the sun or any strong light source through the Viewfinder for a prolonged ¡Ì ÍÔÈً٠ÙÔÌ fiÎÈÔ fi ÔÔÈ·‰fiÔÙ Á„fi ‰ıÌ·ÙÔ˝ ˆ˘Ù¸Ú ϛ۷ ·¸ ÙÔ
Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ „È· ·Ò·ÙÂÙ·Ï›ÌÔ ˜ÒÔÌÈ͸ ‰È‹ÛÙÁÏ·, Á ¸Ò·Ûfi Û·Ú ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ Ì·
period may be harmful, or cause temporary impairment. ıÔÛÙÂfl ‚΋‚Á fi Ì· ÂÓ·ÛËÂÌfiÛÂÈ ÒÔÛ˘ÒÈÌ‹.
Inserting / Ejecting a Cassette ≈ÈÛ·„˘„fi / ÂÓ·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú
✤ When inserting a tape or closing the cassette ✤ ºÙ·Ì ÂÈÛ‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· fi ÍÎÂflÌÂÙ ÙÁÌ
compartment, do not apply excessive force, as it 1 2 ıÔ‰Ô˜fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú, ÏÁÌ ·ÛÍÂflÙ ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfi
may cause a malfunction. ‰˝Ì·ÏÁ.
✤ Do not use any tape other than Mini DV K‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ‚΋‚Á.
cassettes. ✤ ÃÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÔÔÈ·‰fiÔÙ ͷۛٷ
ÂÍÙ¸Ú ·¸ Í·Û›ÙÂÚ Mini DV.
1. Connect a power source and slide the [TAPE
EJECT] switch. 1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÈ· Á„fi
■ The cassette door opens automatically. ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ Í·È Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
2. Insert a tape into the cassette compartment with [TAPE EJECT].
■ « Ë˝Ò· ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ·ÌÔfl„ÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ.
the tape window facing outward and the
protection tab toward the top. (Inserting a 3 4 2. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁÌ ıÍ·Û›Ù·Ú Ï ÙÔ
Cassette) ·Ò‹ËıÒÔ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ÛÙÒ·ÏÏ›ÌÔ
■ Remove the cassette tape, which is
ÒÔÚ Ù· ›Ó˘ Í·È ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ·¸
·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ÒÔÚ Ù· Â‹Ì˘.
automatically ejected by pulling the cassette (≈ÈÛ·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú)
out. (Ejecting a Cassette) ■ ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·, Á ÔÔfl· ‚„·flÌÂÈ
3. Press the area marked [PUSH] on the cassette ·ıٸϷٷ Â‹Ì ÙÁÌ ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙ ÒÔÚ Ù· ›Ó˘.
door until it clicks into place. (≈Ó·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú)
■ The cassette is loaded automatically.
3. –È›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Ï ÙÁÌ ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ [PUSH] ÛÙÁ Ë˝Ò· ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ›˘Ú ¸ÙÔı
4. Close the cassette door. ·ÍÔıÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ˜·Ò·ÍÙÁÒÈÛÙÈ͸ ÍÎÈÍ.
■ « ˆ¸ÒÙ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú „flÌÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ.
4. KÎÂflÛÙ ÙÁ Ë˝Ò· ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú.
32
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Various Recording Techniques
✤ In some situations different
recording techniques may be
required.
1. General recording.
2. Downward recording.
Making a recording with a top
view of the LCD Screen.
3. Upward recording.
Making a recording viewing the
LCD Screen from below.
4. Self recording.
Making a recording viewing the
LCD Screen from the front.
5. Recording with the Viewfinder.
In circumstances where it is
difficult to use the LCD Screen,
the Viewfinder can be used as a
convenient alternative.
[ Note ]
Please rotate the LCD Screen
carefully as excessive rotation may
cause damage to the inside of the hinge that connects the LCD Screen
to the Camcorder.
2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 33
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
ƒÈ‹ˆÔÒÂÚ Ù˜ÌÈÍ›Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
✤ ” ÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ
1 2 Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ··ÈÙÔ˝ÌÙ·È
‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ›Ú Ù˜ÌÈÍ›Ú
„„Ò·ˆfiÚ „È· ÈÔ Í·ÎÎÈÙ˜ÌÈÍ‹
·ÔÙÂΛÛÏ·Ù·.
1. √ÂÌÈÍ‹ ÂÒfl „„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
2. ≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÒÔÚ Ù· Í‹Ù˘.
–Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔflÁÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ
‚ΛÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD
3 4 ·¸ ‹Ì˘.
3. ≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÒÔÚ Ù· Â‹Ì˘.
–Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔflÁÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ
‚ΛÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD
·¸ ˜·ÏÁ΋.
4. ¡ıٸϷÙÁ „„Ò·ˆfi.
–Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔflÁÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ
5 ‚ΛÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD
·¸ ÏÒÔÛÙ‹.
5. ≈„„Ò·ˆfi Ï ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
” ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ Ôı Á ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È Â˝ÍÔÎÁ,
ÂÌ·ÎηÍÙÈÍ‹ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
–ÂÒÈÛÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD ÒÔÛ˜ÙÈÍ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›ÌÔı ¸ÙÈ Á
ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfi ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆfi ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ÊÁÏfl· ÛÙÔ
ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÙÁÚ ‹ÒËÒ˘ÛÁÚ Ôı Ûı̉›ÂÈ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ï ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
33
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 4/5/07 9:57 AM Page 34

ENGLISH GREEK

Basic Recording ¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Making your First Recording
1. Connect a power source to the Camcorder.
➥page 19
(A Battery pack or a AC Power adapter)
Insert a cassette. ➥page 32
2. Remove the Lens Cover.
3. Set the [Power] switch to
[CAMERA].
■ Open the LCD Screen.
■ Set the [Mode] switch to
[TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
only)
–Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ò˛ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÂ
2 ÏÈ· Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
(Ã·Ù·Òfl· fi ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸)
≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·.
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 32
2. ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÔı
ˆ·ÍÔ˝.
3. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power]
4 ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
√ ■ ¡ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
■ ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ
[Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-
D375W(i)/D975W(i))
¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <STBY> (¡Ì·ÏÔÌfi).
■ ≈‹Ì Á „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú

Make sure that <STBY> is displayed. 3 ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi

■ If the write protection tab of the cassette is
√ ÂflÌ·È ·ÌÔÈÍÙfi, Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È
ÔÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ <STOP>
open (set to save), <STOP> and (ƒÈ·ÍÔfi) Í·È <Protection!>
<Protection!> will be displayed. Release 1 (–ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·).
√È· Ì· Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ
the write protection tab to record. „„Ò·ˆfi, ÍÎÂflÛÙ ÙÁ
■ Make sure the image you want to record appears on the LCD
„΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ·¸
Screen or Viewfinder. „„Ò·ˆfi.
■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ
■ Make sure the Battery Level indicates that there is enough
Ô˸ÌÁ LCD fi ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
remaining power for your expected recording time. ■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á ÛÙ‹ËÏÁ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú ‰ÁβÌÂÈ ¸ÙÈ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ·ÒÍÂÙfi
■ You can select a Record Mode of your choice. ➥page 43 Â̛҄ÂÈ· ·Í¸ÏÁ ÛÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· „È· ÙÁÌ ·Ì·ÏÂ̸ÏÂÌÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ
„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Û·Ú.
4. To start recording, press the [Start/Stop] button. ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú

■ <REC●> is displayed on the LCD Screen. 4 REC ● SP 0:00:10

„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙÂ. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰ÂÚ 43
√

4. √È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl

1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min [Start/Stop].
To stop recording, press the [Start/Stop] button ■ ”ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <REC ● >

again. (≈„„Ò·ˆfi).
■ <STBY> is displayed on the LCD Screen.
√È· Ì· ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[Start/Stop].
■ ”ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <STBY>
[ Note ]
(¡Ì·ÏÔÌfi).
Detach the Battery Pack when you finish the recordings
to prevent unnecessary battery power consumption.
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· „È· Ì·
·ÔÙÒ›¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÒÈÙÙfi Í·Ù·Ì‹Î˘ÛÁ Â̛҄ÂÈ·Ú ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
34
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Recording with Ease for Beginners (EASY.Q Mode)
✤ The EASY.Q function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19
✤ The EASY.Q function allows a beginner to easily make good
recordings.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. By pressing the [EASY.Q] button, all functions on
the Camcorder will be set to off and the recording
settings will be set to the following basic modes:
■ The words <EASY.Q> and <DIS ( )> are
displayed at the same time.
4. Press the [Start/Stop] button to start recording.
■ Recording will begin using the basic automatic
settings.
5. Press the [EASY.Q] button again in the STBY mode
and then turn the EASY.Q mode off.
■ The EASY.Q function will not turn off while you
are recording.
■ The Camcorder will return to the settings that
were set prior to activating EASY.Q mode.
[ Notes ]
■ Unavailable buttons during operation
During operation EASY.Q, the following buttons are
unavailable because the items are automatically set.
The corresponding messages may appear if
unavailable operations are attempted.
- MENU button
- C.NITE button
- Q.MENU button
■ The EASY.Q mode settings are deleted when the
Battery Pack is removed from the Camcorder and
must be reset when the Battery Pack is replaced.
■ Taking a still image using the [PHOTO] button while EASY.Q is set
releases DIS function.
Page 35
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
≈˝ÍÔÎÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ „È· ·Ò˜‹ÒÈÔıÚ (‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· EASY.Q ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· EASY.Q ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ ÛÙÔıÚ ·Ò˜‹ÒÈÔıÚ ˜ÒfiÛÙÂÚ Ì·
Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÔ˝Ì Â˝ÍÔη Í·Î›Ú Â„„Ò·ˆ›Ú.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
1 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. øÎÈÚ ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [EASY.Q], ¸ÎÂÚ ÔÈ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÔ˝ÌÙ·È Í·È
ÔÈ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÙflËÂÌÙ·È ÛÙÔıÚ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘
‚·ÛÈÍÔ˝Ú ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú:
■ œÈ ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ <EASY.Q> Í·È <DIS ( )>
Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·.
4. √È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[Start/Stop].
■ « „„Ò·ˆfi Ë· ·Ò˜flÛÂÈ Ï ÙÈÚ ‚·ÛÈÍ›Ú ·ıٸϷÙÂÚ
ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ.
3 5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [EASY.Q] Ó·Ì‹ ÛÙÁÌ Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ
STBY Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· EASY.Q ‰ÂÌ Ë· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁËÂfl Í·Ù‹
ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û·Ú.
■ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ë· Â·Ì›ÎËÂÈ ÛÙÈÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Ôı
Âfl˜·Ì ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl ÒÈÌ ÙÁÌ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
√ ■ KÔıÏÈ‹ ÏÁ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ· Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
STBY SP 0:00:10 K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· EASY.Q, Ù· ·Í¸ÎÔıË· ÍÔıÏÈ‹
ÂflÌ·È ÏÁ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ·, θ„˘ ÙÁÚ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ Ù˘Ì
60min
ÛÙÔȘÂfl˘Ì.
≈‹Ì ÂȘÂÈÒfiÛÂÙ ͋ÔÈÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Ôı ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ, Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÔ˝Ì Ù· ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘ· ÏÁÌ˝Ï·Ù·.
- KÔıÏfl MENU
- KÔıÏfl C.NITE
- KÔıÏfl Q.MENU
■ œÈ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q
‰È·„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ¸Ù·Ì ·ˆ·ÈÒÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ·¸ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í·È Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÙÈÚ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ÂÍ Ì›Ôı ¸Ù·Ì
ÙÔÔËÂÙÂflÙÂ Ó·Ì‹ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
■ ≈‹Ì ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙ ÏÈ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ï ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] ÏÂ
ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È.
35
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Reviewing and Searching a Recording (REC SEARCH)
✤ The REC SEARCH function works only in <Camera> mode.
➥page 19
✤ Used to review previously recorded images or to find a point to
record a new image in the STBY mode.
Record Search (REC SEARCH)
1. Set to STBY mode by pressing [Start/Stop] button.
2. [REC SEARCH -] enables you to play the recording
backwards and [REC SEARCH +] enables you to
play it forwards, as long as you keep each button
pressed down.
■ If you press the [REC SEARCH -] button in
STBY mode, your Camcorder will play
in reverse for 3 seconds and return to the original
position automatically.
[ Notes ]
■ Mosaic shaped distortion may appear on the screen
while in Record Search mode.
■ Pressing [Start/Stop] button after REC SEARCH
will overwrite the images recorded after that point.
When a cassette is loaded and the Camcorder is left in the STBY
mode for more than 5 minutes without being used, it will switch off
automatically.
To use it again, press the [Start/Stop] button or set the [Power]
switch to [OFF] and then back to [CAMERA].
This auto power off feature is designed to save battery power.
36
Page 36
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
¡Ì·Û͸ÁÛÁ Í·È ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi (REC SEARCH)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· REC SEARCH ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È „È· ÙÁÌ ·Ì·Û͸ÁÛÁ fi‰Á „„„ҷÏÏ›Ì˘Ì
ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì fi „È· ÙÔÌ ÂÌÙÔÈÛϸ ÂÌ¸Ú ÛÁÏÂflÔı „È· „„Ò·ˆfi ÏÈ·Ú Ì›·Ú
ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Û ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ STBY.
¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (REC SEARCH)
1. ≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ STBY ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop].
2. « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· [REC SEARCH -] Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì·
Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂflÙ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘, ÂÌ˛ Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· [REC SEARCH +]
Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ
Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú, „È· ¸ÛÔ ‰È‹ÛÙÁÏ· Íҷً٠ÙÔ Í‹ËÂ
ÍÔıÏfl ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ.
■ ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [REC SEARCH -] ÛÂ
Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ STBY, Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹ Û·Ú Ë·
ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÈ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘ „È· 3
‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· Í·È Ë· Â·Ì›ÎËÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ
ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜ÈÍfi Ë›ÛÁ.
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Record Search, Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ
·Ò·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Ù˝Ôı Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝ ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
■ ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÔ
REC SEARCH ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı Âfl˜·Ì Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl
ÏÂÙ‹ ·¸ ÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ ·ıÙ¸ ·ÌÙÈÍ·ËflÛÙ·ÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ
Ì›· „„Ò·ˆfi Û·Ú.
≈‹Ì ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÙ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· Í·È ·ˆfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÁÌ Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ STBY „È· ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 5 ÎÂÙ‹
˜˘ÒflÚ Ì· ÙÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ, Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÙflËÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ
ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.
√È· Ì· ÙÁ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ӷ̋, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] fi
ÛÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [OFF] Í·È ›ÂÈÙ· ‹ÎÈ ÛÙÁ
Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
¡ıÙfi Á ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ Û˜Â‰È·ÛÙÂfl
„È· ÂÓÔÈÍÔ̸ÏÁÛÁ ÈÛ˜˝ÔÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 37
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Searching quickly for a desired scene (Setting the ZERO
MEMORY) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ The ZERO MEMORY function works in both <Camera> and <Player>
modes. ➥page 19
✤ You can mark a point on a tape that you want to return to following
playback.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. 1 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. Press the [ZERO MEMORY] button on the remote
control before the recording or during playback at the
point where you wish to return.
■ The time code is changed to a tape counter that is
set to ZERO MEMORY with the < 0:00:00>
(ZERO MEMORY indicator).
■ If you want to cancel the ZERO MEMORY function,
press the [ZERO MEMORY] button again.
4. Finding the zero position.
■ When you have finished playback, fast forward or
rewind the tape in stop mode.
The tape stops automatically when it reaches the
zero position.
■ When you have finished recording, set the [Power]
œœ (REW)]
switch to [PLAYER] and press the [œ
button.
The tape stops automatically when it reaches the
zero position.
5. The tape counter with the < > (ZERO MEMORY indicator) disappears
from the display and the tape counter is changed to the time code.
[ Notes ]
■ In the following situations, ZERO MEMORY mode may be canceled
automatically:
- At the end of the section marked with the ZERO MEMORY function.
- When the tape is ejected.
- When you remove the Battery Pack or power supply.
■ The ZERO MEMORY may not function correctly where there is a break
between recordings on the tape.
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
√Òfi„ÔÒÁ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ÏÈ·Ú Ûı„ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›ÌÁÚ ÛÍÁÌfiÚ (—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı
ZERO MEMORY) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ZERO MEMORY (¡ÔÏÌÁϸÌÂıÛÁ ÛÁÏÂflÔı ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ) ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <Player>
(¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈÛÁÏ‹ÌÂÙ ›Ì· ÛÁÏÂflÔ Û ÏÈ· Ù·ÈÌfl· ÛÙÔ ÔÔflÔ Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
ÂÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÙ ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi
[PLAYER].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [ZERO MEMORY] ÛÙÔ
ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ ÒÈÌ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi fi Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·
ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ ÛÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
ÂÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÙÂ.
■ œ ͢‰ÈÍ¸Ú ˛Ò·Ú ·Î΋ÊÂÈ Û ÏÂÙÒÁÙfi Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú Ô
ÔÔflÔÚ ÔÒflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ Ï ÙÁÌ ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
< 0:00:00> (›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ZERO MEMORY).
■ ≈‹Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ·ÍıÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ZERO
MEMORY, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ Ó·Ì‹ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [ZERO
MEMORY].
4. ≈˝ÒÂÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ë›ÛÁÚ ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ.
■ ¡ˆÔ˝ ÙÂÎÂÈ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÙÂ
ÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl· „Òfi„ÔÒ· ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘
Û ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ ‰È·ÍÔfiÚ.
« Ù·ÈÌfl· ÛÙ·Ï·Ù‹ÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ¸Ù·Ì ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ.
œ ■ ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ
‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER] Í·È ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œœ (REW)].
« Ù·ÈÌfl· ÛÙ·Ï·Ù‹ÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ¸Ù·Ì ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÔ
Í·ËÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ.
5. œ ÏÂÙÒÁÙfiÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú Ï ÙÁÌ ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ < >(›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
ZERO MEMORY) ÂÓ·ˆ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Í·È Ô
ÏÂÙÒÁÙfiÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú ·Î΋ÊÂÈ Û ͢‰È͸ ˛Ò·Ú.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ”ÙÈÚ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ZERO MEMORY
Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ·ÍıÒ˘ËÂfl ·ıٸϷٷ:
- ”ÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ ÙÁÚ Â̸ÙÁÙ·Ú Ôı ›˜ÂÈ ÂÈÛÁÏ·ÌËÂfl Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ZERO
MEMORY.
- ºÙ·Ì ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·.
- ºÙ·Ì ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· fi ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·¸
ÙÁÌ Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ZERO MEMORY Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Û˘ÛÙ‹
Û ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÍÂ̸ ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ Ù˘Ì Â„„Ò·ˆ˛Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl·.
37
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Self Record using the Remote Control (Setting the Self
Timer) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ The SELF TIMER function works only in <Camera> mode.
➥page 19
✤ When you use the SELF TIMER function on the remote control, the
recording begins automatically in 10 seconds.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
3. Press the [SELF TIMER] button until the appropriate
indicator is displayed.
4. Press the [Start/Stop] button to start the timer.
■ SELF TIMER starts counting down from 10 with
a beep sound.
■ If you want to cancel the SELF TIMER function
before recording, press the [SELF TIMER]
button.
5. Press the [Start/Stop] button again when you wish
to stop recording.
[ Notes ]
■ Do not obstruct the remote control sensor by putting
obstacles between the remote control and
Camcorder.
■ The remote control range is 4 ~5m (13 ~17 ft).
■ The effective remote control angle is up to 30
degrees left /right from the centre line.
■ Using a tripod (not supplied) is recommended for
delayed recording.
38
Page 38
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
¡ıٸϷÙÁ „„Ò·ˆfi Ï ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı (—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı
·ıٸϷÙÔı ˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁ) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· SELF TIMER (¡ıٸϷÙÔÚ ˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁÚ) ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·).
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· SELF TIMER
(¡ıٸϷÙÔÚ ˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁÚ) ÛÙÔ
1 ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ, Á „„Ò·ˆfi ·Ò˜flÊÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ
ϛ۷ Û 10 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [SELF TIMER] ›˘Ú ¸ÙÔı
Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl Á Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÁ ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ.
4. √È· Ì· ·Ò˜flÛÂÈ Ô ˜ÒÔÌԉȷ͸ÙÁÚ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
3 ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop].
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· SELF TIMER ·Ò˜flÊÂÈ ÙÁÌ
·ÌÙflÛÙÒÔˆÁ Ï›ÙÒÁÛÁ ·¸ ÙÔ 10 Ï ›Ì·Ì fi˜Ô
"ÏÈ".
■ ≈‹Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ·ÍıÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· SELF
œ TIMER ÒÈÌ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[SELF TIMER].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] ¸Ù·Ì Ë›ÎÂÙÂ
Ì· ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi.
4 5
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ƒÂÌ Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ·ÒÂÏ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙ·È ÂÏ¸‰È· ÏÂÙ·Ó˝
ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı Í·È ÙÔı ·ÈÛËÁÙfiÒ·
ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏÔ˝ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
œ
■ « ÂÏ‚›ÎÂÈ· ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı ÂflÌ·È 4 ~5m.
■ « ˘ˆ›ÎÈÏÁ „˘Ìfl· ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı ÂflÌ·È ›˘Ú
30 ÏÔflÒÂÚ ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒ‹/‰ÂÓÈ‹ ·¸ ÙÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ.
■ ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Á ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÂÌ¸Ú ÙÒÈ¸‰Ôı (‰ÂÌ
·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È) „È· „„Ò·ˆfi Ï ˜ÒÔÌÔÍ·ËıÛÙ›ÒÁÛÁ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Zooming In and Out
✤ The Zoom function works in both <Camera> and <M.Cam> modes.
➥page 19
✤ Zooming is a recording technique that lets you change the size of the
subject in a scene.
✤ You can zoom using variable zoom speeds.
✤ Use these features for different shots. Please note
that over-use of the Zoom feature can lead to 1 Ï ‰È‹ˆÔÒÂÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙÂÚ.
unprofessional looking results and a reduction of
battery usage time.
1. Press the [W / T] button or move [Zoom] lever
slightly for a gradual zoom, move it further for a high-
speed zoom.
■ Your zooming is monitored on the OSD.
2. [T] (Telephoto) side: Subject appears closer.
3. [W] (Wide angle) side: Subject appears farther
away.
■ You can record a subject that is about 10mm
(about 0.5 inch) away from the lens surface in
the Wide position.
Page 39
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
Ä›ËıÌÛÁ Í·È ÛÏflÍÒıÌÛÁ
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Zoom (∆ÔıÏ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ).
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ‘Ô ÊÔıÏ ÂflÌ·È ÏÈ· Ù˜ÌÈÍfi „„Ò·ˆfiÚ Á ÔÔfl· Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì·
·Î΋ÊÂÙ ÙÔ Ï›„ÂËÔÚ ÙÔı ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Û ›Ì· ÛÍÁÌÈ͸.
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÊÔıÏ
✤ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙÂ ·ıÙ›Ú ÙÈÚ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙÂÚ „È·
‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ›Ú Îfi¯ÂÈÚ. ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÙ ¸ÙÈ Á
ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfi ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ·Ú ÊÔıÏ ÏÔÒÂfl
Ì· Ô‰Á„fiÛÂÈ Û ÏÁ Â·„„ÂÎÏ·ÙÈÍ‹ ·ÔÙÂΛÛÏ·Ù·
Í·È ÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ÙÔı ˜Ò¸ÌÔı ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ Ï·Ù·Òfl·Ú.
W / T button 1. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [W / T] fi ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÂηˆÒ‹
ÙÔ ÏԘθ [∆ÔıÏ] „È· ÒÔÔ‰ÂıÙÈ͸ ÊÔıÏ Í·È
ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔ „È· ÊÔıÏ ı¯ÁÎfiÚ
Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú.
■ ‘Ô ÊÔıÏ Ôı Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂflÙ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
1
ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.
2. [T] (ÙÁΈ·Í¸Ú): ‘Ô ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÈÔ
ÍÔÌÙ‹.
3. [W] (ÂıÒı„˛ÌÈÔÚ): ‘Ô ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
ÈÔ Ï·ÍÒÈ‹.
Zoom lever ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ›Ì· ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ ÙÔ
ÔÔflÔ ·›˜ÂÈ ÂÒflÔı 10 mm ·¸ ÙÁÌ
ÂȈ‹ÌÂÈ· ÙÔı ˆ·ÍÔ˝ Ì· ‹ÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜fi.
TELE
WIDE
W T
39
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM Page 40

ENGLISH GREEK

Basic Recording ¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Using the Fade In and Out ◊ÒfiÛÁ Ù˘Ì ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì Fade In Í·È Fade Out
✤ The Fade function works only in ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Fade (”Ù·‰È·Ífi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ /
<Camera> mode. ➥page 19 3 STBY SP 0:00:05 Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È fi˜Ôı) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ

➔
✤ You can give your recording a professional 60min ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera>
(K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
look by using special effects such as fade ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ‰˛ÛÂÙ ÛÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û·Ú
in at the beginning of a sequence or fade Â·„„ÂÎÏ·ÙÈ͸ ˝ˆÔÚ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú
out at the end of a sequence. ÂȉÈÍ‹ ˆ› ¸˘Ú ÙÁ ÛÙ·‰È·Ífi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ
ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜fi ÏÈ·Ú
To Start Recording 4 REC ● SP 0:00:20
ÛÂÍ‹ÌÚ fi ÙÔ ÛÙ·‰È·Í¸ Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ ÙÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú
Í·È ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÛÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ ÙÁÚ ÛÂÍ‹ÌÚ.

➔
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. 60min
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) √ √È· ›Ì·ÒÓÁ ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
3. Before recording, press and hold the [CAMERA].
[FADE] button. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
■ The picture and sound gradually
[TAPE].
5 REC ● SP 0:00:25 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
disappear (fade out). 3. –ÒÈÌ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ Í·È ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÙÂ

➔
60min
4. Press the [Start/Stop] button and at the ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [FADE] (”Ù·‰È·Ífi
same time release the [FADE] button. Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ/Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È fi˜Ôı).
■ Recording starts and the picture and ■ « ÂÈ͸̷ Í·È Ô fi˜ÔÚ Û‚fiÌÔıÌ ‚·ËÏÈ·fl·.

sound gradually appear (fade in).
To Stop Recording
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] Í·È ·ˆfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [FADE].
■ « „„Ò·ˆfi ·Ò˜flÊÂÈ Í·È Á ÂÈ͸̷ Í·È Ô
6 STBY SP 0:00:30 fi˜ÔÚ Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ‚·ËÏÈ·fl·.
60min

➔
5. When you wish to stop recording, press √È· ‰È·ÍÔfi ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
and hold the [FADE] button.
■ The picture and sound gradually
√ 5. ”ÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ
„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ Í·È ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ
disappear (fade out). ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [FADE].
6. When the picture has disappeared, press ■ « ÂÈ͸̷ Í·È Ô fi˜ÔÚ Û‚fiÌÔıÌ ‚·ËÏÈ·fl·.

the [Start/Stop] button 6. ºÙ·Ì ÂÓ·ˆ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl Á

to stop recording. Press and hold the [FADE] button a. Fade Out Gradual disappearance ÂÈ͸̷, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] „È·
Ì· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
a. Fade Out „„Ò·ˆfi.
(Approx. 4 seconds)
·. ”Ù·‰È·Ífi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ
(–ÂÒflÔı 4
‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·)

‚. ”Ù·‰È·Í¸ Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ
b. Fade In (–ÂÒflÔı 4
(Approx. 4 seconds) ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·)

Gradual appearance b. Fade In Release the [FADE] button

40
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Using the COLOUR NITE (COLOUR NITE)
✤ COLOUR NITE function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19
✤ You can take a shot of an object in slow motion by controlling the
shutter speed, or a brighter image in dark places without a
compromise in colours.
✤ Please disable 16:9 Wide mode to use the COLOUR NITE
function. ➥page 54
3 Ô˸ÌÁÚ 16:9, ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Press the [C.NITE] button.
4. Each time you press the [C.NITE] button, shutter
speed is changed to;
√ <Color N. 1/25>, <Color N. 1/13> and <OFF>. <VP-D371(i)/D371W(i) only>
(VP-D371(i)/D371W(i) only)
√ <Color N. 1/25>, <Color N. 1/13>, <Color N.
3 (
1/13( )> and <OFF>.
(VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
[ Notes ]
■ The COLOUR NITE will not turn on or off while you
are recording.
■ When using the COLOUR NITE, the image takes on
a slow motion like effect.
■ When using COLOUR NITE, the focus adjusts slowly <VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only>
and white dots may appear on the screen. This
is not a defect. 4 STBY
■ COLOUR NITE is not available while DIS,
Photo image recording or EASY.Q is in use.
■ COLOUR NITE function is not available as following
functions.
; 16:9 Wide, Program AE, Shutter, Exposure, Digital
Zoom, Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2 and Pastel2
■ If DIS is set, COLOUR NITE mode will be released.
Page 41
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú COLOUR NITE
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ àÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙ ÏÈ· ÂÈ͸̷ Â̸Ú
˛ϷÙÔÚ Û ·Ò„fi ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÂΛ„˜ÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı fi
ÏÈ· ÈÔ ˆ˘ÙÂÈÌfi ÂÈ͸̷ Û ÛÍÔÙÂÈÌ‹ ÛÁÏÂfl· ˜˘ÒflÚ ıÔ‚‹ËÏÈÛÁ Ù˘Ì
˜Ò˘Ï‹Ù˘Ì.
✤ ¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ. ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 54
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [C.NITE].
4. K‹ËÂ ˆÔÒ‹ Ôı ·Ù‹ÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [C.NITE], Á
Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı ·Î΋ÊÂÈ ÂÍ ÂÙÒÈÙÒÔfiÚ
˘Ú ÂÓfiÚ
√ <Color N. 1/25>, <Color N. 1/13> Í·È <OFF>.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i)/D371W(i))
√ <Color N. 1/25>, <Color N. 1/13>, <Color N. 1/13
)> Í·È <OFF>. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE ‰ÂÌ Ë· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È
Ô˝Ù ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÂflÙ·È Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi.
■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE,
Á ÂÈ͸̷ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Ï ˆ› ·Ò„fiÚ ÍflÌÁÛÁÚ.
■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE,
Á ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÊÂÙ·È ·Ò„‹ Í·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ
Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÎÂıÍ›Ú ÍÔıÍfl‰ÂÚ, Í‹ÙÈ
Ôı ‰ÂÌ ÛıÌÈÛÙ‹ ‰ıÛÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
SP 0:00:10
¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS, Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ
60min Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì fi Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· EASY.Q.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÈÚ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ.
≈ıÒÂfl· 16:9, –ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ
›ÍËÂÛÁÚ, KÎÂflÛÙÒÔ, ∏ÍËÂÛÁ, ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ,
Ã˘Û·˙͸, ≈fl‰˘ÎÔ, ¡Ì‹„ÎıˆÔ2 Í·È –·ÛÙ›Î2
œ
■ ≈‹Ì ÂÈ΄Âfl Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi
Color N.1/25 ÂÈ͸̷Ú, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ
Îfi¯ÁÚ ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È. 41
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~042 2/3/07 9:58 AM
ENGLISH
Basic Recording
Using the LIGHT (VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ LIGHT function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19
✤ The LIGHT enables you to record a subjects in dark places without
sacrificing colour.
✤ The LIGHT can be used with the COLOUR NITE
function only.
✤ Please disable 16:9 Wide mode to use this
function. ➥page 54
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
3. Press the [LIGHT] button until <Color N. 1/13( )>
appears.
[ Notes ]
■
The LIGHT will not turn on or off while you are
recording.
■ The range of the LIGHT is limited. (up to 6.6ft (2m))
■ 16:9 Wide mode is not available in the LIGHT mode.
[ Warning ]
■ The LIGHT can become extremely hot.
■ Do not touch it while in operation or soon after
turning it off, otherwise serious injury may result.
■ Do not place the Camcorder into the carrying case
immediately after using the LIGHT, since it remains
extremely hot for some time.
■ Do not use near flammable or explosive materials.
42
Page 42
GREEK
¬·ÛÈÍ›Ú ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú LIGHT
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· LIGHT (Àı˜Ìfl·) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì·
1 Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ›Ì· ˛Ϸ Û ÛÍÔÙÂÈÌ‹ Ï›ÒÁ ˜˘ÒflÚ
Ì· ÏÂÈ˛ÌÂÙ·È Á ÔȸÙÁÙ· Ù˘Ì ˜Ò˘Ï‹Ù˘Ì.
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· LIGHT ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÁËÂfl
ϸÌÔ Û Ûı̉ı·Ûϸ Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR
NITE.
✤ ¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú
Ô˸ÌÁÚ 16:9, ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ
ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ. ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 54
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
3 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [LIGHT] ›˘Ú ¸ÙÔı Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl
Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <Color N. 1/13( )>.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· LIGHT ‰ÂÌ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Ô˝ÙÂ
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
Û·Ú.
■ « ÂÏ‚›ÎÂÈ· ÙÔı ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ÂflÌ·È ÂÒÈÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÁ.
(›˘Ú Í·È 2 m)
STBY SP 0:00:10 ■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ≈ıÒÂfl· 16:9 ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
60min ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· LIGHT.
œ
[ Kfl̉ıÌÔÚ ]
■« Îı˜Ìfl· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· Í·Ù·ÛÙÂfl ÂÓ·ÈÒÂÙÈÍ‹ ËÂÒÏfi.
■ÃÁÌ ·„„flÊÂÙ ÙÁ Îı˜Ìfl· ÂÌ˛ ÂflÌ·È ·Ì·ÏÏ›ÌÁ fi
·Ï›Û˘Ú ϸÎÈÚ ÙÁ Û‚fiÛÂÙÂ, „È·Ùfl ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ÛÔ‚·Ò¸Ú ÙÒ·ıÏ·ÙÈÛϸÚ.
■ ÃÁÌ ÙÔÔËÂÙÂflÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÁ ËfiÍÁ
Color N.1/13
ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ÙÁÚ ·Ï›Û˘Ú ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú LIGHT, „È·Ùfl Á Îı˜Ìfl· ·Ò·Ï›ÌÂÈ
ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍ‹ ÊÂÛÙfi „È· ·ÒÍÂÙfi ˛Ò·.
■ ÃÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi ÍÔÌÙ‹ Û ½ˆÎÂÍÙ· fi
ÂÍÒÁÍÙÈÍ‹ ıÎÈÍ‹.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 43

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Selecting the Record Mode & Audio Mode ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (Rec
✤ The Record Mode function works in both <Camera> and <Player> Mode) Í·È ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú fi˜Ôı (Audio Mode)
(DV IN or AV IN (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Record Mode (‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ) ÂflÌ·È
D975Wi only)) modes. ➥page 19 4 ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È
✤ This Camcorder records and plays back in SP (standard play) Camera Mode <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) (DV IN fi AV IN (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-
mode and in LP (long play) mode. √Record D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
- <SP> (standard play): This mode permits 60 minutes of Rec Mode √SP ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂfl „„Ò·ˆfi Í·È ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÛÂ
Audio Mode √12Bit ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú SP (ÙıÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) Í·È LP (·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
recording time with a DVM60 tape. Ï„‹ÎÁÚ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·Ú).
- <LP> (long play): This mode permits 90 minutes of recording WindCut Plus √Off - <SP> (ÙıÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi): ≈ÈÙÒ›ÂÈ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ 60
time with a DVM60 tape. Real Stereo √Off ÎÂÙ˛Ì Û ͷۛÙÂÚ DVM60.
- <LP> (Ï„‹ÎÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·): ≈ÈÙÒ›ÂÈ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ 90 ÎÂÙ˛Ì
✤ The Audio Mode function works in both <Camera> and <Player> ÛÂ Í·Û›ÙÂÚ DVM60.
modes. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Mode (‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú fi˜Ôı) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
✤ This Camcorder records sound in two ways. (12Bit, 16Bit) Move OK Select MENU Exit ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <Player>
- <12Bit>: You can record two 12Bit stereo sound tracks. The (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· „„Ò‹ˆÂÈ fi˜Ô Ï ‰˝Ô ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ. (12 Bit Í·È 16 Bit)
original stereo sound can be recorded onto the Main - <12 Bit>: ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Á˜Ô„Ò·ˆfiÛÂÙ ‰˝Ô Í·Ì‹ÎÈ·
(Sound1) track. Additional stereo sound can be dubbed 6 Camera Mode
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı 12 Bit. œ ·Ò˜ÈÍ¸Ú ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ
onto the Sub (Sound2) track. ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl ÛÙÔ Í˝ÒÈÔ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ (Sound1). ≈flÛÁÚ, ÂflÌ·È Á
- <16Bit>: You can record one high quality stereo soundtrack Back ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ÏflÓÁ Ò¸ÛËÂÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÛÙÔ ‚ÔÁËÁÙÈ͸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ (Sound2).
Rec Mode SP - <16 Bit>: ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Á˜Ô„Ò·ˆfiÛÂÙ ›Ì·Ì ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸ fi˜Ô
using 16Bit recording mode. Audio dubbing is not possible ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
when using this mode. Audio Mode LP
„„Ò·ˆfiÚ 16 Bit. « ÏflÓÁ fi˜Ôı ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì
WindCut Plus ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ·ıÙ¸ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. Real Stereo
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. Press the [MENU] button. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Record>, then press the [OK] 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
button. Move OK Select MENU Exit 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Record> (≈„„Ò·ˆfi) Í·È,
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Rec Mode> or <Audio Mode>, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Rec Mode> fi <Audio
then press the [OK] button.
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired record mode or 6 Camera Mode
Mode> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÈËıÏÁÙ¸ ÙÒ¸Ô
audio mode, then press the [OK] button. Back ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ fi fi˜Ôı Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
■ Record mode can be set to <SP> or <LP>. [OK].
Rec Mode ■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl Û <SP> fi
■ Audio mode can be set to <12Bit> or <16Bit>.
Audio Mode 12Bit <LP>.
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. The selected icon is displayed. WindCut Plus 16Bit ■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú fi˜Ôı ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl Û <12Bit> fi <16Bit>.
■ When <12Bit> is selected, no <12Bit> indication is displayed.
Real Stereo 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU]. ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ
ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.
[ Notes ] ■ ≈‹Ì ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <12Bit>, ‰ÂÌ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <12Bit>.
■ We recommend that you use this Camcorder to play back any
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
tapes recorded on this Camcorder. Move OK Select MENU Exit
■ –ÒÔÙÂflÌÂÙ·È Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· „È· Ì· ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙÂ
Playing back a tape recorded in other equipment may produce Ù·ÈÌflÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„ÒÒ·ˆÂfl Ï ·ıÙfiÌ. « ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù·ÈÌÈ˛Ì Ôı
›˜ÔıÌ Â„„ÒÒ·ˆÂfl Ï ‹ÎÎÔ ÂÓÔÎÈÛϸ ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ Ì· ›˜ÂÈ ˘Ú
mosaic shaped distortion. ·ÔÙ›ÎÂÛÏ· ·Ò·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Ù˝Ôı Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝ ÙÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
■ When you record a tape in SP and LP modes, or LP mode
7 STBY 0:00:10
■ ºÙ·Ì „„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú SP Í·È LP fi ϸÌÔ
œ

SP
only, the playback picture may be distorted or the time code LP, Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙ·È Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ·ÒÔıÛÈ‹ÊÂÈ
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min ·Ò·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ fi Ô Í˘‰ÈÍ¸Ú ˜Ò¸ÌÔı Ì· ÏÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Û˘ÛÙ‹ ‹Ì
may not be written properly if there is a gap between scenes.
■ Record using SP mode for best picture and sound quality.
œ 16Bit ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÍÂ̸ ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ Ù˘Ì ÛÍÁÌ˛Ì.
■ « „„Ò·ˆfi Ï ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú SP ‰flÌÂÈ Í·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ
[ Caution ] ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È fi˜Ôı.
■ To edit audio on your camcorder, you must set 12Bit for the Audio [ –ÒÔÛÔ˜fi ]
■ √È· Ì· ÂÂÓÂÒ„·ÛÙÂflÙ ÙÔÌ fi˜Ô ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
Mode and SP for the Rec Mode. ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Mode ÛÙÔ 12Bit Í·È ÙÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Rec Mode ÛÙÔ SP. 43
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 44

ENGLISH GREEK
Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
Cutting Off Wind Noise (WindCut Plus) K·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfi ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı (WindCut Plus)
✤ The WindCut Plus function works in both <Camera> and <Player> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· WindCut Plus ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ
(Audio dubbing) modes. ➥page 19 ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) (ÃflÓÁ
✤ Use the WindCut Plus when recording in windy places such as the fi˜Ôı). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
beach or near buildings. ✤ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· WindCut Plus Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÛÂ
✤ The WindCut Plus function minimizes wind or other noises while Ï›ÒÁ ¸Ôı ˆıÛ‹ÂÈ ‹ÌÂÏÔÚ, ¸˘Ú ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò·Îfl· fi ÍÔÌÙ‹ Û ÍÙflÒÈ·.
recording. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· WindCut Plus ÏÂÈ˛ÌÂÈ ÙÔÌ Ë¸Òı‚Ô ÙÔı ·Ì›ÏÔı fi
- When the WindCut Plus is on, some low ‹ÎÎÔıÚ ËÔÒ˝‚ÔıÚ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
- ºÙ·Ì Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ,
pitched tones are eliminated along with the 4 ÂÍÙ¸Ú ·¸ ÙÔÌ fi˜Ô ÙÔı ·Ì›ÏÔı ‰ÂÌ Â„„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È
sound of the wind. Camera Mode
√Record Í·È ÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔÈ fi˜ÔÈ ˜·ÏÁÎfiÚ Ûı˜Ì¸ÙÁÙ·Ú.
Rec Mode √SP
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER]. Audio Mode √12Bit 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA]
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. WindCut Plus √Off fi [PLAYER].
Real Stereo √Off 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [MENU] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Move OK Select MENU Exit 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
… / †] button to select <Record>,
4. Press the [… <Record> (≈„„Ò·ˆfi) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
then press the [OK] button. ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6 Camera Mode 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
… / †] button to select <WindCut
5. Press the [… <WindCut Plus> (K·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfi ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı) Í·È,
Back
Plus>, then press the [OK] button. Rec Mode ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. To activate the WindCut Plus function, press the Audio Mode 6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Í·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfiÚ
… / †] button to select <On> or <Auto> then
[…
WindCut Plus Off ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì·
Real Stereo On ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On> fi <Auto> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
press the [OK] button. Auto
■ <On>: Removes the low pitched wind noise.
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ <On>: ¡ˆ·ÈÒÂfl ÙÔÌ Ë¸Òı‚Ô ÙÔı ·Ì›ÏÔı.
■ <Auto>: Minimizes the wind noise while ■ <Auto>: ≈η˜ÈÛÙÔÔÈÂfl ÙÔÌ Ë¸Òı‚Ô ÙÔı ·Ì›ÏÔı
Move OK Select MENU Exit
preserving voices. ÂÌ˛ ‰È·ÙÁÒÂfl ÙÈÚ ·ÌËÒ˛ÈÌÂÚ ˆ˘Ì›Ú.
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ WindCut Plus ( <On>
7 STBY SP 0:00:10 ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ WindCut Plus
or <Auto> ) 1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min <On>
(< fi <Auto> ).
icon is displayed.
œ

[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
[ Notes ] ■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· WindCut Plus ÂflÌ·È
■ Make sure WindCut Plus is set to off when you want
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ ¸Ù·Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ÙÔ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘Ì¸ Û·Ú
the microphone to be as sensitive as possible. Ì· ÂflÌ·È Âı·flÛËÁÙÔ ·Í¸ÏÁ Í·È ÛÙÔıÚ
■ WindCut Plus function is not available in USB ·ÛËÂÌ›ÛÙÂÒÔıÚ fi˜ÔıÚ.
Streaming mode. (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· WindCut Plus ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú USB Streaming.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
44
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 45

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Selecting the Real Stereo Function ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı (Real Stereo)
✤ The Real Stereo function works only in <Camera> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Real Stereo (–Ò·„Ï·ÙÈ͸Ú
mode. ➥page 19 1 ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ
✤ Real Stereo enhances the left and right input signals ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·).
when using the internal microphone. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝
fi˜Ôı ÂÌÈÛ˜˝ÂÈ ÙÔ ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ Í·È ÙÔ ‰ÂÓfl ÛfiÏ·
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı ¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸
ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ.
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
4 Camera Mode
[CAMERA].
3. Press the [MENU] button. √Record
Rec Mode √SP 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
… / †] button to select <Record>, then
4. Press the [… Audio Mode √12Bit (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
WindCut Plus √Off
press the [OK] button.
Real Stereo √Off
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
… / †] button to select <Real Stereo>,
5. Press the […
then press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
<Record> (≈„„Ò·ˆfi) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
6. To activate the Real Stereo function, press the ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <On>, then press the
[… 6 Camera Mode
[OK] button. Back … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
Rec Mode
Audio Mode
<Real Stereo> (”Ù›ÒÂÔ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. WindCut Plus ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ Real Stereo ( S ) icon is displayed. Real Stereo Off
On 6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Move OK Select MENU Exit … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
ÍÔıÏfl […
ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7 STBY SP 0:00:10
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
œ S
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Real Stereo ( S ).

45
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 46

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Setting the Shutter Speed & Exposure
✤ The Shutter Speed function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19
✤ The Exposure function works in both <Camera> and <M.Cam> modes.
➥page 19
✤ The Shutter Speed and Exposure functions can be set in
the QUICK MENU.
3 STBY
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Press the [Q.MENU] button.
■ Quick menu list will appear.
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Shutter> or <Exposure>,
then press the [OK] button.
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Manual>, then press the
[OK] button.
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired shutter speed
or exposure value, then press the [OK] button.
■ Shutter speed can be set to <1/50>, <1/120>,
<1/250>, <1/500>, <1/1000>, <1/2000>, <1/4000> or
5 STBY
<1/10000>.
■ Exposure value can be set between <00> and <29>.
7. To exit, press the [Q.MENU] button.
■ Selected settings are displayed.
Recommended Shutter Speeds when Recording
✤ Outdoor sports such as golf or tennis: <1/2000> or <1/4000>
✤ Moving cars or trains or other rapidly moving vehicles such
as roller coasters: <1/1000>, <1/500> or <1/250>
✤ Indoor sports such as basketball: <1/120>
Adjusting the Exposure When Recording
6 S. 1/50
✤ If you set Exposure to Manual, the higher the exposure,
the brighter the recorded picture will be.
[ Notes ]
■ If you manually change the Shutter Speed and the Exposure
value when Program AE option is selected, manual changes
are applied first.
■ The image may not seem as smooth when a high Shutter
Speed is set.
■ The Camcorder returns to the auto shutter and auto exposure
settings when you change to the EASY.Q mode.
■ When recording with a Shutter Speed of 1/1000 or higher, make sure the sun is
not shining into the lens.
■ The Program AE cannot be set when the Shutter Speed or the Exposure is set to
manual.
46
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter Speed) & ÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Exposure)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Shutter Speed (‘·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Exposure (∏ÍËÂÛÁ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Camera> Í·È <M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Shutter Speed
SP 0:00:10
(‘·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı) Í·È Exposure (∏ÍËÂÛÁ) ÛÙÔ QUICK
MENU (√Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝).
BLC 60min
Off 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
DIS
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
Program AE (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
White Balance
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
Shutter ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı „Òfi„ÔÒÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Exposure 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Shutter>
Focus (KÎÂflÛÙÒÔ) fi <Exposure> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[OK].
Q.MENU Exit 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Manual> (ÃÁ
·ıٸϷٷ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi
Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı fi ÙÁÌ ›ÍËÂÛÁ Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
SP 0:00:10 ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔ ÛÙÈÚ ÂÓfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙÂÚ
BLC 60min
<1/50>, <1/120>, <1/250>, <1/500>, <1/1000>, <1/2000>,
DIS
<1/4000> fi <1/10000>.
Program AE ■ « ÙÈÏfi ÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl Û <00> Í·È <29>.
White Balance … 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
Shutter Manual ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ.
Exposure †
”ıÌÈÛÙ˛ÏÂÌÂÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙÂÚ ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi
Focus ✤ ¡ËÎÁÙÈÍ›Ú ‰Ò·ÛÙÁÒȸÙÁÙÂÚ Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔ˝Ú ˜˛ÒÔıÚ ¸˘Ú .˜.
Q.MENU Exit
·„˛ÌÂÚ „ÍÔΈ fi Ù›ÌÈÚ: <1/2000> fi <1/4000>
✤ KÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ· ·ıÙÔÍflÌÁÙ· fi Ùқ̷ fi ‹Îη „Òfi„ÔÒ· ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ·
Ô˜fiÏ·Ù· ¸˘Ú .˜. ÙÒÂÌ‹ÍÈ· Û ÎÔ˝Ì· ·ÒÍ: <1/1000>, <1/500>
fi <1/250>
✤ ¡ËÎÁÙÈÍ›Ú ‰Ò·ÛÙÁÒȸÙÁÙÂÚ Û ·ÌÔÈÍÙÔ˝Ú ˜˛ÒÔıÚ ¸˘Ú .˜.
† …
·„˛ÌÂÚ Ï‹ÛÍÂÙ: <1/120>
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ∏ÍËÂÛÁÚ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi
✤ ≈‹Ì ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ∏ÍËÂÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·, ¸ÛÔ
ÈÔ ı¯ÁÎfi ÂflÌ·È Á ÙÈÏfi ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ, Ù¸ÛÔ ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÂÒÔ Ë· ÂflÌ·È ÙÔ
·ÔÙ›ÎÂÛÏ·.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ≈‹Ì ·Î΋ÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi ÛÙÁÌ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È ÛÙÁÌ
[20] † …
›ÍËÂÛÁ Ï ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÔ ÙÒ¸Ô ¸Ù·Ì ÂflÌ·È ÂÈ΄ϛÌÁ Á
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Program AE (–ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ
›ÍËÂÛÁÚ), Ò˛Ù· ˆ·ÒϸÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÂÚ ·Îη„›Ú.
■ « ÂÈ͸̷ Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂflÌ·È Ù¸ÛÔ ÔÏ·Îfi ¸ÛÔ ÂflÌ·È ¸Ù·Ì ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl ı¯ÁÎfi
Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı.
■ œÈ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ·ıٸϷÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
Â·Ì›Ò˜ÔÌÙ·È ¸Ù·Ì ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q.
■ ” ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ï ٷ˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı 1/1000 fi ı¯ÁθÙÂÒÁ, ‚‚·È˘ËÂflÙÂ
¸ÙÈ Ô ˆ·Í¸Ú ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ÛÙÒ·ÏÏ›ÌÔÚ ÒÔÚ ÙÔÌ fiÎÈÔ.
■ œ ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ¸Ù·Ì Á Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·
ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È Á ›ÍËÂÛÁ ÂflÌ·È ÒıËÏÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ Û ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 47

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Auto Focus / Manual Focus
✤ The Auto Focus/Manual Focus function works in
both <Camera> and <M.Cam> modes.
➥page 19
✤ In most situations, it is better to use the
automatic focus feature, as it enables you to
concentrate on the creative side of your
recording.
✤ Manual focusing may be necessary under certain
conditions that make automatic focusing difficult
or unreliable.
✤ The Auto Focus/Manual Focus function can be
set in the QUICK MENU.
Auto Focus
✤ If you are inexperienced in the use of
Camcorders, we recommend that you make use
of Auto Focus.
Manual Focus
✤ In the following situations, you may obtain better results
by adjusting the focus manually.
a. A picture containing several objects, some close to the
Camcorder, others further away.
b. A person enveloped in fog or surrounded by snow.
c. Very shiny or glossy surfaces like a car.
d. People or objects moving constantly or quickly like an
athlete or a crowd.
¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ / ÃÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ (AF/MF)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· AM/FM (¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ/ÃÁ
a b ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <M.Cam>
(K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ”ÙÈÚ ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÂÚ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ, ÂflÌ·È Í·Î˝ÙÂÒÔ Ì·
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ
ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ, „È·Ùfl Û·Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· Ûı„ÍÂÌÙÒ˘ËÂflÙ ÛÙÁ
‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„ÈÍfi ‰È‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Û·Ú.
✤ « ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÂflÌ·È
··Ò·flÙÁÙÁ Û ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ Ôı Á ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ
c d Ë¢ÒÂflÙ·È ‰˝ÛÍÔÎÁ fi ·Ì·ÓȸÈÛÙÁ.
✤ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ/ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ
›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· „flÌÂÈ ·¸ ÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ QUICK MENU.
¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ
✤ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ ÂflÛÙ ȉȷflÙÂÒ· ÂÓÔÈÍÂÈ˘Ï›ÌÔÈ Ï ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú, ÛıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Á ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ.
3 STBY SP 0:00:10
ÃÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ
BLC Off 60min
✤ ≈̉˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ›˜ÂÙ ͷνÙÂÒ· ·ÔÙÂΛÛÏ·Ù·
DIS
Program AE
ÒıËÏflÊÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁÌ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ Ï ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÔ ÙÒ¸Ô, ¸Ù·Ì
Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂflÙ „„Ò·ˆfi:
White Balance ·. ÃÈ·Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Ôı ÂÒÈ›˜ÂÈ ‰È‹ˆÔÒ· ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌ·, ÔÒÈÛϛ̷
Shutter ÍÔÌÙ‹ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÌ˛ ‹Îη ÈÔ Ï·ÍÒÈ‹.
Exposure ‚. ≈Ì¸Ú ·Ù¸ÏÔı ÙıÎÈ„Ï›ÌÔı Û ÔÏfl˜ÎÁ fi ÂÒÈÙÒÈ„ıÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔı
Focus ·¸ ˜È¸ÌÈ.
„. –Ôν ˆ˘ÙÂÈÌ˛Ì fi „ı·ÎÈÛÙÂÒ˛Ì ÂȈ·ÌÂÈ˛Ì ¸˘Ú .˜. ›Ì·
Q.MENU Exit
·ıÙÔÍflÌÁÙÔ.
‰. ¡Ù¸Ï˘Ì fi ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›Ì˘Ì Ôı ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌÔ˝ÌÙ·È ÛÙ·ËÂÒ‹ fi

1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].

5 STBY SP 0:00:10 „Òfi„ÔÒ· ¸˘Ú .˜. ›Ì·Ú ·ËÎÁÙfiÚ fi ›Ì· ÎfiËÔÚ.
BLC 60min 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD].
DIS 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi [CARD].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Program AE (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [Q.MENU] button.
■ Quick menu list will appear. White Balance 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
Shutter ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı „Òfi„ÔÒÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Focus>, then press Exposure 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Focus>
…
the [OK] button. Focus Manual (≈ÛÙfl·ÛÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Manual>, then press † 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Manual> (ÃÁ
the [OK] button. Q.MENU Exit ·ıٸϷٷ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. To exit, press the [Q.MENU] button. 6. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
■ The [MF] icon and the [MF/AF] status bar will be
6 ∞ … ■ ”ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÔ˝Ì ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ [MF] Í·È
displayed on the LCD screen. Á „Ò·ÏÏfi Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁÚ [MF/AF].
7. Press the […… / †] button to adjust the focus. 7. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ.

[ Note ] [ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
om †
Manual Focus is not available in the EASY.Q mode. « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q.
47
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 48

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Programmed Automatic Exposure Modes (Program AE) ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ (Program AE)
✤ The Program AE function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Program AE (–ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ
✤ The Program AE mode allows you to adjust shutter speeds and ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
apertures to suit different recording conditions. <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ They give you creative control over the depth of field. ✤ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Program AE Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· ÒıËÏflÊÂÙÂ
ÙÁÌ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È ÙÔı ‰È·ˆÒ‹„Ï·ÙÔÚ ›ÙÛÈ, ˛ÛÙÂ
ÔÈ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Û·Ú Ì· Ù·ÈÒÈ‹ÊÔıÌ Ï ÙÈÚ ÂÍ‹ÛÙÔÙ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ
■ <Auto ( A )> mode „„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
- Auto balance between the subject and the ✤ œÈ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ·ıÙ›Ú Û·Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÔıÌ Ì·
STBY SP 0:00:10 ÂΛ„˜ÂÙ ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„ÈÍ‹ ÙÔ ‚‹ËÔÚ ÙÔı ‰flÔı.
background.
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
- To be used in normal conditions. ■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Auto ( A )> (¡ıٸϷÙÁ)
■ <Sports ( )> mode œ - ¡ıٸϷÙÁ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ ÙÔı ˛ϷÙÔÚ Í·È
ÙÔı ˆ¸ÌÙÔı.
For recording people or objects moving quickly. - »· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ı¸ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍ›Ú
ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ.
■ <Portrait ( )> mode
■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Sports ( )> (”ÔÒ)
- For focusing on the background of the subject,
when the background is out of focus. √È· „„Ò·ˆfi ·Ù¸Ï˘Ì fi ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›Ì˘Ì Ôı
- The Portrait mode is most effective when used outdoors. ÍÈÌÔ˝ÌÙ·È „Òfi„ÔÒ·.
■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Portrait ( )> (œÒÈʸÌÙÈ·)
■ <Spotlight ( )> mode - √È· ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ ÛÙÔ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ ÙÔı ˛ϷÙÔÚ, ¸Ù·Ì ÙÔ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ ÂflÌ·È
For recording correctly when there is only light on the subject and not ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ.
the rest of the picture. - œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Portrait ÂflÌ·È ÈÔ ·ÔÙÂÎÂÛÏ·ÙÈ͸Ú
¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔ˝Ú ˜˛ÒÔıÚ.
■ <Sand/Snow ( )> mode
■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Spotlight ( )> (÷˘Ú ÒÔ‚ÔΛ·)
For recording when people or objects are darker than the background
because of reflected light from sand or snow. √È· Û˘ÛÙfi „„Ò·ˆfi ¸Ù·Ì ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ˆ˘Ú ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔ Ë›Ï· Í·È ¸˜È
ÛÙÁÌ ı¸ÎÔÈÁ ÂÈ͸̷.
■ <High Speed ( )> (High Shutter Speed) mode ■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Sand/Snow ( )> (¢ÏÏÔÚ/◊ȸÌÈ)
For recording fast-moving subjects such as players in golf or tennis √È· Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ¸Ù·Ì ÔÈ ‹ÌËÒ˘ÔÈ fi Ù· ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌ· ÂflÌ·È
games. ÛÍÔÙÂÈ̸ÙÂÒ· ·¸ ÙÔ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ Î¸„˘ ÙÁÚ ·ÌÙ·Ì‹ÍηÛÁÚ ÙÔı
ˆ˘Ù¸Ú ·¸ ÙÁÌ ‹ÏÏÔ fi ÙÔ ˜È¸ÌÈ.
■ ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <High Speed ( )> (’¯ÁÎfi Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·
ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı)
√È· „„Ò·ˆfi „Òfi„ÔÒ· ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ËÂÏ‹Ù˘Ì ¸˘Ú ÂflÌ·È ÔÈ
·flÍÙÂÚ Û ·„˛ÌÂÚ „ÍÔΈ fi Ù›ÌÈÚ.
48
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 49

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Setting the Program AE —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Program AE
4 Camera Mode
(–ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ)
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
√Camera
Program AE √Auto 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. White Balance √Auto [CAMERA].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Visual Effect √Off
16:9 Wide √On 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
Macro √Off (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [MENU] button. DIS √Off
■ The menu list will appear. ▼ 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Move OK Select MENU Exit ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.

… / †] button to select <Camera>,

4. Press the [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. 6 Camera Mode <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Back ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <Program AE>,
5. Press the [… Program AE Auto A
… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
White Balance Sports 5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. Visual Effect Portrait <Program AE> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
■ The available options are listed.
16:9 Wide Spotlight ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Macro Sand/Snow ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ ÂÈÎÔ„›Ú.
… / †] button to select the desired
6. Press the [… DIS
▼
High Speed
program AE option, then press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit 6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· Í‹ÌÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
ÂÈÎÔ„fi ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ͷÈ, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
■ The icon of the selected mode is displayed. 7 STBY SP 0:00:10 ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ When the <Auto> mode is selected, no icon is 1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
displayed.
œ ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÙÔı ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔı
ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.
■ ºÙ·Ì ÂflÌ·È ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔÚ Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
[ Notes ] ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Auto> (¡ıٸϷٷ), ‰ÂÌ
■ You can directly access the Program AE function
Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Í·Ì›Ì· ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.
using the [Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20
■ The Program AE function will not operate in EASY.Q
mode. [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ The Program AE cannot be set when the Shutter Speed or the ■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Program AE ·βÚ
Exposure is set to manual. ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Program AE ‰ÂÌ ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
EASY.Q.
■ œ ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ¸Ù·Ì Á Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı Í·È Á ›ÍËÂÛÁ ÂflÌ·È
ÒıËÏÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ Û ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
49
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 50

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Setting the White Balance —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ …ÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ (White Balance)
✤ The White Balance function works in both <Camera> and <M.Cam> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· White Balance (…ÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
modes. ➥page 19 ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <M.Cam>
✤ The White Balance is a recording function that preserves the unique (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
image colour of the object in any recording condition. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ White Balance ‰È·ÙÁÒÂfl ÙÔ ÏÔÌ·‰È͸
˜Ò˛Ï· ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ÙÔı ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Û ÔÔÈÂÛ‰fiÔÙ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ
✤ You may select the appropriate White Balance mode to obtain good „„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
quality image colour. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÔ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú White
■ <Auto ( A )> : This mode is generally used to control the White Balance „È· Ì· ‚ÂÎÙÈ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÛÙ· ˜Ò˛Ï·Ù· ÙÁÚ
Balance automatically. ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
■ <Indoor ( )> : This controls the White Balance according to the ■ <Auto ( A )> (¡ıٸϷٷ): ¡ıÙfi Á ÂÈÎÔ„fi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È
indoor ambience. „ÂÌÈÍ‹ „È· ÙÁÌ ·ıٸϷÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝.
■ <Indoor ( )> (≈Û˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔfl ˜˛ÒÔÈ): ¡ıÙfi Á ÂÈÎÔ„fi
- Under halogen or studio/video lighting
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È „È· ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝
- Subject is of one dominant colour ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ.
- Close up - ” ˆ˘ÙÈÛϸ Ï ΋ÏÂÚ ·ÎÔ„¸ÌÔı fi Û ˆ˘ÙÈÛϸ
■ <Outdoor ( )> : This controls the White Balance according to ÛÙÔ˝ÌÙÈÔ/‚flÌÙÂÔ
the outdoor ambience. - ºÙ·Ì ÛÙÔ Ë›Ï· ÍıÒÈ·Ò˜Âfl ›Ì· ˜Ò˛Ï·
- In daylight, especially for close up and where the subject is of - ” ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Îfi¯ÁÚ ·¸ ÍÔÌÙÈÌfi ·¸ÛÙ·ÛÁ
■ <Outdoor ( )> (≈Ó˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔfl ˜˛ÒÔÈ): ¡ıÙfi Á ÂÈÎÔ„fi
one dominant colour.
■ <Custom WB ( c )> : You can adjust the white balance as you ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È „È· ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝
·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ.
wish based on the shooting environment. - ” ˆ˘Ú ÁϛҷÚ, ÂȉÈÍ‹ „È· ÍÔÌÙÈÌfi Îfi¯Á Í·È Û ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ
Ôı ÛÙÔ Ë›Ï· ÍıÒÈ·Ò˜Âfl ›Ì· ˜Ò˛Ï·.
■ <Custom WB ( c )> (–ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„fi
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. 4 Camera Mode ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝): ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙÂ
√Camera ÙÁÌ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝ Ï ¸ÔÈÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. Program AE √Auto Ë›ÎÂÙÂ, ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ ÛÙÔ
White Balance √Auto ÔÔflÔ Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Á Îfi¯Á.
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Visual Effect √Off
16:9 Wide √On 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
3. Press the [MENU] button. Macro √Off [CAMERA].
■ The menu list will appear. DIS √Off
▼
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE]
Move OK Select MENU Exit fi [CARD].
… / †] button to select <Camera>, then
4. Press the [… (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
press the [OK] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
… / †] button to select <White Balance>, then press the
5. Press the [… ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
[OK] button. 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <White Balance>
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].

50
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 51

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

6. Press the [… … / †] button to select the desired mode <Auto>, 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ
<Indoor>, <Outdoor> or <Custom WB>, then ÂÈËıÏÁÙ¸ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Auto>,
press the [OK] button. 6 <Indoor>, <Outdoor> fi <Custom WB> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
Camera Mode ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ To explain about the Custom WB:
Back ■ √È· Ì· Í·Ù·ÌÔfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Custom
(1) Select Custom WB and press the [OK] button. Program AE
WB:
(“Set white balance” will appear and blinks on White Balance Auto A
Visual Effect Indoor (1) ≈ÈΛÓÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Custom WB Í·È
the screen.) 16:9 Wide Outdoor ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK]. (»· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl Á
(2) Place the white object under the desired Macro Custom WB c ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ “set white balance” Í·È Ë·
lighting then press the [OK] button. (The OSD DIS ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ)
▼

will disappear and the Custom WB icon ( c ) Move OK Select MENU Exit
(2) ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÂı͸ ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ Í‹Ù˘
will be displayed.) ·¸ ÙÔ ˆ˘ÙÈÛϸ Ôı ÂÈËıÏÂflÙ ͷÈ, ÛÙÁ
ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
7 STBY SP 0:00:10 (« ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ “set white balance” Ë· Û‚fiÛÂÈ
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
Í·È Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ CustomWB
■ When the <Auto> mode is selected, no icon is
( c ))
displayed. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
œ ■ ºÙ·Ì ÂflÌ·È ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔÚ Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Auto>, ‰ÂÌ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Í·Ì›Ì·
ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.
[ Notes ]
■ You can directly access the White Balance function [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· White
using the [Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20 <When the Outdoor option was selected>
■ The White Balance function will not operate in Balance ·Î˛Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
EASY.Q mode. ■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· White Balance ‰ÂÌ ÂÍÙÎÂflÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
■ Turn the Digital Zoom off (if necessary) to set a more accurate white
EASY.Q.
balance. ■ ¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Digital Zoom (ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ)
■ Reset the white balance if lighting conditions change. (Â‹Ì ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È) „È· Ì· ÔÒflÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝ ÏÂ
■ During normal outdoor recording, setting to Auto may provide better Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ·ÍÒfl‚ÂÈ·.
■ —ıËÏflÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÁÌ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝ Â‹Ì ÔÈ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ
results.
■ Buttons other than EASY.Q button, [MENU] button, [… … / †] button, ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ ·Î΋ÓÔıÌ.
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfiÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸
[Zoom] lever and [OK] button will not work during setting the Custom ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ, Á ÂÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ Auto ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ Ì·
WB. ·Ò›˜ÂÈ Í·Î˝ÙÂÒ· ·ÔÙÂΛÛÏ·Ù·.
■ Pressing the [MENU] button while setting the Custom WB will cancel ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝, Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹
the Custom WB setting and sets the White Balance to Auto. EASY.Q, [MENU], [… … / †], Ô ÏÔ˜Î¸Ú [∆ÔıÏ] Í·È ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK]
‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ·.
■ –·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Custom WB, Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıÙfi ·ÍıÒ˛ÌÂÙ·È Í·È Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú White Balance ÙflËÂÙ·È Û ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Auto.

51
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 52

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Applying Visual Effects ≈ˆ·ÒÏÔ„fi ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› (Visual effect)
✤ The Visual Effect function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Visual Effect (œÙÈ͸ ˆ›) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ The Visual Effects enable you to give a creative look to your ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
recording. ✤ ‘· ÔÙÈÍ‹ ˆ› Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÔıÌ Ì· ‰flÌÂÙ ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„ÈÍfi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ ÛÙÈÚ
✤ Select the appropriate Visual Effect for the type of picture that you „„Ò·ˆ›Ú Û·Ú.
wish to record and the effect you wish to create. There are 10 Visual ✤ ≈ÈΛÓÙ ÙÔ Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÔ ÔÙÈ͸ ˆ› „È· ÙÔÌ Ù˝Ô ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú Ôı
Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ Í·È ÙÔ Âˆ› Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„fiÛÂÙÂ.
Effect modes. ’‹Ò˜ÔıÌ 10 ÙÒ¸ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Ù˘Ì ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ›.
1. <Art> mode 1. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Art>
This mode gives the images a coarse effect. ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰flÌÂÈ ÛÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
1 2 ›Ì· ˆ› Ï ˜ÔÌÙÒÔ˝Ú Í¸ÍÍÔıÚ.
2. <Mosaic> mode
This mode gives the images a mosaic effect. 2. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Mosaic> (Ã˘Û·˙͸)
¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰flÌÂÈ ÛÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
3. <Sepia> mode ›Ì· ˆ› Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝.
This mode gives the images a reddish-brown 3. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Sepia> (”›È·)
pigment. 3 4 ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰flÌÂÈ ÛÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
4. <Negative> mode ÍÔÍÍÈÌÔ-Í·ˆ› ·¸˜Ò˘ÛÁ.
This mode reverses the colours, creating a 4. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Negative> (¡ÒÌÁÙÈ͸)
negative image. ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ÌÙÈÛÙÒ›ˆÂÈ Ù·
˜Ò˛Ï·Ù·, ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„˛ÌÙ·Ú ÏÈ· ·ÒÌÁÙÈÍfi ÂÈ͸̷.
5. <Mirror> mode
5. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Mirror> (≈fl‰˘ÎÔ)
This mode cuts the picture in half, using a 5 6 ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ͸‚ÂÈ ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ ÛÙÁ
mirror effect. Ï›ÛÁ, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ Âˆ› ÙÔı Í·ËÒ›ÙÁ.
6. <BLK&WHT> mode 6. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <BLK&WHT> (¡ÛҸϷıÒÔ)
This mode changes the images to black and ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·Î΋ÊÂÈ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
white. Û ·ÛҸϷıÒÂÚ.
7. <Emboss1> mode 7. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Emboss1> (¡Ì‹„ÎıˆÔ 1)
7 8 ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„Âfl ›Ì·
This mode creates a 3D effect (embossing).
ÙÒÈۉȋÛÙ·ÙÔ Âˆ› (·Ì‹„ÎıˆÔ).
8. <Emboss2> mode 8. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Emboss2> (¡Ì‹„ÎıˆÔ 2)
This mode creates a 3D effect (embossing) on ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„Âfl ›Ì·
surrounding area of an image. ÙÒÈۉȋÛÙ·ÙÔ Âˆ› (·Ì‹„ÎıˆÔ) ÛÙÁÌ ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Ôı
ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÂÈ ÏÈ· ÂÈ͸̷.
9. <Pastel1> mode 9 10
This mode applies a pale pastel drawing effect 9. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Pastel1> (–·ÛٛΠ1)
to an image. ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ˆ·ÒϸÊÂÈ ›Ì·
·ÛٛΠ·Î ˆ› Ê˘„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
10.<Pastel2> mode 10. ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Pastel2> (–·ÛٛΠ2)
This mode applies a pale pastel drawing effect ¡ıÙ¸Ú Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ˆ·ÒϸÊÂÈ ›Ì·
to surrounding area of an image. ·ÛٛΠ·Î ˆ› ÛÙÁÌ ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Ôı ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÂÈ ÏÈ·
ÂÈ͸̷.
52
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 53

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Selecting the Visual Effects ≈ÈÎÔ„fi Ù˘Ì ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ›
4 Camera Mode 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. √Camera [CAMERA].
Program AE √Auto
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. White Balance √Auto 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Visual Effect √Off (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
16:9 Wide √On
Macro √Off
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
3. Press the [MENU] button. DIS √Off
▼
■ The menu list will appear. 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Move OK Select MENU Exit
<Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
… / †] button to select <Camera>,
4. Press the [… ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
then press the [OK] button. 6 Camera Mode 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Back <Visual Effect> (œÙÈ͸ ˆ›) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
… / †] button to select <Visual Effect>,
5. Press the [… Program AE Off ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
then press the [OK] button. White Balance Art
Visual Effect Mosaic
6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· Í‹ÌÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
16:9 Wide Sepia ÂÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı ÔÙÈÍÔ˝ ˆ› Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ͷÈ, ÛÙÁ
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired Visual Macro Negative ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Effect option, then press the [OK] button. DIS Mirror ■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ
■ The display mode is set to the selected mode. Move
▼

OK Select MENU Exit

ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÔÙÈ͸ ˆ›.
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
7 STBY SP 0:00:10
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■
œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Pastel2, Emboss2, Mirror
Art 60min
[ Notes ] fi Mosaic ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ ¸Ù·Ì
œ

■ The Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2 or Pastel2 mode is not

available while DIS or COLOUR NITE is in use.
■ Visual Effect modes are not available while EASY.Q
is in use.
■ Once DIS or COLOUR NITE is set, Mosaic, Mirror,
Emboss2 or Pastel2 mode will be released.
■ Mirror mode is not available in the 16:9 Wide mode.
(VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i)only)
■ Digital Zoom is not available in the Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2 or
Pastel2 mode.
■ Once Visual Effect is set,16:9 Wide mode will be released.
(VP-D371(i)only)
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ DIS fi COLOUR
NITE.
■ œÈ ÙÒ¸ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÔÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÈ ¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
EASY.Q.
■ ºÙ·Ì ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS fi
COLOUR NITE, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Emboss2,
Pastel2, Mirror fi Mosaic ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È.
■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Mirror ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371W(i)/
D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ Digital Zoom (ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ) ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Emboss2, Pastel2, Mirror fi Mosaic.
■ øÎÈÚ ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ Visual Effect (œÙÈ͸ ˆ›), Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D371(i))
53
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 54

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Setting the 16:9 Wide mode —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ (16:9 Wide)
✤ The 16:9 Wide function works only in <Camera> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· 16:9 Wide ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ
mode. ➥page 19 4 Camera Mode
ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·).
✤ Recordings in 16:9 Wide will play back naturally √Camera ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
only when the TV supports 16:9 aspect ratio. Program AE √Auto ✤ œÈ „„Ò·ˆ›Ú Ôı Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÔ˝ÌÙ·È Ï ÙÁ
White Balance √Auto Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ 16:9 Wide ·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È Í·Î˝ÙÂÒ·
✤ 16:9 Wide is the default setting for models Visual Effect √Off ϸÌÔ ¸Ù·Ì ÙÁθҷÛÁ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ·
VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i). 16:9 Wide √On ÂıÒı„˛ÌÈ·Ú ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ.
Macro √Off ✤ « ÂÈÎÔ„fi 16:9 Wide ÔÒflÊÂÙ·È ˘Ú ÒÔÂÈ΄ϛÌÁ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. DIS √Off „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/
▼

Move OK Select MENU Exit D975W(i).

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
6 Camera Mode [CAMERA].
3. Press the [MENU] button. Back 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
■ The menu list will appear. Program AE (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
White Balance 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
… / †] button to select <Camera>, then
4. Press the [… Visual Effect ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.

press the [OK] button. 16:9 Wide Off 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Macro On <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
DIS
… / †] button to select <16:9 Wide>,
5. Press the [… ▼
[OK].
then press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
<16:9 Wide> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
6. To activate the 16:9 Wide function, press the ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <On>, then press the
[…
7 STBY SP 0:00:10 6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂıÒÂfl·Ú
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min Ô˸ÌÁÚ 16:9, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì·
[OK] button.
œ

ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ

■ If you do not want to use the 16:9 Wide function,
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
set the <16:9 Wide> menu to <Off>. ■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·, ‰˛ÛÙ ÛÙÔ <16:9 Wide> ÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. <Off>.
■ The selected icon is displayed. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.
[ Notes ]
■ Digital Zoom and COLOUR NITE is not available in the 16:9 Wide [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ Í·È Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
mode.
■ Still image recording is not available in the 16:9 Wide mode. ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ 16:9.
■ « Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
➥page 59 16:9 Wide. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 59
■ Once Visual Effect or DIS is set,16:9 Wide mode will be released.
■ øÎÈÚ ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ Visual Effect (œÙÈ͸ ˆ›) fi ÙÔ DIS, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
(VP-D371(i)only) ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D371(i))
54
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 55

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Using the Tele Macro (Macro) ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele Macro
✤ Tele Macro function works in both <Camera> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Tele Macro ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
and <M.Cam> mode. ➥page 19 4 Camera Mode
ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> Í·È <M.Cam>.
✤ Effective focal distance in Tele Macro mode is √Camera ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
50 Cm (19.7 inches) ~ 100 Cm (39.4 inches). Program AE √Auto ✤ « Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÁ ÂÛÙÈ·Ífi ·¸ÛÙ·ÛÁ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
White Balance √Auto ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele Macro ÂflÌ·È 50 ~ 100 cm.
Visual Effect √Off
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. 16:9 Wide √On 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. Macro √Off 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
DIS √Off [CARD].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ▼

Move OK Select MENU Exit (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))

3. Press the [MENU] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
6 Camera Mode 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
… / †] button to select <Camera>,
4. Press the [… Back <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
then press the [OK] button. Program AE [OK].
White Balance
… / †] button to select <Macro>, then
5. Press the [… Visual Effect
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
press the [OK] button. 16:9 Wide
<Macro> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
Macro [OK].
… / †]
6. To activate the Macro function, press the [… Off
6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Macro,
DIS On
button to select <On>, then press the [OK] button. ▼
·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On>
■ If you do not want to use the Macro function, set Move OK Select MENU Exit
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
the <Macro> menu to <Off>. ■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
7 ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Macro, ‰˛ÛÙ ÛÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ <Macro>
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
■ Tele Macro ( ) icon is displayed.
œ
1 6 : 9 Wi d e
STBY SP 0:00:10
60min
ÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi <Off>.
7. √È· ›ÓÔ‰Ô, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ Tele Macro ( ).

[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ When recording in Tele Macro mode, the focus ■
K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele
speed may be slow. Macro, Á Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÂflÌ·È ·Ò„fi.
■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Zoom
■ When you operate the Zoom function in the Tele
Macro mode, the recording subject may be out of Û Tele Macro, ÙÔ Ë›Ï· ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ‚ÒÂËÂfl ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ (ˆÎÔı).
focus. ■ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ›Ì· ÙÒflÔ‰Ô (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È) „È· Ì· ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÔ
■ Use a tripod (not supplied) to prevent hand shake in the Tele Macro
ÍÔ˝ÌÁÏ· Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele Macro.
mode. ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Tele Macro, ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÈÚ
■ Avoid shadows when recording in the Tele Macro mode. ÛÍÈ›Ú.
■ As the distance to the subject decreases, focusing area narrows. ■ ºÛÔ ÏÂÈ˛ÌÂÙ·È Á ·¸ÛÙ·ÛÁ Ï ÙÔ ·ÌÙÈÍÂflÏÂÌÔ, Á ÂÒÈÔ˜fi ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ
■ When you can not get proper focus, use the [… … / †] button or ÂÒÈÔÒflÊÂÙ·È.
■ ºÙ·Ì ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ›˜ÂÙÂ Û˘ÛÙfi ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ
[Zoom] lever.
… / †] fi ÙÔ ÏԘθ [∆ÔıÏ].
ÍÔıÏfl […
55
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 56

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Setting the Digital Image Stabilizer (DIS) —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (DIS)
✤ The DIS function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS (”Ù·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfiÚ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ
✤ DIS (Digital Image Stabilizer) is a function that compensates for any shaking or ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
hand movement while holding the Camcorder (within reasonable limits). ✤ œ ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfiÚ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (DIS) ÂflÌ·È ÏÈ· ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ôı ·ÌÙÈÛÙ·ËÏflÊÂÈ
ÔÔÈÔ‰fiÔÙ ÍÔ˝ÌÁÏ· fi ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÙÔı ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ ¸Ù·Ì Íҷً٠ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· (ÛÂ
✤ It provides more stable pictures when: ÎÔ„ÈÍ‹ ηflÛÈ·).
- Recording with the zoom (Digital Zoom is not available in the DIS mode.) ✤ –·Ò›˜ÂÈ ÈÔ ÛÙ·ËÂÒ›Ú ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÈÚ ÂÓfiÚ ÂÒÈÙ˛ÛÂÈÚ:
- Recording a small object close-up - K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Ï ÊÔıÏ (« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÙÔı ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝
- Recording and walking at the same time ÊÔıÏ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
- Recording through the window of a vehicle 4 Camera Mode ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ÂÈ͸̷Ú.)
√Camera - K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÏÈÍÒ˛Ì ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›Ì˘Ì ·¸ ÍÔÌÙÈÌfi
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. Program AE √Auto ·¸ÛÙ·ÛÁ
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. - K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÂÌ˛ ‚·‰flÊÂÙÂ
White Balance √Auto
- K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ·¸ ÙÔ ·Ò‹ËıÒÔ ÂÌ¸Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÔı
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Visual Effect √Off Ô˜fiÏ·ÙÔÚ
3. Press the [MENU] button. 16:9 Wide √On
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
■ The menu list will appear. Macro √Off 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Camera>, then DIS √Off (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
▼
press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
… / †] button to select <DIS>, then press ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
5. Press the […
the [OK] button. 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button
6. To activate the DIS function, press the [… 6 Camera Mode 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <DIS> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
to select <On>, then press the [OK] button. Back ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ If you do not want to use the DIS function, set the <DIS> 6. √È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝
Program AE
menu to <Off>. White Balance ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ÂÈ͸̷Ú, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì·
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Visual Effect
ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·,
■ DIS ( ) icon is displayed. 16:9 Wide ‰˛ÛÙ ÛÙÔ <DIS> ÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi <Off>.
Macro Off 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
[ Notes ] DIS On ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ DIS ( ).
■ You can directly access the DIS function using the [Q.MENU] ▼

Move OK Select MENU Exit [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]

button. ➥page 20
■ Digital Zoom, COLOUR NITE, Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2
or Pastel2 is not available in the DIS mode.
■ DIS function in 16:9 Wide mode may produce lower
7 STBY
1 6 : 9 Wi d e
quality than in normal mode.
(VP-D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/ D975W(i)only)
■ When you press the [PHOTO] button while the DIS function is
œ ■ ” ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide, Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
enabled, the DIS will be released shortly and resume
automatically after the still image recording.
■ It is recommended that you deactivate the DIS function when
using a tripod.
■ If you use the DIS function, the picture quality may deteriorate.
■ EASY.Q mode automatically sets the <DIS> to <On>.
■ 16:9 Wide mode is not available in DIS mode. (VP-D371(i)only)
■ Once DIS is set,16:9 Wide mode will be released. (VP-D371(i)only)
56
■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS, ·βÚ
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
SP 0:00:10
■ œÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Digital Zoom, COLOUR NITE, Emboss2, Pastel2,
Mirror fi Mosaic ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
60min DIS.
ÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈ ÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· Û ۘ›ÛÁ Ï ÙÔÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈ͸ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371W(i)/ D372WH(i)/
D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] ÂÌ˛ Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS ÂflÌ·È
ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ, ÙÔ DIS ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È „È· Îfl„Ô Í·È
Â·Ì›Ò˜ÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁ Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì.
■ ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS ¸Ù·Ì
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÒflÔ‰Ô.
■ ≈‹Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ
ıÔ‚‹ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ÙÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú.
■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q Ë›ÙÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ÙÔ <DIS> ÛÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi <On>.
■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DIS.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i))
■ øÎÈÚ ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ DIS, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 Wide ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i))
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:00 AM Page 57

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Using Back Light Compensation Mode (BLC) ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¡ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ·
✤ BLC works in both <Camera> and <M.Cam> modes. ➥page 19 ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝ (BLC)
✤ Back lighting exists when the subject is darker ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· BLC ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
than the background: ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È
- The subject is in front of a window. <M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
- The person to be recorded is wearing white ✤ K¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ıˆflÛÙ·Ù·È ¸Ù·Ì ÙÔ Ë›Ï· ÂflÌ·È
or shiny clothes and is placed against a ÈÔ ÛÍÔÙÂÈ̸ ·¸ ÙÔ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ:
- ‘Ô Ë›Ï· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È ÏÒÔÛÙ‹ Û ›Ì·
bright background; the person’s face is too ·Ò‹ËıÒÔ.
dark to distinguish his/her features. - ‘Ô ‹ÙÔÏÔ ÙÔ ÔÔflÔ Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ˆÔÒ‹ÂÈ
<BLC Off> <BLC On>
- The subject is outdoors and the background ÎÂıÍ‹ fi ·ÌÔȘٸ˜Ò˘Ï· ÒÔ˝˜· Í·È ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È
is overcast. 3 ÏÒÔÛÙ‹ Û ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ. ‘Ô Ò¸Û˘Ô
Camera Mode ÙÔı ·Ù¸ÏÔı ÂflÌ·È ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍ‹ ÛÍÔÙÂÈ̸ Í·È
- The light sources are too bright. √Camera
- The subject is against a snowy background. ‰ÂÌ ‰È·ÍÒflÌÔÌÙ·È Ù· ˜·Ò·ÍÙÁÒÈÛÙÈÍ‹ ÙÔı.
Program AE √Auto - ‘Ô Ë›Ï· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ Í·È
White Balance √Auto
ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÛıÌ̈ȋ.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. Visual Effect √Off
16:9 Wide √On
- œÈ Á„›Ú ˆ˘Ù¸Ú ÂflÌ·È ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍ‹
Macro √Off
ˆ˘ÙÂÈÌ›Ú.
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE] or [CARD]. - ‘Ô Ë›Ï· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È ÏÒÔÛÙ‹ Û ˜ÈÔÌÈÛÏ›ÌÔ
DIS √Off
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ▼ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ.
Move OK Select MENU Exit
3. Press the [MENU] button. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
■ The menu list will appear. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE] fi
6 Camera Mode
[CARD].
… / †] button to select <Camera>,
4. Press the [… Back
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
then press the [OK] button. BLC Off
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Digital Zoom On
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
… / †] button to select <BLC>, then
5. Press the [… 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
press the [OK] button. <Camera> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[OK].
… / †] button to select <On>, then
6. Press the [… 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <BLC>
press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On>
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ BLC icon ( ) will be displayed. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
7 STBY SP 0:00:10
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ BLC ( ).
1 6 : 9 Wi d e 60min
[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
œ

■ You can directly access the BLC function using the ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·‚ÂflÙ ·ÂıËÂfl·Ú ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
[Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20 ·ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú
■ The BLC function will not operate in EASY.Q mode. ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· BLC ‰ÂÌ ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q.
57
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 58

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Zooming In and Out with Digital Zoom (Digital Zoom) Ä›ËıÌÛÁ Í·È ÛÏflÍÒıÌÛÁ Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ (Digital Zoom)
✤ Maximum Digital Zoom works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ ‘Ô Ï›„ÈÛÙÔ ¯ÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔ Ï¸ÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✤ Zooming more than 34x(VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i) only), <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
26x (VP-D975W(i) only) is achieved digitally, up to 1200x when combined ✤ ∆ÔıÏ Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 34x(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/
with optical zoom. D372WH(i)/D375W(i)), 26x (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i)) ˆÔÒ›Ú
ÂÈÙı„˜‹ÌÂÙ·È ¯ÁˆÈ·Í‹, ÂÌ˛ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÙÈÚ 1200 ˆÔÒ›Ú ¸Ù·Ì
✤ The picture quality may deteriorate depending on how much you digitally Ûı̉ı‹ÊÂÙ·È Ï ÙÔ ÔÙÈ͸ ÊÔıÏ.
zoom in on the subject. ✤ ≈̉›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ ıÔ‚‹ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÁ ¯ÁˆÈ·Ífi
✤ Please disable 16:9 Wide mode to use this function. ➥page 54 Ï„›ËıÌÛÁ Ôı ÂÈΛ„ÂÙ ̷ Í‹ÌÂÙ ÛÙÔ Ë›Ï·.
✤ ¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ
Selecting the Digital Zoom 4 16:9, ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
Camera Mode Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ. ➥Û ÛÂÎfl‰· 54
√Camera
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Program AE √Auto ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Digital Zoom
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) White Balance √Auto 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
Visual Effect √Off 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. Press the [MENU] button. 16:9 Wide √Off (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ The menu list will appear. Macro √Off 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Camera>, then DIS √Off ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
▼

press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit

4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Camera>
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Digital Zoom>, 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Digital
then press the [OK] button. Zoom> (ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
6 Camera Mode ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired zoom 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ
Back
value <Off>, <100x>, <200x>, <400x> or <1200x>, ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi ÙÈÏfi ÊÔıÏ <Off>, <100x>, <200x>, <400x> fi
BLC
then press the [OK] button. Digital Zoom <1200x> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Off
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. 100x 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ Press the […
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] fi ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÏԘθ
… / †] button or move the [Zoom] lever 200x
[∆ÔıÏ] „È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
to use the Digital Zoom. 400x
¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ.
■ The Digital Zoom indicator appears. 1200x ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ.
Move OK Select MENU Exit
[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ Maximum Digital zooming may result in lower ■ ‘Ô Ï›„ÈÛÙÔ ¯ÁˆÈ·Í¸ ÊÔıÏ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ›˜ÂÈ ˘Ú ·ÔÙ›ÎÂÛÏ·

picture quality. 7 ÙÁÌ ıÔ‚‹ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ÙÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.

STBY SP 0:00:10 ■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Digital Zoom ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì
■ Digital Zoom is not available while DIS, EASY.Q, still
60min ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ DIS, EASY.Q, Îfi¯ÁÚ
image recording, COLOUR NITE, 16:9 Wide, Mosaic,
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì, COLOUR NITE, 16:9 Wide, Emboss2,
Mirror, Emboss2 and Pastel2 is in use. Pastel2, Mirror fi Mosaic.
■ Once still image recording, COLOUR NITE, 16:9 Wide, ■ ºÙ·Ì ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Îfi¯ÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì, COLOUR NITE,
EASY.Q, Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2 or Pastel2 is set, 16:9 Wide, EASY.Q, Mosaic, Mirror, Emboss2 fi Pastel2
œ

Digital Zoom mode will be released.
(The Digital Zoom mode will be backed up.)
■ Once DIS is set, Digital Zoom mode will be released.
58
ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÂÚ, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝
ÊÔıÏ ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È. (« ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı
W T ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ ‰È·ÙÁÒÂflÙ·È.)
■ øÎÈÚ ÂÈ΄Âfl Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi
ÂÈ͸̷Ú, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 59

ENGLISH GREEK

Advanced Recording ”˝ÌËÂÙÂÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ

Still Image Recording Àfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
✤ Still image recording works only in <Camera> mode. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ
➥page 19 ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ A tape must be inserted as still images are recorded on a tape. ✤ –Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‰Â‰ÔÏ›ÌÔı
¸ÙÈ ÔÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È Û ٷÈÌfl·.
✤ Please disable 16:9 Wide mode to use this function. ✤ ¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ 16:9,
➥page 54 ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Ìı˜ÙÂÒÈÌfiÚ
Îfi¯ÁÚ. ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 54
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Press the [PHOTO] button. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO].
■ The still image is recorded for about 6~7 seconds. 4 Player Mode
■ √flÌÂÙ·È Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÙÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú „È· 6~7 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·
4. After the still image has been recorded, the Camcorder ÂÒflÔı.
returns to its previous mode. √Tape 4. ¡ˆÔ˝ „„Ò·ˆÂfl Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·, Á Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
Photo Search Â·Ì›Ò˜ÂÙ·È ÛÙÔÌ ÒÔÁ„Ô˝ÏÂÌÔ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÙÁÚ.
Searching for a still image Photo Copy ¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú
✤ The Photo Search works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19 Audio Select √Sound[1] ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Photo Search (¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì) ÂflÌ·È
Audio Effect √Off ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi).
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. Press the [MENU] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ The menu list will appear. 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Tape>, then press … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Tape> (K·Û›Ù·) Í·È,
the [OK] button. 6 SP 0:41:56:10
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Photo Search>, Photo Search 25min 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Photo Search>
then press the [OK] button. (¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
■ œœ/√√ will flicker on the LCD screen. [OK].
■ « ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ œœ/√√ Ë· ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÌÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
6. Press the [œ œœ/√√√ (REW/FF)] buttons to search the still image. 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√ √√ (REW/FF)] „È· Ì· ·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
■ The photo search process appears while you are
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·.
searching. ■ « ‰È·‰ÈÍ·Ûfl· ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ
■ After completing the search, the Camcorder displays the ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁÚ.
still image. ■ øÎÈÚ ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˘ËÂfl Á ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ, Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Âψ·ÌflÊÂÈ ÙÁ
■ When there are no still images recorded on the tape, it will œœ /√
√√
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·.
Search MENU Exit ■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl·,
be fully rewound or forwarded. Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ÎfiÒÁÚ „Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÒÔÚ Ù·
7. To exit, press the [■ (STOP)] or [MENU] button. ÂÏÒ¸Ú fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘.
SP 0:44:38:03 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)] fi [MENU].
[ Notes ]
■ Still image recording is not available while recording. Photo Search 25min [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ You can use still image recording by using the [PHOTO] button
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Îfi¯ÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
„„Ò·ˆfi.
on the remote control. Pressing the [PHOTO] button on the ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Îfi¯ÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
remote control records the still image with automatic focusing. Photo searching...
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ. øÎÈÚ
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ, „flÌÂÙ·È ·Ï›Û˘Ú
■ Still image recording is not available while COLOUR NITE or Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú Ï ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ.
16:9 Wide is in use. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ DIS, Digital Zoom and COLOUR NITE are not available when
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Îfi¯ÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì
œœ /√
√√ Search MENU Exit ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· COLOUR NITE fi 16:9 Wide.
still image recording. ■ œÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ DIS, Digital Zoom Í·È COLOUR NITE ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
■ Still image recording while EASY.Q, DIS or Digital Zoom mode
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ Îfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì.
is in use will release the current mode. (After a still image is taken, the mode will ■ œ ÙÒ›˜˘Ì ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È Ï ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ
return automatically.) ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q, DIS fi Digital Zoom. (¡ˆÔ˝ ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙ ÏÈ·
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·, „flÌÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷÙÁ Â·Ì·ˆÔÒ‹ ÙÔı ÙÒ¸Ôı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.) 59
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM
ENGLISH
Playback
Playing Back a Tape on the LCD Screen
✤ The Playback function and speaker works only in <Player> mode.
➥page 19
✤ You can monitor the playback picture on the LCD Screen.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Insert the tape you wish to view. ➥page 32
4. Open the LCD Screen.
■ Adjust the angle of the LCD Screen and set the
brightness or colour if necessary.
5. Press the [œœœ (REW)] button to rewind the tape to the
starting point.
■ To stop rewinding, press the [■ (STOP)] button.
■ The Camcorder stops automatically after rewinding is
completed.
6. Press the [√√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button to start playback.
■ You can view the picture you recorded on the LCD
Screen.
■ To stop the play operation, press the [■ (STOP)]
button.
Adjusting the LCD Bright/LCD Colour during
Playback
✤ You can adjust the LCD Bright/LCD Colour during
playback.
✤ The adjustment method is the same procedure as used
in <Camera> mode. ➥page 29
Adjusting the Volume
✤ When you use the LCD Screen for playback, you can
hear recorded sound from the built-in Speaker.
- Take the following steps to lower the volume or mute
the sound while playing a tape on the Camcorder.
✤ When sound is heard once the tape is in play, use the
… / †] button to adjust the volume.
[…
■ A volume level display will appear on the LCD
Screen.
■ Levels may be adjusted from anywhere between
<00> to <19>.
■ If you close the LCD Screen while playing, you will not hear sound from
the speaker.
✤ When the Audio/Video cable is connected to the Camcorder, you cannot
hear sound from the Built-In Speaker and cannot adjust the volume.
60
Page 60
GREEK
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú Ôı ›˜ÂÙ ͷٷ„Ò‹¯ÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Playback (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) Í·È ÙÔ Ï„‹ˆ˘ÌÔ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Ô˝Ì Ï¸ÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·Ò·ÍÔÎÔıËfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
5 6 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙÂ.
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 32
4. ¡ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
■ –ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÙ ÙÁ „˘Ìfl· ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD Í·È ÒıËÏflÛÙ ÙÁ
ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· fi Ù· ˜Ò˛Ï·Ù· Â‹Ì ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È.
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œœ (REW)] „È· Ì· ÏÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÂÙ „Òfi„ÔÒ·
ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘ ÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl· ÒÔÚ ÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ.
■ √È· Ì· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ „Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘,
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)].
■ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙ·Ï·Ù‹ÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ϸÎÈÚ ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˘ËÂfl Á
„Òfi„ÔÒÁ ÏÂÙ·ÍflÌÁÛÁ ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘.
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] „È· Ì· ·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÛÙÁÌ
Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
■ √È· Ì· ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)].
–ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„fi ÙÁÚ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ LCD Bright/LCD Colour
(÷˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· LCD/◊Ò˛Ï·Ù· LCD) Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÂÙ ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ LCD Bright/LCD Colour
(÷˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ· LCD/◊Ò˛Ï·Ù· LCD) Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
✤ « Ï›ËÔ‰ÔÚ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ ÂflÌ·È Á fl‰È· ‰È·‰ÈÍ·Ûfl· Ï ·ıÙfiÌ Ôı
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·).
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 29
√ SP 0:46:00:11
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı
60min
✤ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD „È· ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi,
ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ Á˜Ô„Ò·ˆÁÏ›ÌÔ fi˜Ô ·¸ ÙÔ
[05] ÂÌÛ˘Ï·Ù˘Ï›ÌÔ Ï„‹ˆ˘ÌÔ.
- K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÏÈ·Ú Í·Û›Ù·Ú ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·,
Í‹ÌÙ ٷ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ „È· Ì· ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ ÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ
fi Ûfl„·ÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı.
✤ ºÙ·Ì Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È fi˜ÔÚ,
… / †] „È· Ì· ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
›ÌÙ·ÛÁ.
■ ”ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÏÈ· ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ÙÁÚ ÛÙ‹ËÏÁÚ
›ÌÙ·ÛÁÚ.
■ « ›ÌÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ›˜ÂÈ ÙÈÏfi ·¸ <00> Ï›˜ÒÈ <19>.
■ ≈‹Ì ÍÎÂflÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ‰ÂÌ Ë· ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È fi˜ÔÚ
·¸ ÙÔ Ï„‹ˆ˘ÌÔ.
✤ ºÙ·Ì ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ‰ÂÌ ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È
fi˜ÔÚ ·¸ ÙÔ ÂÌÛ˘Ï·Ù˘Ï›ÌÔ Ï„‹ˆ˘ÌÔ Í·È ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔÛ·ÒϸÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ
›ÌÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 61

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Various Functions while in Player Mode ƒÈ‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Player (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi)
✤ This function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player>.
✤ The [PLAY], [STILL], [STOP], [FF] and [REW] buttons are located ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ‘· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [PLAY], [STILL], [STOP], [FF] Í·È [REW] ‚ÒflÛÍÔÌÙ·È Ù¸ÛÔ ÛÙÁ
on the Camcorder and the remote control. ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ¸ÛÔ Í·È ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ The [F.ADV] (Frame advance), [X2], and [SLOW] buttons are ✤ ‘· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [F.ADV] (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Ò›-Í·Ò› ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú), [X2] Í·È
located on the remote control only. (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) [SLOW] ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ Ï¸ÌÔ ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ To prevent tape and head-drum wear, your Camcorder will ✤ √È· Ì· ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁ ˆËÔÒ‹ ÛÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl· Í·È ÙÔ Ù˝Ï·ÌÔ ÙÁÚ Ï·„ÌÁÙÈÍfiÚ
automatically stop if it is left in still or slow modes for more than ͈·ÎfiÚ, Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ë· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ Â‹Ì ·ˆÂËÂfl Û ÙÒ¸Ô
3 minutes. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú fi ·Ò„fiÚ ÍflÌÁÛÁÚ „È· ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 3
ÎÂÙ‹.
Playback Pause –·˝ÛÁ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button during
■ Press the [√
ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ.
playback. ■ √È· Ì· ·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ӷ̋ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
■ To resume playback, press the [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
button. ¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ÂÈ͸̷Ú
(–ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú/–ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘)
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ (REW)]/[√√ (FF)] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ
Picture Search (Forward/Reverse)
œœ (REW)]/[√
■ Press the [œ √√ (FF)] buttons during œ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ fi Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
playback or still mode. √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
To resume normal playback, press the ■ KÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ (REW)]/[√√ (FF)] ·ÙÁϛ̷
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button.
[√ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ fi Û ÙÒ¸Ô
■ Keep pressing [œ œœ (REW)]/[√√√ (FF)] buttons during ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
playback or still mode. √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ˆfiÛÙÂ
To resume normal playback, release the button. œ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl.
¡Ò„fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi (–ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú/–ÒÔÚ Ù·
Slow Playback (Forward/Reverse) œ flÛ˘) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/
D975W(i))
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ■ ¡Ò„fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú

■ Forward Slow Playback - K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [SLOW]

<VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only> ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
- Press the [SLOW] button on the remote control - √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi,
during playback. ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
- To resume normal playback, press the [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button. ■ ¡Ò„fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘
■ Reverse Slow Playback - –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œ ❙❙ (-)] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·Ò„fiÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ
ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú.
- Press the [œœ ❙❙ (-)] button during forward slow play back. - √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ò„fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
- To resume forward slow playback, press the [❙❙√ √ (+)] button. ÍÔıÏfl [❙❙√
√ (+)].
- To resume normal playback, press the [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button. - √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
61
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 62

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Frame Advance (To play back frame by ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Ò›-Í·Ò›
frame) (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [F.ADV] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ ÂÌ˛ Á
■ Press the [F.ADV] button on the remote control while
in still mode. œ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
- œÈ ÛÍÁÌ›Ú ÙÔı ‚flÌÙÂÔ ÒÔ˘ËÔ˝ÌÙ·È ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú
- Video sequence advances frame by frame each
Í·Ò›-Í·Ò› Í‹ËÂ ˆÔÒ‹ Ôı ·Ù‹ÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [F.ADV].
time you press the [F.ADV] button. - « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· F.ADV ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
- The F.ADV function works in still mode only. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
■ To resume normal playback, press the [√ √ (PLAY)] ■ √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
button. ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√ (PLAY)].
- ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Ò›-Í·Ò› ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú
- Forward frame advance. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [F.ADV] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ ÂÌ˛ Á
Press the [F.ADV] button on the remote control in ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú

œ
still mode. ·„˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
- Reverse frame advance - ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Ò›-Í·Ò› ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘
–·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œ ❙❙ (-)] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ „È·
œ ❙❙ (-)] button on the remote control to

œ
Press the [œ Ì· ·Î΋ÓÂÙ ÙÁ ˆÔÒ‹ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú F.ADV.
change the direction in F.ADV mode. <VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only> –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [F.ADV] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
Press the [F.ADV] button on the remote control.
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ï ٷ˜˝ÙÁÙ· ‰È΋ÛÈ· ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi
X2 Playback (Forward/Reverse) (–ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú/–ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘)
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú Ï ٷ˜˝ÙÁÙ· ‰È΋ÛÈ· ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi
■ Forward X2 Playback
- K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [X2] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
- Press the [X2] button on the remote control during playback. - √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
- To resume normal playback, press the [√ √ (PLAY)] button. [√ (PLAY)].
■ ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘ X2
■ Reverse X2 Playback
- –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œ ❙❙ (-)] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ ÒÔÚ Ù·
œ ❙❙ (-)] button during forward X2 playback.
- Press the [œ ÂÏÒ¸Ú Ï ٷ˜˝ÙÁÙ· ‰È΋ÛÈ· ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi.
- To resume normal playback, press the [√ √ (PLAY)] button. - √È· Ì· Ûı̘flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[√ (PLAY)].
Reverse Playback (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘
■ To playback in reverse at normal speed, press the [œ œ ❙❙ (-)] button on (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
the remote control during normal forward playback. ■ √È· ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· flÛ˘ Û ͷÌÔÌÈÍfi Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
√ (PLAY)] or [❙❙√
■ Press the [√ √ (+)] button to return to normal forward [œ ❙❙ (-)] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfiÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ
playback. ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú.
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√ (PLAY)] fi [❙❙√ √ (+)] „È· Ì· ·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfi
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú.
[ Notes ]
■ Mosaic shaped distortion may appear on the screen while in some of [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
the various playback modes. Mosaic shaped distortion or noise may ■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ͋ÔÈÔıÚ ·¸ ÙÔıÚ ‰È‹ˆÔÒÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
be experienced when you play back tapes recorded in LP which ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ, Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ ·Ò·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Ù˝Ôı Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝
ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷. K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·ÛÂÙ˛Ì Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Û ÙÒ¸Ô
contain various playback functions. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú LP Ôı ÂÒÈ›˜ÂÈ ‰È‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ,
■ Sound will only be heard during normal SP or LP playback. Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ ·Ò·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Ù˝Ôı Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝ fi ˸Òı‚ÔÚ ÛÙÁÌ
ÂÈ͸̷.
■ œ fi˜ÔÚ ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Í·ÌÔÌÈÍfiÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ SP fi LP.
62
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM
ENGLISH
Playback
Audio Dubbing (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
✤ The Audio Dubbing function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19
✤ You can not dub sound on a pre-recorded tape in LP or 16 bit mode.
✤ You can add sound to the original sound on a pre-recorded tape
recorded in SP mode with 12bit sound.
✤ Use the internal microphone or other audio equipment.
(VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only)
✤ The original sound will not be erased.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
3 4
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button and find the
3. Press the [√
time frame of the scene to be dubbed.
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button to pause the
4. Press the [√
scene.
5. Press the [A.DUB] button on the remote control.
■ Audio Dubbing icon ( ) is displayed.
5 ■ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂflÌ·È ›ÙÔÈÏÁ „È· ÏflÓÁ fi˜Ôı.
■ The Camcorder is ready for dubbing.
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button to start
6. Press the [√
dubbing.
■ Press the [■ (STOP)] button to stop the dubbing.
[ Notes ]
■ You can not use the Audio Dubbing function while playing a write
protected video tape.
■ To utilize an external sound source, use the Audio/Video cable to
connect external sound source input.
To dub an external sound source, set <AV In/Out> function to <In>.
(VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only) ➥page 69
Page 63
GREEK
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
ÃflÓÁ fi˜Ôı (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Dubbing (ÃflÓÁ fi˜Ôı) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ
ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ƒÂÌ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ fi˜Ô Û ͷۛٷ Ôı ›˜ÂÈ fi‰Á „„Ò·ˆÂfl
Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú LP fi 16 bit.
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔÛË›ÛÂÙ fi˜Ô ÛÙÔÌ ·Ò˜È͸ fi˜Ô Û ÏÈ· ÒÔ-
„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁ Í·Û›Ù· Ôı ›˜ÂÈ fi‰Á „„Ò·ˆÂfl Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
SP Ï fi˜Ô 12 bit.
✤ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ fi ‹ÎÎÔÌ ÂÓÔÎÈÛϸ fi˜Ôı.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi)
✤ œ ·Ò˜ÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ ‰ÂÌ ‰È·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] Í·È
ÂÌÙÔflÛÙ ÙÔ ˜ÒÔÌÈ͸ ½ÒÔÚ ÙÁÚ ÛÍÁÌfiÚ ÛÙÁÌ
ÔÔfl· Ë· ÒÔÛÙÂËÂfl fi˜ÔÚ.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] „È· Ì·
‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÒÔÛ˘ÒÈÌ‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜fi
ÙÁÚ ÛÍÁÌfiÚ.
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [A.DUB] ÛÙÔ ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÏflÓÁÚ fi˜Ôı ( ).
6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)]
(¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi/–‹„˘Ï· ÂÈ͸̷Ú) „È· Ì· ·Ò˜flÛÂÙ ÙÁ
ÏflÓÁ fi˜Ôı.
■ –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)] „È· Ì·
√
ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÏflÓÁ fi˜Ôı.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ƒÂÌ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
Audio Dubbing ÂÌ˛ ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÙ·ÈÌfl·
Ï ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
■ –ÒÔÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÏÈ· ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi Á„fi fi˜Ôı,
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ „È· Ì· ÙÁ Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÛÙÁÌ
ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfiÚ Á„fiÚ fi˜Ôı.
√È· ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi fi˜Ôı Û ÏÈ· ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi Á„fi fi˜Ôı, ÒıËÏflÛÙ ÙÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· <AV In/Out> (≈flÛÔ‰ÔÚ/∏ÓÔ‰ÔÚ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ) ÛÙÔ <In>
(≈flÛÔ‰ÔÚ). (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/
D375Wi/D975Wi) ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 69
63
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 64

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Dubbed Audio Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔı fi˜Ôı
✤ The dubbed Audio Playback function works only in <Player> mode. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Playback (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi fi˜Ôı) ÂflÌ·È
➥page 19 ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player>
(¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
4 Player Mode 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. √Tape [PLAYER].
Photo Search
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Photo Copy 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
Audio Select √Sound[1] (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Insert the dubbed tape and press the [MENU] button. Audio Effect √Off
3. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ï ÙÔÌ ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔ fi˜Ô
Í·È ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
… / †] button to select <Tape>, then
4. Press the […
press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
<Tape> (K·Û›Ù·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
… / †] button to select <Audio
5. Press the [… 6 ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Player Mode
Select>, then press the [OK] button. Back 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Photo Search <Audio Select> (≈ÈÎÔ„fi fi˜Ôı) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
… / †] button to select the audio playback
6. Press the [… Photo Copy ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
channel, then press the [OK] button. Audio Select Sound[1]
Audio Effect Sound[2] 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ
■ <Sound[1]>: Plays the original sound.
MIX[1+2] Í·Ì‹ÎÈ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ fi˜Ôı Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
■ <Sound[2]>: Plays the dubbed sound.
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ <MIX[1+2]>: Plays back Sound 1 and 2 equally
Move OK Select MENU Exit ■ <Sound[1]>: ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÔı ·Ò˜ÈÍÔ˝
mixed. fi˜Ôı.
■ <Sound[2]>: ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÔı ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔı
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. 8 √ SP 0:01:53:10
fi˜Ôı.
Sound[2] 20min
■ <MIX[1+2]>: ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì fi˜˘Ì 1 Í·È 2
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button to playback
8. Press the [√ ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›Ì˘Ì ÂÓflÛÔı Ï·Êfl.
the dubbed tape. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
8. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] „È· Ì·
·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ï ÙÔÌ ÏÈÓ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔ
[ Note ] fi˜Ô.
When you play back added sound (Sound[2] or
MIX[1+2]), you may experience a loss of sound quality. [ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÔı Ò¸ÛËÂÙÔı fi˜Ôı (S Sound [2] fi
MIX[1+2]), Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ı‹ÒÓÂÈ ·˛ÎÂÈ· ÛÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÔı
fi˜Ôı.
64
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 65

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback
Tape Playback on TV Screen
✤ The Playback function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19
Playing back on a TV Monitor
✤ To play back a tape, the television must be
PAL compatible. ➥page 101
✤ We recommend that you use the AC
Power adapter as the power source for the
Camcorder.
Connecting to a TV which has
Audio/Video Input Jacks
1. Connect the Camcorder to your TV with the VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/
Audio/Video Cable.
■ The yellow jack: Video
■ The white jack: Audio(L)-mono, The red
jack: Audio(R)
■ If you connect to a monaural TV,
connect the yellow jack (Video) to the
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Û›Ù·Ú ÛÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Playback (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ
ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
Camcorder
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Û ÏÈ· Ô˸ÌÁ
ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ
Audio/Video ✤ √È· Ì· ·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Ù·ÈÌfl·, Á
Cable
ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÂflÌ·È ÛıÏ‚·Ùfi Ï ÙÔ
TV
Ò¸ÙıÔ PAL. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 101
✤ ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÔ
Signal flow ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ ˘Ú Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ „È· ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
Audio/Video
Cable
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ôı ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ
ıÔ‰Ô˜›Ú ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı Audio/Video
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
D372WH(i)
1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÁÌ
ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ï ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ.
■ ‘Ô KflÙÒÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ”fiÏ· ‚flÌÙÂÔ
■ ‘Ô ÀÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı - ÃÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸Ú,

√
√
‘Ô K¸ÍÍÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ƒÂÓȸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ
video input of the TV and the white jack (Audio L) to ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı
the audio input of the TV. ■ ¡Ì Ûı̉›ÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈÍfi ÙÁθҷÛÁ,
Ûı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ÍflÙÒÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ· ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ‚flÌÙÂÔ ÙÁÚ ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ
2. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. Í·È ÙÔ ÎÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ· ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi fi˜Ôı ÙÁÚ ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ.
3. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
3. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
4. Turn on the TV and set the TV/VIDEO selector on the TV to Video. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ Refer to the TV user’s manual. 4. »›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ Û ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Í·È ÒıËÏflÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÈÎÔ„›·
‘V/VIDEO ÙÁÚ ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ „È· ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
5. Play the tape. ➥page 60 ■ ¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÔ Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÁÚ ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ.
5. ¡Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl·. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 60

[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ≈‹Ì Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi AV, ‰ÂÌ Ë· ·ÍÔ˝Ù fi˜Ô
■ If you connect the cable to the AV jack, you will not hear sound from
·¸ Ùo Ï„‹ˆ˘ÌÔ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
the Camcorder's speaker. ■ ¡Ì Á ÙÁθҷÛÁ ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ ÏÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈÍfi ÂflÛÔ‰Ô fi˜Ôı, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙÂ
■ If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set, use the audio
ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ fi˜Ôı Ï ÙÔ ÎÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·.
cable with the white jack (Audio L).
65
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 66

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Connecting to a TV which has no Audio/Video Input Jacks ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÙÁθҷÛÁ ˜˘ÒflÚ ‚˝ÛÏ·Ù· ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı Audio/Video
✤ You can connect your Camcorder to a TV through a VCR. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ï›Û˘ Â̸Ú
‚flÌÙÂÔ.
1. Connect the Camcorder to your VCR with 1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ï›Û˘
VCR
the Audio/Video Cable. ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ.
■ The yellow jack: Video Camcorder
■ ‘Ô KflÙÒÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ”fiÏ· ‚flÌÙÂÔ
■ The white jack: Audio(L) - Mono ■ ‘Ô ÀÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ
■ The red jack: Audio(R) Audio/Video
Cable
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı - ÃÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸Ú
■ ‘Ô K¸ÍÍÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ƒÂÓȸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ
2. Connect a TV to the VCR.
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı
3. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. TV
2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ï ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
4. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Signal flow
3. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) [PLAYER].
Audio/Video
Cable
4. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
5. Turn on both the TV and VCR. Antenna [TAPE].
■ Set the input selector on the VCR to Line.
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
■ Select the channel reserved for your VCR VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/ 5. »›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ Í·È ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ ÛÂ
on the TV set. VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
D372WH(i) ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ »›ÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÈÎÔ„›· Á„fiÚ ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı ÛÙÔ
6. Play the tape.
‚flÌÙÂÔ ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı ÛÙ·ËÏfiÚ
Playback „Ò·ÏÏfiÚ.
■ ≈ÈΛÓÙ ÙÔ ÒÔÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ „È·
1. Connect a power source and set the ‚flÌÙÂÔ ÛÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛfi Û·Ú.
√
[Power] switch to [PLAYER].

√
6. ¡Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl·.
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÏÈ· Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ Í·È Ë›ÛÙ ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ
3. Insert the tape you wish to play back. [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
4. Using the [œœœ (REW)]/[√√√ (FF)] buttons, find the first 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
position you wish to play back. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙÂ.
5. Press the [√√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button. 4. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ (REW)]/[√√ (FF)] „È· Ì·
■ The images you recorded will appear on the TV after
ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÙÔı ÛÁÏÂflÔı ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ
a few seconds. 5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
■ If a tape reaches its end while being played back, the ■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÂÙ ͷٷ„Ò‹¯ÂÈ Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÔ˝Ì
tape will rewind automatically. ÛÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ ÏÂÙ‹ ·¸ ÏÂÒÈÍ‹ ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
■ ¡Ì ÏÈ· Ù·ÈÌfl· ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ ÙÁÚ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
[ Notes ] ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, Ë· „ıÒflÛÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜fi.
■ The playback mode (SP/LP) is selected automatically.
■ If only a mono audio input is available on the TV set, use the audio cable [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ (SP/LP) ÂÈΛ„ÂÙ·È ·ıٸϷٷ.
with the white jack (Audio L).
■ ¡Ì Á ÙÁθҷÛÁ ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ ÏÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈÍfi ÂflÛÔ‰Ô fi˜Ôı, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ͷβ‰ÈÔ fi˜Ôı Ï ÙÔ ÎÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·.

66
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM
ENGLISH
Playback
VOICE + Function
✤ The Voice+ function works only in <Player> mode.
➥ page 19
✤ When you want to play back or record a tape- TV
recorded movie on other AV device,you can transfer
the voice sound incoming from the internal
microphone of your camcorder,instead of the audio
signals on a pre-recorded tape.
VCR
1. Connect the provided Audio/Video Cable to the AV
Jack of the Camcorder.
2. Connect the other end of the cable to the VCR/DVD
Recorder/TV by matching the colours of the terminals.
3. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
4. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/
5. Insert the tape you wish to play back in this
camcorder.
6. Press the [Start/Stop] button on a point where you
want during the playback.
■ Voice+ icon ( ) is displayed on the screen and
<VOICE+> will flicker on the screen for a while.
■ Sound incoming from the internal microphone will
be transferred to the connected AV device,
instead of the pre-recorded sound on a tape.
7. To cancel the function, press the [Start/Stop] button again.
[ Notes ]
5 √
■ VOICE+ is available only when the Audio/Video cable is
connected. If other cable (DV cable or USB cable
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)) is connected, VOICE+
function may not operate properly.
■ If you perform [■ (STOP)], [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)], [œ
œœ (REW)]
√√ (FF)] button when you operate Voice+ function, Voice+
or [√
function will be deactivated.
■ During the VOICE+ process, the functions of [MENU] button
or [PHOTO] button do not work.
■ The VOICE+ function does not affect the original sound on the
recorded tape.
■ Sound is transferred from the internal microphone on this
camcorder to the connected AV device, when using the
6 √
Voice+ function. So take care that this microphone is not blocked.
■ Adjust the sound volume on the connected external device.
( TV, etc.)
■ Howling may occur near the speaker of an external device,
please keep the camcorder at a distance from the external
device.
■
Before connecting,make sure that the volume on the external
device is turned down:
forgetting this may cause howling from the external device's
speakers.
Page 67
GREEK
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÷ŸÕ«+
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÷˘Ìfi+ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔÌ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ºÙ·Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ fi Ì· „„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÏÈ·
Camcorder
Ù·ÈÌfl· Û ͷۛٷ Û ‹ÎÎÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi fi˜Ôı/‚flÌÙÂÔ,
ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÈÛÂÒ˜¸ÏÂÌÔ fi˜Ô ˆ˘ÌfiÚ
Audio/Video ·¸ ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹Ú Û·Ú,
Cable ·ÌÙfl Ù˘Ì Á˜ÁÙÈÍ˛Ì ÛÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì ÙÁÚ ÒÔ-„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁÚ
Í·Û›Ù·Ú.
1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ Ôı Û·Ú ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È
ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi AV ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
Signal flow 2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ‹ÎÎÔ ‹ÍÒÔ ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı ÛÙÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi
‚flÌÙÂÔ/„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ‰flÛÍ˘Ì DVD/ÙÁθҷÛÁ,
Audio/Video Cable ·ÌÙÈÛÙÔȘflÊÔÌÙ·Ú Ù· ˜Ò˛Ï·Ù· Ù˘Ì ·ÍÒÔ‰ÂÍÙ˛Ì ÏÂ
ÂÍÂflÌ· Ù˘Ì ‚ıÛÏ‹Ù˘Ì.
3. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
4. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
D372WH(i) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
5. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙÂ
Û ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] ÛÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙÂ
Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
■ ‘Ô ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÙÁÚ ÷˘ÌfiÚ+ ( ) Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ
Ô˸ÌÁ Í·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <VOICE+> Ë· ·Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fiÛÂÈ
„È· Îfl„Ô ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.
√
√
■ œ fi˜ÔÚ Ôı ÒÔ›Ò˜ÂÙ·È ·¸ ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸
ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ Ë· ÏÂÙ·‰ÔËÂfl ÛÙÁ Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ
ÛıÛÍÂıfi π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ, ·ÌÙfl ÙÔı ÒÔ-
SP 0:01:53:10 „„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÔı fi˜Ôı ÛÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·.
7. √È· Ì· ·ÍıÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
60min [Start/Stop].
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· VOICE+ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔÌ ¸Ù·Ì ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ
π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔ. ≈‹Ì ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔ Í‹ÔÈÔ
‹ÎÎÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ (ͷβ‰ÈÔ DV fi ͷβ‰ÈÔ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))), Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· VOICE+ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÏÁÌ
ÂÍÙÂÎÂÛÙÂfl Í·ÌÔÌÈÍ‹.
■ ≈‹Ì ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ͋ÔÈÔ ·¸ Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [■ (STOP)], [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/
œœ (REW)] fi [√
STILL)], [œ √√ (FF)] Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Voice+, ·ıÙfi Ë·
·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁËÂfl.
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È·‰ÈÍ·Ûfl· VOICE+, ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Ù˘Ì ÍÔıÏÈ˛Ì [MENU]
fi [PHOTO] ‰ÂÌ Ë· Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈÁËÔ˝Ì.
SP 0:01:53:10
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· VOICE+ ‰ÂÌ ÂÁÒ‹ÊÂÈ ÙÔÌ ·Ò˜È͸ fi˜Ô ÛÙÁÌ
„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁ Í·Û›Ù·.
60min ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú VOICE+, Ô fi˜ÔÚ ÏÂÙ·‰fl‰ÂÙ·È Ï›Û˘
ÙÔı ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈÍÔ˝ ÏÈÍÒÔˆ˛ÌÔı Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Û ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ÛÙÁ Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ. √È’ ·ıÙ¸Ì
ÙÔ Î¸„Ô, ÒÔÛ›ÓÙ ˛ÛÙ ÙÔ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂflÌ·È ÏÎÔÍ·ÒÈÛÏ›ÌÔ.
Voice+ ■ —ıËÏflÛÙ ÙÁÌ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÙÁÚ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfiÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ Ôı
Ûı̉›Û·ÙÂ. (‘ÁθҷÛÁ Í.Î.)
√
■ KÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ·¸ÛÙ·ÛÁ ·¸ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍ›Ú
ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú, „È·Ùfl Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ·ÒÔıÛÈ·ÛÙÂfl ˸Òı‚ÔÚ ÍÔÌÙ‹ ÛÙÔ
Á˜ÂflÔ ÙÁÚ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfiÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ.
■ –ÒÈÌ ·¸ ÙÁ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ, ˆÒÔÌÙflÛÙ ̷ ˜·ÏÁβÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ›ÌÙ·ÛÁ
ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÙÁÚ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfiÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ. ‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ‹, ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
·ÍÔıÛÙÂfl ˸Òı‚ÔÚ ·¸ Ù· Á˜Âfl· ÙÁÚ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfiÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ.
67
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 68

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback ¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Audio Effect «˜ÁÙÈÍ‹ ˆ›
✤ Audio Effect function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Effect («˜ÁÙÈ͸ ˆ›) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ
✤ Audio Effect provides various playback effects to audio signals stored ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
on a tape. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Audio Effect ·Ò›˜ÂÈ ‰È‹ˆÔÒ· ˆ› ¸Ù·Ì
·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È Ù· Á˜ÁÙÈÍ‹ ÛfiÏ·Ù· Ôı ÂflÌ·È ·ÔËÁÍÂıϛ̷ ÛÂ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. ÏÈ· Ù·ÈÌfl·.

4 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Player Mode [PLAYER].
√Tape
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Photo Search
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
Photo Copy (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. Insert the recorded tape and press the [MENU] Audio Select √Sound[1] 3. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ï ÙÔÌ Â„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÔ
button. Audio Effect √Off fi˜Ô Í·È ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
… / †] button to select <Tape>, then
4. Press the [… <Tape> (K·Û›Ù·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
… / †] button to select <Audio
5. Press the [… 6 Player Mode
<Audio Effect> («˜ÁÙÈ͸ ˆ›) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [O K].
Effect>, then press the [OK] button. Back
Photo Search 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ
Photo Copy Off Í·Ì‹ÎÈ Á˜ÁÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the audio effect Audio Select Voice
V
V
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
channel, then press the [OK] button. Audio Effect Music
M
M

■ <Voice>: ≈ÌÈÛ˜˝ÂÈ ÙÁÌ ·ÌËÒ˛ÈÌÁ ˆ˘Ìfi ϛ۷

■ <Voice>: Highlights the human voice. Wide W
W

Echo E
E
·¸ Ù· Á˜ÁÙÈÍ‹ ÛfiÏ·Ù·.
■ <Music>: Highlights the sound by enhancing the ■ <Music>: ≈ÌÈÛ˜˝ÂÈ ÙÔÌ fi˜Ô ÙÁÚ ÏÔıÛÈÍfiÚ
bass and treble. Move OK Select MENU Exit
‚ÂÎÙÈ˛ÌÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÈÚ ı¯ÁÎ›Ú Í·È ÙÈÚ ˜·ÏÁΛÚ
■ <Wide>: Magnifies the stereo effect by enhancing Ûı˜Ì¸ÙÁÙÂÚ Ù˘Ì Á˜ÁÙÈÍ˛Ì ÛÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì.
the left and right sounds. ■ <Wide>: ÄÂË˝ÌÂÈ ÙÔ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸ ·flÛËÁÏ· ÂÌÈÛ˜˝ÔÌÙ·Ú
■ <Echo>: Gives an echo effect. ÙÔıÚ fi˜ÔıÚ ·¸ ·ÒÈÛÙÂÒ‹ Í·È ‰ÂÓÈ‹.
■ <Echo>: ƒflÌÂÈ ›Ì· ˆ› ·ÌÙfi˜ÁÛÁÚ ¸˘Ú ·ıÙfi Ôı ·ÍÔ˝„ÂÙ·È

7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. ϛ۷ Û ÏÈ· ÛÁÎÈ‹ fi ÛÙÁÌ ÍÔÒıˆfi ÂÌ¸Ú ‚ÔıÌÔ˝.
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
[ Notes ]
■ It is recommended to use stereo type output devices (TV, speakers) [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ›Ú ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú ÂÓ¸‰Ôı
for better audio effects.
■ Audio Effect function is not available with USB (VP-D375W(i)/
(ÙÁθҷÛÁ, Á˜Âfl·) „È· ͷνÙÂÒ· Á˜ÁÙÈÍ‹ ·ÔÙÂΛÛÏ·Ù·.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Á˜ÁÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› ‰ÂÌ ‰È·ÙflËÂÙ·È Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB
D975W(i) only) or DV connection. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) fi DV.

68
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 69

ENGLISH GREEK

Playback
Setting the AV In/Out
(VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only)
✤ AV In/Out function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19
✤ AV In/Out setting enables you to record signals from external sources
and display it on LCD Screen. Also, you can send your video or
image to external devices to record or play back.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú AV In/Out (≈flÛÔ‰ÔÚ/∏ÓÔ‰ÔÚ AV)
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi)
✤ H ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ¡V In/Out ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ AV In/Out Û‹Ú ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ Ì· Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÛfiÏ· ·¸
ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍ›Ú Á„›Ú Í·È Ì· ÙÔ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD.
≈flÛÁÚ, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·ÙÂıË˝ÌÂÙ ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ fi ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ ÛÂ
ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍ›Ú ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú „È· „„Ò·ˆfi fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.

2 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
3. Press the [MENU] button. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
■ The menu list will appear. 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
<Record> (≈„„Ò·ˆfi) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
… / †] button to select <Record>, then
4. Press the [… ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <AV
press the [OK] button. In/Out> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Out>
… / †] button to select <AV In/Out>,
5. Press the [… fi <In> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
then press the [OK] button. 4 ■ <Out> : K‹ÌÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈÎÔ„fi ·ıÙfi Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
Player Mode
·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi fi ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÂÒȘÔÏ›ÌÔı ·¸
√Record
… / †] button to select <Out> or <In>,
6. Press the [… Rec Mode √SP
·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÈ· ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi
then press the [OK] button. Audio Mode √12Bit ÛıÛÍÂıfi.
■ <In> : K‹ÌÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈÎÔ„fi ·ıÙfi Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
■ <Out>: Select this when copying or playing WindCut Plus √Off
AV In/Out √Out „„Ò·ˆfi ÂÒȘÔÏ›ÌÔı ·¸ ÏÈ· ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi
back the contents of this camcorder onto the ÛıÛÍÂıfi ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
external device. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ <In>: Select this when recording the contents
Move OK Select MENU Exit
of an external device to the camcorder. [ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
■ ºÙ·Ì Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. 6 Player Mode Û ·Ì·ÎÔ„È͸ ‚flÌÙÂÔ, Â‹Ì ·ıÙ›Ú ‰ÂÌ
Back ·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È Û ͷÌÔÌÈÍfi Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· („È·
[ Notes ] Rec Mode ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·, Â‹Ì ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙ·È Ï ٷ˜˝ÙÁÙ·
Audio Mode Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ·¸ ÙÁ ‰È΋ÛÈ· fi Û ·Ò„fi
■ When recording images from a VCR, playback
WindCut Plus ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi), ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
must be at normal speed, or a gray image will AV In/Out Out ϸÌÔ ÏÈ· „ÍÒflÊ· ÂÈ͸̷.
appear on the Camcorder. In ■ ≈‹Ì Á Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <AV In/Out> ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl ÛÙÔ <In>, Á
■ If <AV In/Out> is set to <In>, the WindCut Plus ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Í·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfiÚ ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È
function is not available. Move OK Select MENU Exit ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ.
69
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 70

ENGLISH GREEK

Connection
Copying a Camcorder Tape onto a Video Tape
✤ The copying function works only in
<Player> Mode. ➥page 19
✤ Connect your Camcorder to a VCR using
the AV jack to copy the recording from a
camcorder tape onto a VCR tape.
✤ Set the <AV In/Out> to <Out> before
copying to an external device.
➥page 69
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ
¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Û ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·
VCR ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È
ϸÌÔÌ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player>
Camcorder (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ
Ï›Û˘ ÙÁÚ ıÔ‰Ô˜fiÚ AV „È· ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi
Audio/Video
Cable
ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì ·¸ Í·Û›Ù·
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ÛÂ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·.
✤ œÒflÛÙ ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <AV In/Out> ÛÙÔ <Out>
ÒÈÌ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ÒÔÚ Í‹ÔÈ·
ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍfi ÛıÛÍÂıfi. ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 69
Signal flow

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Audio/Video Cable

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Insert the tape you want to copy in your
Camcorder.
4. Insert a new video tape in your VCR.
5. Connect the Camcorder to your VCR with
the Audio/Video cable.
■ Connect the Audio/Video cable to the
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/ [TAPE]. (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
D372WH(i) D975W(i))
3. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·
Ôı ÂÈËıÏÂflÙ ̷ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ.
4. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· ÍÂÌfi ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ
ÛıÛÍÂıfi ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
5. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ
√

√
input jack on your VCR. Ï›Û˘ ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ.
■ The yellow jack: Video ■ ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı ÙÁÚ
■ The white jack: Audio(L)-mono ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
■ The red jack: Audio(R) ■ KflÙÒÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¬flÌÙÂÔ
■ ÀÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı-ÏÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸Ú
6. Press the Record button on your VCR to start recording. ■ K¸ÍÍÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ƒÂÓȸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı
7. Play the tape on your Camcorder. Please refer to Page 60 for 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl „„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÛÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ „È· ÙÁÌ ›Ì·ÒÓÁ
Playing. ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
■ Set the <TV Display> to <Off> in the MENU. ➥page 31 7. ¡Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÁ ÛÂÎfl‰· 60
„È· ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒflÂÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
When Copying is Complete ■ Û۷ ·¸ ÙÔ Ã≈Õœ’, ÔÒflÛÙ ÙÔ <TV Display> (œË¸ÌÁ ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ)

Stop recording on your VCR, then press the [■ (STOP)] button on your ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ <Off> (¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 31
Camcorder. ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˘ËÂfl Á ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi
ƒÈ·Í¸¯Ù ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÛÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[ Notes ] [■ (STOP)] ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ If you operate the Camcorder connected to another device, always
power the Camcorder from household AC outlet using the AC power [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
adapter. ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÔ ˜ÂÈÒÈÛϸ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú, Á ÔÔfl· ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ ÏÂ
■ You can also copy images to other external storage media using this Í‹ÔÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi, Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ‹ÌÙÔÙ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ „È· Ì·
camcorder. ‰ÈÔ˜ÂÙ½ÛÂÙ ÒÂ˝Ï· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ÂflÛÁÚ Ì· ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈÍ‹ ϛ۷

70 ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁÚ, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.

01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~071 2/3/07 10:01 AM Page 71

ENGLISH GREEK

Connection
Recording (Copying) a TV Programme or Video Tape onto a Camcorder
Tape (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only)
✤ The Recording (Copying) function works only in <Player> Mode. ➥page 19
✤ Connect your Camcorder to a VCR or a TV
using the AV jack to record a TV programme
or copy a video tape onto a Camcorder tape.
✤ Set the <AV In/Out> to <In> before
Recording (Copying). ➥page 69
Recording (Copying) onto a
Camcorder Tape
1. Get your TV or VCR ready.
2. Connect the Camcorder to your VCR or TV
with the Audio/Video cable.
■ Connect the Audio/Video cable to the
output jack on your VCR or TV
■ The yellow jack: Video
■ The white jack: Audio (L)- Mono
■ The red jack: Audio (R)
3. Insert an empty tape in your Camcorder.
To record from a VCR
4. Insert the video tape to be played in your
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ
≈„„Ò·ˆfi (¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi) ÂÌ¸Ú ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈÍÔ˝ ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ fi
ÏÈ·Ú ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·Ú Û ͷۛٷ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú (ϸÌÔ „È·
Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfiÚ) ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È
VCR ϸÌÔÌ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player>
(¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
Camcorder ✤ ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÈ· ÛıÛÍÂıfi ‚flÌÙÂÔ
fi Û ÏÈ· ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ï›Û˘ ÙÁÚ ıÔ‰Ô˜fiÚ AV „È· Ì·
or „„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ›Ì· ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈ͸ Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ· fi Ì·
Audio/Video ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÏÈ· ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù· Û ͷۛٷ
Cable ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú.
✤ œÒflÛÙ ÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <AV In/Out> ÛÙÔ <In> ÒÈÌ ·¸
ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi (·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi). ➥ÛÛÂÎfl‰· 69
≈„„Ò·ˆfi (¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi) Û ͷۛٷ
TV Signal flow ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
1. –ÒÔÂÙÔÈÏ‹ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ fi ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
Audio/Video Cable 2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ fi ÙÁÌ
ÙÁθҷÛÁ Ï›Û˘ ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ.
■ ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ ÛÙÁÌ
VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ÂÓ¸‰Ôı ÙÔı ‚flÌÙÂÔ fi ÙÁÚ
D372WH(i) ÙÁθҷÛÁÚ.
■ KflÙÒÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¬flÌÙÂÔ
■ ÀÂı͸ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ¡ÒÈÛÙÂÒ¸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ
ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı - ÃÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ
■ K¸ÍÍÈÌÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·: ƒÂÓȸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝
fi˜Ôı
3. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙÂ ÏÈ· ÍÂÌfi Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
√

VCR.
■ Pause at the starting point of playing.
5. Start copying by pressing the [Start/Stop] button on your Camcorder.
6. Press the PLAY button on your VCR to play the tape.
To record from a TV
4. Select a TV channel to be recorded.
5. Start recording by pressing the [Start/Stop] button on your Camcorder.
When Recording (Copying) is Complete:
Press the [■ (Stop)] button on your Camcorder to stop recording (copying).
[ Notes ]
■ If you operate the Camcorder connected to another device, always power
the Camcorder from household AC outlet using the AC power adapter.
■ The recorded contents can be played back in the same manner as when
playing back images recorded on this camcorder.
■ Copy-protected video tapes such as Macrovision or unstable TV signals
cannot be recorded on this camcorder.
√
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ·¸ ÛıÛÍÂıfi ‚flÌÙÂÔ (VCR)
4. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù· ÛÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ „È·
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl ÙÁÚ ·˝ÛÁÚ ÛÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ.
5. ŒÂÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl PLAY ÛÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ „È· ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú.
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ
4. ≈ÈΛÓÙ ›Ì· ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈ͸ Í·Ì‹ÎÈ „È· ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi.
5. ŒÂÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˘ËÂfl Á „„Ò·ˆfi (·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi):
–·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (Stop)] ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· „È· ÙÁ ‰È·ÍÔfi ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
(·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfiÚ).
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÔ ˜ÂÈÒÈÛϸ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú, Á ÔÔfl· ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ Ï ͋ÔÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ
ÛıÛÍÂıfi, Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ‹ÌÙÔÙ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ „È· Ì· ‰ÈÔ˜ÂÙ½ÛÂÙ ÒÂ˝Ï· ÛÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ ‘Ô Â„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÔ ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ·Ì··Ò·˜ËÂfl Ï ÙÔÌ fl‰ÈÔ ÙÒ¸Ô Ôı
·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Û ·ıÙfi ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ œÈ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›ÙÂÚ Ôı ‰È·Ë›ÙÔıÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi, ¸˘Ú ·ıÙ›Ú ÙÁÚ
Macrovision fi ÔÈ ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈÍ›Ú ÂÍÔÏ›Ú Ï ·ÛÙ·Ë›Ú ÛfiÏ·, ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì·
„„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì Û ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. 71
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 3/7/07 1:44 PM Page 72

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Using a Memory Card (Usable Memory Card) (not supplied) ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (ÛıÏ‚·Ùfi Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ) (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È)
✤ This camcorder can use SD memory cards and MMC (Multi Media ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÈ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ SD Í·È
Cards). MMC (Multi Media Card).
œÒÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ÛıÏ‚·Ù›Ú ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· ÏÂ
Some cards are not compatible according to the ÙÔÌ Í·Ù·ÛÍÂı·ÛÙfi Í·È ÙÔÌ Ù˝Ô ÙÁÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ôı
memory card manufacturer and memory card type. Terminals ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÔ˝Ì.
✤ The Memory Card stores and manages images Protection
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ „È· Ì·
recorded by the Camcorder. ·ÔËÁͽÛÂÙÂ Í·È Ì· ‰È·˜ÂÈÒÈÛÙÂflÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı
Tab ›˜ÂÙ ͷٷ„Ò‹¯ÂÈ Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
✤ Before inserting or ejecting the Memory Card, set the ✤ –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÙ fi ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ,
Label
[Power] switch to [OFF]. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [OFF].
Memory Card Functions ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
MMC/SD
✤ Recording/Viewing Images. ✤ ≈„„Ò·ˆfi/–ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
✤ Protecting Images from accidental erasure. ✤ –ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi
Protection Tab Adapter (ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÙÁÚ MMC)
(except MMC) ✤ « Í‹ÒÙ· MMC ‰ÂÌ ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú.
✤ The MMC does not have a Protection Tab. ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· MMC, ÒÔÛ›ÓÙÂ Ì· ÏÁÌ
When using the MMC, be careful not to edit or delete ÂÂÓÂÒ„·ÛÙÂflÙÂ Í·È Ì· ÏÁ ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Í·Ù‹
data by mistake. ΋ËÔÚ.
✤ ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Ôı ÂflÌ·È ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ
✤ Deleting Images stored in Memory Card Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
✤ Marking Photo Images with Print Information ✤ ”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Ï ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒflÂÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ
✤ Formatting Memory Cards Adapter
✤ ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Í·ÒÙ˛Ì ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
RS MMC/Mini SD ≈ÈÛ·„˘„fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
Inserting a Memory Card
✤ RS MMC or Mini SD should be 1. ¡ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
1. Open the Memory Card Cover. inserted by using the Adapter 2. ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
2. Insert the Memory Card. (not supplied).
3. ”Ò˛ÓÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÛÙÁÌ
3. Insert the Memory Card into ıÔ‰Ô˜fi Ï›˜ÒÈÚ ¸ÙÔı ·ÍÔıÛÙÂfl
the Slot until it softly clicks. ›Ì·Ú ··Î¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ "ÍÎÈÍ".
4. Close the Memory Card Cover. 4. KÎÂflÛÙÂ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
Ejecting a Memory Card ≈Ó·„˘„fi Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
1. Open the Memory Card Cover. 1. ¡ÌÔflÓÙÂ ÙÔ Í‹ÎıÏÏ· ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú
Label ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
2. Slightly push the Memory Card pasting portion
inwards to pop it out. 2. ”Ò˛ÓÙ ÂηˆÒ‹ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÒÔÚ Ù· ϛ۷ „È· Ì·
3. Pull the Memory Card out of the slot and close the Memory Card ÂÙ·˜ÙÂfl ÒÔÚ Ù· ›Ó˘.
Cover. 3. ‘Ò·‚fiÓÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ›Ó˘ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi Í·È ÍÎÂflÛÙ ÙÔ
Í‹ÎıÏÏ·.
* 1GB=1,000,000,000bytes;actual formatted capacity may be less as
the internal firmware uses a portion of the memory. * 1 GB=1,000,000,000 byte. « Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍfi ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˘Ï›ÌÁ ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ·
Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÂflÌ·È ÏÈÍÒ¸ÙÂÒÁ, Í·Ë˛Ú ÙÔ ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ıÎÈÍÔÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂfl ›Ì· ÙÏfiÏ· ÙÁÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
72
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 73

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ÃÁÌ ·ÛÍÂflÙ ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍfi ‰˝Ì·ÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì ÂÈÛ‹„ÂÙÂ/ÂÓ‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ Do not apply excessive force when you insert/eject the Memory Card.
■ ÃÁÌ Ë›ÙÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ÙÁ ˆ¸ÒÙ˘ÛÁ,
■ Do not turn the power off while recording, loading, erasing a photo image or
ÙÁ ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì fi ÙÁ ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
formatting the Memory Card. ■ »›ÛÙÂ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÒÔÙÔ˝ ÂÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙÂ fi ÂÓ·„‹„ÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
■ Please turn the power off before you insert or eject the Memory Card to avoid Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ „È· Ì· ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ Ùı˜¸Ì ·˛ÎÂÈ· ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì.
losing data. ■ ÃÁÌ ÙÔÔËÂÙÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÍÔÌÙ‹ Û ÛıÛÍÂıfi Ôı ÂÍ›ÏÂÈ ÈÛ˜ıÒ‹
■ Do not place the Memory Card near a strong electro-magnetic device. ÁÎÂÍÙÒÔÏ·„ÌÁÙÈÍ‹ Í˝Ï·Ù·.
■ ÃÁÌ ·ˆfiÌÂÙ ÏÂÙ·ÎÎÈÍ‹ ÛÙÔȘÂfl· Ì· ›Ò˜ÔÌÙ·È Û Â·ˆfi Ï ÙÔıÚ ·ÍÒÔ‰›ÍÙÂÚ ÙÁÚ
■ Do not allow metal substances to come in contact with the terminals on the
Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
Memory Card. ■ ÃÁ Îı„flÊÂÙÂ, ÏÁÌ Òfl˜ÌÂÙÂ Í‹Ù˘ Í·È ÏÁÌ ˜Ùı‹Ù ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ Do not bend, drop or apply strong shock to Memory Card. ■ ¡ˆÔ˝ ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ·¸ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ˆı΋ÓÙ ÙÁÌ Û ÏÈ·
■ After removing the Memory Card from the camcorder, keep it in a soft case to
ϷηÍfi ËfiÍÁ „È· Ì· ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Ù·ÛÙÒÔˆfi ÙÁÚ ·¸ ÛÙ·ÙÈ͸ ÁÎÂÍÙÒÈÛϸ.
prevent static shock. ■ ‘· ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Ôı ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ·Î΋ÓÔıÌ fi Ì·
■ The data stored on the Memory Card may be changed or lost as a result of ˜·ËÔ˝Ì ÂÓ·ÈÙfl·Ú Í·ÍfiÚ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ, ÛÙ·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÁÎÂÍÙÒÈÛÏÔ˝, ÁÎÂÍÙÒÈÍÔ˝ ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı fi
misuse, static electricity, electric noise or repair. Save important images ÂÈÛÍÂıfiÚ. Õ· ·ÔËÁͽÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÛÁÏ·ÌÙÈÍ›Ú ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ó˜˘ÒÈÛÙ‹. « Samsung ‰ÂÌ
separately. Samsung is not responsible for data loss due to misuse. ˆ›ÒÂÈ ÂıË˝ÌÁ „È· ·˛ÎÂÈ· ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Î¸„˘ Í·ÍfiÚ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ·¸ ÙÔÌ ˜ÒfiÛÙÁ.
■ œÈ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ RS MMC fi Mini SD Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÙÔÔËÂÙÔ˝ÌÙ·È Ï ÙÁ ‚ÔfiËÂÈ·
■ RS-MMC or Mini SD should be inserted by using the Adaptor (not supplied).
ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„›· (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È).
■ In M.Cam or M.Player mode, the 16:9 wide mode is not supported. ■ ”ÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Cam fi M.Player, Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 16:9 wide ‰ÂÌ
The wide mode only displays in the aspect ratio of 4:3. ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ. œ ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú Ô˸ÌÁÚ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ ÛÙÔ
■ The Camcorder supports up to 2GB SD/MMC and lower. SD/MMC above 2GB θ„Ô ÎÂıÒ˛Ì 4:3.
■ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ SD/MMC ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ·Ú ›˘Ú 2 GB. œÈ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ
may not record or play properly.
SD/MMC Ï ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ· Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ·¸ 2 GB Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÏÁÌ ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì·
„„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì fi Ì· ·Ì··Ò·˜ËÔ˝Ì Û˘ÛÙ‹.
Structure of Folders and Files on the Memory Card
✤ The photo images that you recorded are saved in JPEG file format on the ƒÈ‹ÒËÒ˘ÛÁ ˆ·Í›Î˘Ì Í·È ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
Memory Card. ✤ œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙÂ
✤ The moving images that you recorded are ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÔÒˆfi ·Ò˜ÂflÔı JPEG ÛÙÁÌ
saved in MPEG4 file format on the Memory Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
Card. DCIM ✤ œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙÂ
✤ Each file has a file number and all files are 100 SSDVC MSAMSUNG ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÔÒˆfi ·Ò˜ÂflÔı MPEG4
DCAM 0001 ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
assigned to a folder. SSMOV ✤ K‹Ë ·Ò˜ÂflÔ ›˜ÂÈ ›Ì·Ì ·ÒÈËϸ ·Ò˜ÂflÔı Í·È ¸Î·
- A file number from DCAM0001 is DCAM 0002
... 100SSMOV Ù· ·Ò˜Âfl· ·ÌÙÈÛÙÔȘflÊÔÌÙ·È Û ›Ì·Ì ˆ‹ÍÂÎÔ.
sequentially assigned to each recorded . - ” ͋Ë „„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷
image. ·ÌÙÈÛÙÔȘflÊÂÙ·È ›Ì·Ú ·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı. œÈ
101SSDVC
- Each folder is numbered from ·ÒÈËÏÔfl ·ıÙÔfl ÓÂÍÈÌÔ˝Ì ·¸ ÙÔ DCAM0001
100SSDVC and recorded on the Í·È ·ıÓ‹ÌÔÌÙ·È ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍ‹.
<Photo Image> <Moving Image> - K‹Ë ˆ‹ÍÂÎÔÚ ·ÌÙÈÛÙÔȘflÊÂÙ·È Ï ›Ì·Ì
Memory Card. ·ÒÈËϸ ÓÂÍÈÌ˛ÌÙ·Ú ·¸ ÙÔ 100SSDVC Í·È
Image Format ·ÔËÁͽÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
Photo Image ÃÔÒˆfi ÂÈ͸̷Ú
■ Images are compressed in JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts ÷˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·
000-0000 ■
Group) format. œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛıÏÈ›ÊÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÔÒˆfi JPEG (Joint Photographic
■ The picture size is 800x600 or 1152x864 (VP-D975W(i) only). Experts Group).
File number ■ œÈ ‰È·ÛÙ‹ÛÂÈÚ ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ÂflÌ·È 800x600 fi 1152x864 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù·
➥page 75 (Tape Capture 640x480).
ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i)). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 75 (Tape Capture 640x480).
Moving Image Folder number
KÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷
■ Images are compressed in MPEG 4 (Moving Picture Experts ■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛıÏÈ›ÊÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÔÒˆfi MPEG 4 (Moving Picture
Group) format. Experts Group).
■ The picture size is 720X576. ■ ‘Ô Ï›„ÂËÔÚ ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ÂflÌ·È 720x576.
73
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 74

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Selecting the Photo Quality ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Photo Quality (–ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú)
✤ Photo Quality function works in both <Player> and <M.Cam> modes. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Photo Quality (–ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ
➥page 19 ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi) Í·È <M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ).
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ You can select the quality of a photo image to be recorded. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú Ôı
Select the Image Quality Ò¸ÍÂÈÙ·È Ì· „„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ.
2 ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ÂÈ͸̷Ú
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER].
2. If the [Power] switch is set to [CAMERA], set the [Mode] 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi
switch to [CARD]. [PLAYER].
If the [Power] switch is set to [PLAYER], set the [Mode] 2. ¡Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power] ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
[CAMERA], Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·
switch to [TAPE]. [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button. ¡Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power] ›˜ÂÈ ÙÂËÂfl ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER],
■ The menu list will appear. Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
4. Press the […… / †] button to select <Memory>, then 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
press the [OK] button.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Memory>
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Photo Quality>, (ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
then press the [OK] button. 4 M.Cam Mode 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Photo
6. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired image √Memory Quality> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
quality <Super Fine>, <Fine>, <Normal>, then press Photo Quality √Super Fine 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ
the [OK] button. File No. √Series ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú <Super Fine>, <Fine>,
<Normal> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. [OK].
■ The selected icon is displayed. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.
Number of Images on the Memory Card
¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
QUALITY Photo Size 128MB 512MB 2GB Move OK Select MENU Exit
Approx. 600 Approx. 2400 Approx. 9740 –œ…œ‘«‘¡ Photo Size 128MB 512MB 2GB
<Super Fine> 800x600
*1152x864 Approx. 300 Approx. 1200 Approx. 4850 <Super Fine> 800x600 –ÂÒflÔı 600 –ÂÒflÔı 2400 –ÂÒflÔı 9740
<Fine> 800x600 Approx. 790 Approx. 3150 Approx. 12800 5 M.Cam Mode
(–Ôν ı¯ÁÎfi) *1152x864 –ÂÒflÔı 300 –ÂÒflÔı 1200 –ÂÒflÔı 4850
*1152x864 Approx. 400 Approx. 1580 Approx. 6400 Back <Fine> 800x600 –ÂÒflÔı 790 –ÂÒflÔı 3150 –ÂÒflÔı 12800
800x600 Approx. 1270 Approx. 5070 Approx. 20000 Photo Quality Super Fine (’¯ÁÎfi) *1152x864 –ÂÒflÔı 400 –ÂÒflÔı 1580 –ÂÒflÔı 6400
<Normal>
*1152x864 Approx. 640 Approx. 2530 Approx. 10000 File No. Fine <Normal> 800x600 –ÂÒflÔı. 1270 –ÂÒflÔı 5070 –ÂÒflÔı 20000
Normal (K·ÌÔÌÈÍfi) *1152x864 –ÂÒflÔı 640 –ÂÒflÔı 2530 –ÂÒflÔı 10000
■ The Measured figures above are based on 800x600
Photo Size. ■ œ Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍ¸Ú ·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ôı ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷
■ * 1152X864 : VP-D975W(i) only Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ
‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÁ ˆ˝ÛÁ ÙÔı ˛ϷÙÔÚ Ôı „„Ò‹ˆÂÙÂ.
■ * 1152X864 : ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i)
[ Notes ] Move OK Select MENU Exit

■ You can directly access the Photo Quality function using
the [Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20
■ The number of images that can be stored on a Memory Card depends on
various conditions.
■ Photo images (JPEG) can be stored in the memory card up to 20,000 files.
74
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Photo Quality (–ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú),
·Î˛Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ œ ·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ôı ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·ÔËÁͽÛÂÙ Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸ ‰È‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ.
■ ≈flÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ›˘Ú Í·È 20.000 ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú (JPEG) ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 75

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Selecting the recording Photo Size (VP-D975W(i) only) ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ·Ò˜ÂflÔı Photo
✤ Photo Size function works only in <M.Cam> mode. ➥page 19 (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i))
✤ You can set the photo image size to meet your needs. ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Photo Size ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ· - ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒıËÏflÛÂÙ ÙÔ Ï›„ÂËÔÚ ÙÁÚ
1. Set the [Power] switch to the [CAMERA]. ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÈÚ ·Ì‹„ÍÂÚ Û·Ú.
2
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
3. Press the [MENU] button. 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
■ The menu list will appear
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
… / †] button to select <Memory>,
4. Press the […
then press the [OK] button. … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
<Memory> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
4 ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <Photo
5. Press the [… M.Cam Mode
Size>, then press the [OK] button. √Memory
… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
Photo Quality √Super Fine <Photo Size> (Û„ÂËÔÚ JPEG) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
… / †] button to select <1152 x 864>
6. Press the […
Photo Size √1152 x 864 ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
File No. √Series
or <800 x 600>, then press the [OK] button. … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
<1152x864> fi <800x600> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ The selected icon is displayed. Move OK Select MENU Exit 7. √È· ›ÓÔ‰Ô, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ.

5 M.Cam Mode [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]

[ Notes ] Back ■ œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÛÙÁ
■ Photo images that are recorded at 1152X864 on Photo Quality ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ÛÂ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ 1152x864, ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
Photo Size 1152 x 864 1152

your camcorder, may not playback properly on other File No. 800 x 600 800
ÏÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·˜ËÔ˝Ì Û˘ÛÙ‹ Û ‹ÎÎÂÚ ¯ÁˆÈ·Í›Ú
digital devices that do not support this photo size. ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú Ôı ‰ÂÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÔıÌ ÙÔ
■ High resolution images use more memory than lower Ûı„ÍÂÍÒÈÏ›ÌÔ Ï›„ÂËÔÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú.
■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ı¯ÁÎfiÚ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁÚ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÔ˝Ì
resolution images. Therefore the higher the resolution
selected the fewer will be the number of images Move OK Select MENU Exit ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÁ ÏÌfiÏÁ ·¸ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ˜·ÏÁÎfiÚ
available. ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁÚ. ≈ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú, ¸ÛÔ ı¯ÁθÙÂÒÁ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ
ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ, Ù¸ÛÔ ÏÈÍÒ¸ÙÂÒÔÚ Ë· ÂflÌ·È Ô ·ÒÈËϸÚ
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì.

75
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 76

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Setting the File Number —˝ËÏÈÛÁ File Number (¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı)
✤ File Number setting works only in <M.Cam> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ File Number ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✤ File Numbers are given to images in the order they were recorded <M.Cam>. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
when they are stored on the Memory Card. ✤ œÈ ·ÒÈËÏÔfl ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ‰flÌÔÌÙ·È Û ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ï ÙÁ ÛÂÈÒ‹ Ôı ·ıÙ›Ú
✤ File numbers may be set as follows: Âfl˜·Ì „„Ò·ˆÂfl ¸Ù·Ì ·ÔËÁͽÙÁÍ·Ì ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
- <Series> : When there are existing files, the new image will be ✤ œÈ ·ÒÈËÏÔfl ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ÔÒflÊÔÌÙ·È ˘Ú ÂÓfiÚ:
named as the next number in the sequence. - <Series> (”ÂÈÒ‹): ºÙ·Ì ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ fi‰Á ·Ò˜Âfl·, Á Ì›· ÂÈ͸̷
- <Reset>: When there are no files stored on the Memory Card, the ·flÒÌÂÈ ÙÔÌ Â¸ÏÂÌÔ ‰È·‰Ô˜È͸ ·ÒÈËϸ.
file numbering starts from 0001. - <Reset> (ÃÁ‰ÂÌÈÛϸÚ): ºÙ·Ì ‰ÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ·Ò˜Âfl·
·ÔËÁÍÂıϛ̷ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, Á ·ÒflËÏÁÛÁ Ù˘Ì ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì
·Ò˜flÊÂÈ ·¸ ÙÔ 0001.
1. Set the [Power] switch to the [CAMERA].
4 M.Cam Mode 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. √Memory [CAMERA].
Photo Quality √Super Fine
File No. √Series 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button.
■ The menu list will appear 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.

… / †] button to select <Memory>,

4. Press the [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit
<Memory> (ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <File No.>,
5. Press the [… 6 … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
M.Cam Mode 5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. Back <File No.> (¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
Photo Quality
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select the desired option
6. Press the [… File No. Series
<Series> or <Reset>, then press the [OK] button. Reset 6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· Í‹ÌÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ
ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi ÂÈÎÔ„fi <Series> (”ÂÈÒ‹) fi <Reset>
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Move OK Select MENU Exit 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].

[ Note ]
When you set <File No.> to <Series>, each file is assigned with a
different number so as to avoid duplicating file names. It is convenient
when you want to manage your files on a PC.
76
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
ºÙ·Ì ÒıËÏflÊÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈÎÔ„fi <File No.> (¡ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ·Ò˜ÂflÔı) ÛÙÔ
<Series> (”ÂÈÒ‹), ÙÔ Í‹Ë ·Ò˜ÂflÔ ·ÌÙÈÒÔÛ˘½ÂÙ·È ·¸
‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈ͸ ·ÒÈËϸ „È· ÙÁÌ ·Ôˆı„fi ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„fl·Ú ‰ÈβÌ
ÔÌÔÏ‹Ù˘Ì ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì. K‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ ÂflÌ·È ˜ÒfiÛÈÏÔ ¸Ù·Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
‰È·˜ÂÈÒÈÛÙÂflÙ ٷ ·Ò˜Âfl· Û·Ú Û ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 77

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Taking a Photo Image (JPEG) on the Memory Card Àfi¯Á ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú (JPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
✤ You may take photo images while in <M.Cam> mode and store the ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÒ·‚fiÂÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ÂÌ˛ ÂflÌ·È
images on the Memory Card. ➥page 19 ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÔÚ Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Cam> Í·È Ì·
✤ You can take photo images using the remote control. ·ÔËÁͽÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ Audio will not be recorded with a photo image onto the Memory Card. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÒ·‚fiÂÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ
ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ.
✤ ƒÂÌ Â„„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È fi˜ÔÚ Ï·Êfl Ï ÙÈÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA]. 1 ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.

1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. [CAMERA].
3. After framing your object to record, fully press the 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CARD].
[PHOTO] button to take the picture.
■ The picture is taken and saved into the Memory 3. ¡ˆÔ˝ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Ò› ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Ôı
Card within a few seconds. Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ „„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ϛ˜ÒÈ Ù›ÒÏ· ÙÔ
■ Taking another picture within this interval is not ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO] „È· Ì· ÙÒ·‚fiÓÂÙÂ ÙÁ
possible. ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·.
■ The <
3 ■ « ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· ·ÔËÁͽÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
√√√ > indicator appears during the ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ï›Û· Û Îfl„· ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
time it takes to save the image. ■ « Îfi¯Á Í·È ‹ÎÎÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú ÂÌÙ¸Ú ·ıÙÔ˝
ÙÔı ‰È·ÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi.
■ « ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ < √√√ > Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ¸ÛÔ
‰È·ÒÍÂfl Á ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
[ Notes ]
■ Photo images are saved more widely than have [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
been taken in LCD screen. ■ œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Ï Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÔ
■ Photo images are saved in the Memory Card in an ½ÒÔÚ ·’ ¸,ÙÈ Â‹Ì ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ
800x600 or 1152x864 (VP-D975W(i) only) format. 46 LCD.
■ The number of photo images that can be stored 1min ■ œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·

depends on the quality of the image. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Û ÏÔÒˆfi 800x600 fi 1152x864 (ϸÌÔ
■ Photo images (JPEG) can be stored in the memory
„È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i)).
■ œ ·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú Ù˘Ì ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Ôı ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì·
card up to 20,000 files. ·ÔËÁÍÂıÙÔ˝Ì ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ
ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
■ ≈flÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ›˘Ú Í·È 20.000
·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú (JPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.

77
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 78

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Viewing Photo Images (JPEG) –ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì (JPEG)
✤ This function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-
You can play back and view photo images recorded on the Memory Card. ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙÂ Í·È Ì· ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl
✤ Be sure that the <M.Play Select> is set to <Photo> in the Menu. ➥page 85 ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
✤ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Á Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <M.Play Select> ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl Û <Photo> (÷˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·) ÛÙÔ
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. ÏÂÌÔ˝. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 85
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD].
■ The last recorded image appears. If there are no 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
recorded images on the Memory Card, <No ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÁÍ ÙÂÎÂıÙ·fl·.
image!> is displayed. ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ,
Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <No image!> (ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ
To view a Single Image ÂÈ͸̷).
œœ/√
Using the [œ √√ (REV/FWD)] buttons, search for the desired √È· ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi Ïfl·Ú ϸÌÔ ÂÈ͸̷Ú
photo image. Slide 2/46

√
800X600 ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√
√√ (REV/FWD)], ·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÁ
√√ (FWD)] button.
■ To view the next image: press the [√
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙÂ.
œœ (REV)] button.
■ To view the previous image: press the [œ ■ √È· Ì· ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â¸ÏÂÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷: ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
■ Keep pressing [√ √√ (FWD)] or [œ
œœ (REV)] to search for [√√ (FWD)].
an image quickly. ■ √È· Ì· ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÁ„Ô˝ÏÂÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷: ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[œœ (REV)].
To view a Slide Show ■ KÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√√ (FWD)] fi [œœ (REV)] „È· Ì·
ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ „Òfi„ÔÒÁ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ÏÈ·Ú ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
√❙❙ (S.SHOW)] button.
Press the [√
■ All images will be played back consecutively for 2~3 √È· ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
100-0002
seconds each. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (S.SHOW)].
■ The <Slide> is displayed. The Slide Show will start from ■ ºÎÂÚ ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ë· ·Ì··Ò·˜ËÔ˝Ì ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍ‹ „È· 2~3
‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· Á Í‹Ë Ïfl·.
the current picture. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <Slide> (ƒÈ·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi). «
√❙❙ (S.SHOW)] button again.
To stop the slide show, press the [√ 100-0007 7/25 ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi Ë· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÈ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÙÒ›˜ÔıÛ· ÂÈ͸̷.
√È· Ì· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ‰È·‰Ô˜ÈÍfi ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
To view the Multi Display √❙❙ (S.SHOW)].
[√
œ
To view six stored images on single screen, press the √È· ÒÔ‚ÔÎfi ÔÎÎ˛Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·
[■ (MULTI)] button. œœ √√
√È· Ì· ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ›ÓÈ ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Û Ïfl· ϸÌÔ Ô˸ÌÁ,
■ A selection mark [œ œœ/√
√√] appears under the image. ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (MULTI)].
■ Press the [œ œœ/√√√ (REV/FWD)] button to select an √ ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ ÂÈÎÔ„fiÚ [œœ/√
√√] Í‹Ù˘ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
image. ■ –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [œœ/√ √√ (REV/FWD)] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÏÈ·
To return to single playback mode, press the [■ (MULTI)] button ÂÈ͸̷.
again. √È· Ì· ÂÈÛÙÒ›¯ÂÙ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ÎfiÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ,
■ Selected picture is displayed in full screen. ·ÙfiÛÙÂ Ó·Ì‹ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (MULTI)].
■ « ÂÈ΄ϛÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Û ÎfiÒÁ Ô˸ÌÁ.
[ Notes ]
■ Any large sized image taken with another device will be displayed as a thumbnail [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ï„‹ÎÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Ï ‹ÎÎÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi Ë· Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ˘Ú
image. ÏÈÍÒÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ.
œœ (REV)] button for
■ To display the previous six images, press and hold the [œ ■ √È· Ì· Âψ·ÌflÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÒÔÁ„Ô˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ›ÓÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ, ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
about 3 seconds. [œœ (REV)] „È· 3 ÂÒflÔı ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
√√ (FWD)] button for about 3
■ To display the next six images, press the [√ ■ √È· Ì· Âψ·ÌflÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ Â¸ÏÂÌÂÚ ›ÓÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ, ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÙ ·ÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√√(FWD)] „È·
3 ÂÒflÔı ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
seconds. ■ √È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ <Delete> (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi), <Delete All> (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi
■ You can access <Delete>, <Delete All>, <Protect> or <Print Mark> functions in
¸Î˘Ì), <Protect> (–ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·) fi <Print Mark> (”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ) Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Multi Display view mode, using the [Q.MENU] button. ÒÔ‚ÔÎfiÚ ÔÎÎ˛Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·, ·Î˛Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]
(√Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝).
78
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 79

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Protection from accidental Erasure –ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi
✤ The Protection function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Protection (–ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ You can protect important images from accidental erasure. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
If you format the Camcorder, all images including protected images ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔÛٷٽÛÂÙ ÛÁÏ·ÌÙÈÍ›Ú ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ·
will be erased. ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi.
≈‹Ì ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ, Ë· ‰È·„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì ¸ÎÂÚ ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
ÛıÏÂÒÈης·ÌÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ù˘Ì ÒÔÛÙ·ÙÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
5 M.Player Mode 2/46 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. √Memory 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
■ The last recorded image appears. M.Play Select √Photo ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı „„Ò‹ˆÁÍ ÙÂÎÂıÙ·fl·.
Delete
■ If there are no recorded images on the Memory ■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
Delete All
Card, <No image!> is displayed. Protect √Off ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <No image!>
Print Mark (ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÂÈ͸̷).
œœ/√
3. Using the [œ √√ (REV/FWD)] buttons, search for Format 3. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√ √√ (REV/FWD)],
·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÙ ÙÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
the photo image that you want to protect. Move OK Select MENU Exit
ÒÔÛٷٽÛÂÙÂ.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. Press the [MENU] button. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
■ The menu list will appear. 7 M.Player Mode 2/46
Back 5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
M.Play Select <Memory> (ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
… / †] button to select <Memory>, then
5. Press the [… Delete ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
press the [OK] button. Delete All 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Protect Off
On
<Protect> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
Print Mark
… / †] button to select <Protect>, then
6. Press the [… Format
[OK].
press the [OK] button. 7. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <On>
Move OK Select MENU Exit (≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
… / †] button to select <On>, then press
7. Press the [… ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
the [OK] button. 8. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
8 2/46 ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ( ).
800X600
8. To exit, press the [MENU] button. √ [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ The protection ( ) icon is displayed. ■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Protection
·Î˛Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].
[ Notes ] ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ You can directly access the Protection function ■ ≈‹Ì Á „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ

using the [Q.MENU]. ➥page 20 ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÍÎÂȉ˛Ï·ÙÔÚ, ‰ÂÌ
■ If the write protection tab on the Memory Card is set 100-0002 ÏÔÒÂflÙÂ Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·
ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì.
to LOCK, you cannot set image protection.

79
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 80

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Deleting Photo Images and Moving Images ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Í·È ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
✤ The Delete function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Delete (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ You can erase the photo images and moving images recorded on the ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
Memory Card. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÙÈÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Í·È ÙÈÚ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ
✤ If you want to delete protected images, you must first deactivate the ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
image protection. ✤ ≈‹Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÒÔÛÙ·ÙÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ, Ò›ÂÈ
✤ An image which has been deleted cannot be Ò˛Ù· Ì· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ÙÔıÚ.
recovered. ✤ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ‰È·„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ù¸
5 M.Player Mode 2/46 Ì· ·Ì·ÍÙÁËÔ˝Ì.
√Memory
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. M.Play Select √Photo 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
Delete [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. Delete All
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
■ The last recorded image appears. Protect √Off ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı „„Ò‹ˆÁÍÂ
Print Mark
■ If there are no recorded images on the Memory ÙÂÎÂıÙ·fl·.
Format
Card, <No image!> is displayed. ■ ≈‹Ì ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
Move OK Select MENU Exit
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <No image!>
œœ/√
3. Using the [œ √√ (REV/FWD)] buttons, search (ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÂÈ͸̷).
for the photo image that you want to delete. 6 M.Player Mode 2/46 3. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√ √√ (REV/FWD)],
Back ·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÙ ÙÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
M.Play Select ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ.
4. Press the [MENU] button.
Delete
■ The menu list will appear.
Delete All 4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Protect ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
… / †] button to select <Memory>, then
5. Press the [… Print Mark
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Format
press the [OK] button. <Memory> (ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
Move OK Select MENU Exit ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <Delete>, then
6. Press the […
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
press the [OK] button.
■ A message <Do you want to delete?> is
7 2/46
<Delete> (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
800X600 ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
displayed. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <Do you want to
delete?> (»›ÎÂÙ ̷ „flÌÂÈ ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi;).
Do you want to delete?
… / †] button to select <Yes> or <No>,
7. Press the [… 7. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
Yes No
then press the [OK] button. <Yes> (Õ·È) fi <No> (º˜È) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
8. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Previous Next 100-0002 8. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].

80
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 81

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Deleting All Images at Once 6 ‘·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌÁ ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ¸Î˘Ì Ù˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
M.Player Mode 2/46
✤ Steps from 1 to 5 are the same as described in Back ✤ ‘· ‚fiÏ·Ù· ·¸ 1 ›˘Ú 5 ÂflÌ·È Ù· fl‰È· Ôı
M.Play Select ÂÒÈ„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁ ÛÂÎfl‰· 80.
page 80.
Delete
Delete All
… / †] button to select <Delete All>,
6. Press the [… Protect 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
then press the [OK] button. Print Mark <Delete All> (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ¸Î˘Ì) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
■ A message <Do you want to delete all?> is Format ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <Do you want to
displayed. Move OK Select MENU Exit
delete all?> (»›ÎÂÙ ̷ „flÌÂÈ ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi
… / †] button to select <Yes> or
7. Press the [… ¸Î˘Ì;).
7 2/46
<No>, then press the [OK] button. 7. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
800X600
<Yes> (Õ·È) fi <No> (º˜È) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
8. To exit, press the [MENU] button. ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Do you want to delete all?
Yes No
8. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].

100-0002

[ Notes ]
■ You can directly access the Delete function using the [Q.MENU].
➥page 20
■ When there is no stored picture on the Memory Card, the message
<No image !> will be displayed.
■ If an erroneous image file is found on the Memory Card, the
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Delete (ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi) ·βÚ
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ ºÙ·Ì ‰ÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ,
Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <No image !> (ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ÂÈ͸̷).
■ ≈‹Ì ÂÌÙÔÈÛÙÂfl ÂÛˆ·ÎÏ›ÌÔ ·Ò˜ÂflÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ,

message <Memory Card Error !> will be displayed.
It may be caused by copying images from different digital devices.
■ Formatting the Memory Card will delete all the stored images.
➥page 82
■ To protect important pictures from accidental deletion, activate the
Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <Memory Card Error !> (”ˆ‹ÎÏ·
Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ !).
‘Ô Ûˆ‹ÎÏ· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ·¸ ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
·¸ ‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ›Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·Í›Ú ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú.
■ « ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ ˘Ú ·ÔÙ›ÎÂÛÏ· ÙÁ

image protection. ➥page 79 ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ¸Î˘Ì Ù˘Ì ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 82

■ √È· ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ÛÁÏ·ÌÙÈÍ˛Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ·¸ ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi,
■ Deleting all files using the <Delete All> menu may take a while.
To delete all files much faster, format the Memory Card after backing ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ÙÔıÚ. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 79
■ « ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ¸Î˘Ì Ù˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ï ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝ <Delete All>
up the files onto another storage device.
Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ‰È·ÒÍ›ÛÂÈ Îfl„Ô.
√È· Ì· ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ¸Î· Ù· ·Ò˜Âfl· „ÒÁ„ÔÒ¸ÙÂÒ·, ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÙ ÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ·ˆÔ˝ ÒÔÁ„ÔıÏ›Ì˘Ú ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„fiÛÂÙ ·ÌÙfl„Ò·ˆ·
·Ûˆ·ÎÂfl·Ú Ù˘Ì ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì Û ‹ÎÎÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁÚ.
81
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 82

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Formatting a Memory Card ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
✤ The Format function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Format (ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ You can use the Format functions to completely delete all images and ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
options on the Memory Card, including protected images. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Format „È· Ì· ‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙÂ
✤ The Format function restores the Memory Card to its initial state. ÎfiÒ˘Ú ¸ÎÂÚ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Í·È ÙÈÚ ‰ıÌ·Ù›Ú ÂÈÎÔ„›Ú Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ÛıÏÂÒÈης·ÌÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ù˘Ì ÒÔÛÙ·ÙÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì.
Attention ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Format Â·Ì·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜ÈÍfi ÙÁÚ
Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ.
✤ If you execute the Format function, all images will be
erased completely and erased images cannot be –ÒÔÛÔ˜fi
recovered. 4 M.Player Mode 2/46 ✤ ≈‹Ì ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Format, ¸ÎÂÚ ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ë·
√Memory ‰È·„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì ÎfiÒ˘Ú Í·È ‰ÂÌ Ë· ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ·Ì‹ÍÙÁÛfi
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. M.Play Select √Photo ÙÔıÚ.
Delete
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. Delete All
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button. Protect √Off
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. Print Mark
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Format
4. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Memory>, then 4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Memory>
press the [OK] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit (ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Format> Í·È,
5. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Format>, then ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
press the [OK] button. 5 M.Player Mode 2/46
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· <All files will be deleted! Do
■ A message <All files will be deleted! Do you you want to format?> (»· ‰È·„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì ¸Î· Ù· ·Ò˜Âfl·.
Back
want to format?> is displayed. M.Play Select »›ÎÂÙ ̷ „flÌÂÈ ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ;).
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Yes> (Õ·È) fi
6. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Yes> or <No>, Delete
<No> (º˜È) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
then press the [OK] button. Delete All
■ ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˘ËÂfl Á ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á
■ <Complete !> is displayed when the format is Protect
Print Mark ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <Complete !> (œÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ËÁÍÂ!).
completed. 7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
Format
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button.
Move OK Select MENU Exit [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ≈‹Ì ÂÍÙÂΛÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Format, ¸ÎÂÚ ÔÈ
[ Notes ]
■ If you execute the Format function, all photo ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ/ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ë· ‰È·„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì ÎfiÒ˘Ú
images/moving images will be erased completely 6 2/46 ■
Í·È ‰ÂÌ Ë· ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ·Ì‹ÍÙÁÛfi ÙÔıÚ.
« ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ï ÏÈ· ‰È·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍfi
and erased photo images/moving images cannot be 800X600 ÛıÛÍÂıfi Ë· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ Ûˆ‹ÎÏ·Ù· ·Ì‹„Ì˘ÛÁÚ ÛÙÁÌ
recovered. Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ Formatting the Memory Card using a different device All files will be deleted ! ■ ÃÁÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÛfl· ÙÁÚ Í‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ
will cause Memory Card read errors. Do you want to format? ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁÚ.
■ Do not turn the power off in the middle of the formatting. Yes No ■ œÈ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ï ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ·¸
■ A Memory Card with the protection tab set to save will ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÍÎÂȉ˛Ï·ÙÔÚ ‰ÂÌ ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÌÔÌÙ·È.
not be formatted. ➥page 72 ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 72
■ Do not format the Memory Card on a PC. 100-0002 ■ ÃÁÌ ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÂ
<Not formatted !> message may appear if a Memory ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi. ≈‹Ì ÂÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
Card formatted on a PC is inserted. Ôı ›˜ÂÈ ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˘ËÂfl Û ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, Ë· Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ
ÏfiÌıÏ· <Not formatted !> (ƒÂÌ ›˜ÂÈ ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˘ËÂfl).
82
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Recording Moving Images (MPEG) on a Memory Card
✤ You may record moving images while in <M.Cam>
mode and store the images on a Memory Card.
➥page 19
✤ You can record moving images with audio on a
Memory Card.
✤ The screen format of the moving image to be
recorded is 720X576.
Saving Moving Images onto a Memory
Card
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD].
3. Press the [Start/Stop] button, the moving images
are recorded on the Memory Card in MPEG4.
■ You can record a photo image on Memory Card
by pressing the [PHOTO] button instead of the
[Start/Stop] button. ➥page 77
4. Press the [Start/Stop] button to stop the recording.
Recording time available on the Memory
Card
128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB
Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx. Approx.
Moving Image
8min 16min 32min 64min 120min
[ Notes ]
■ These figures are approximate as recording
capacities can be affected by variables such as
subject matter and memory card type.
■ The files that you recorded are saved in a following
folder.
Page 83
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK
ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (MPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ,
1 ÂÌ˛ ÂflÌ·È ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÔÚ Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Cam>, Í·È Ì· ·ÔËÁͽÂÙ ÙÈÚ
ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÂÙ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
Ï fi˜Ô ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
✤ « ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ÒÔÚ
„„Ò·ˆfi ÂflÌ·È 720x576.
¡ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ÛÂ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
2
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop]. œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ
ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Â„„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÂ
ÏÔÒˆfi MPEG4.
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ „„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ·Ù˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO]
3 4 ·ÌÙfl „È· ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 77
4. √È· Ì· ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop].
√ ƒÈ·Ë›ÛÈÏÔÚ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
128MB 256MB 512MB 1GB 2GB
KÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁ 8 ÎÂÙ‹ 16 ÎÂÙ‹ 32 ÎÂÙ‹ 64 ÎÂÙ‹ 120 ÎÂÙ‹
ÂÈ͸̷ ÂÒflÔı ÂÒflÔı ÂÒflÔı ÂÒflÔı ÂÒflÔı
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ œÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ·ıÙ›Ú ÂflÌ·È ÒÔÛ„„ÈÛÙÈÍ›Ú, ͷ˲Ú
MSAMSUNG
ÔÈ ˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙÂÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì·
SSMOV ÂÁÒ·ÛÙÔ˝Ì ·¸ ‰È‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ·Ò·Ï›ÙÒÔıÚ,
100SSMOV ¸˘Ú ÙÔ ÂÒȘ¸ÏÂÌÔ ÙÔı ˛ϷÙÔÚ Í·È Ô Ù˝ÔÚ
ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ ‘· ·Ò˜Âfl· Ôı „„Ò‹¯·Ù ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÔÌ
·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ˆ‹ÍÂÎÔ.
<Moving image> 83
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
[ Notes ]
■ Up tp 2000 MPEG files can be stored on a memory card.
■ MPEG files (Moving images) can be recorded up to 2 GB per a
moving file.
■ [MENU] button and [OK] button are not available while recording
a moving image. To use [MENU] button and [OK] button, stop
recording. Recording a moving image is not available when a
MENU or QUICK MENU is displayed on the screen. To start
recording, press the [MENU] button or [Q.MENU] button to make
the menu disappear.
■ Before using the Recording a moving image function, check whether
the Memory Card is inserted into the Camcorder.
■ Moving images that you recorded are saved in *.avi (avi 1.0) file
format on the Memory Card.
■ The moving images on a Memory Card are a smaller size and lower
definition than images on tape.
■ The sound is recorded in mono.
■ The following functions are not allowed in <M.Cam> Mode. DIS
(Digital Image Stabilizer), Digital Zoom, Fade, Program AE, Visual
Effect.
■ While recording on a Memory Card, don’t insert or eject the tape as it
may record noise.
■ While recording on a Memory Card, don’t eject the Memory Card or it
may break the data on the Memory Card or Memory Card itself.
■ Turning the power off while accessing the Memory Card may
damage the data stored on the Memory Card.
84
Page 84
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK
ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ≈flÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Á ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ›˘Ú Í·È 2.000 ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì MPEG ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ ‘Ô Ï›„ÂËÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÙÔı ÂÍ‹ÛÙÔÙ ·Ò˜ÂflÔı MPEG
(ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ) ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ Ù· 2 GB.
■ ‘· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [MENU] Í·È [OK] ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ· Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
„„Ò·ˆfi ÏÈ·Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú. √È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ٷ
ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [MENU] Í·È [OK], ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi. « „„Ò·ˆfi
ÏÈ·Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ¸Ù·Ì Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
›Ì· ÏÂÌÔ˝ fi ›Ì· „Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ. √È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙÂ
ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU] fi ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]
„È· Ì· ÂÓ·ˆ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝.
■ –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ
ÂÈ͸̷Ú, ÂΛ„ÓÙÂ Â‹Ì Á Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ ÙÔÔËÂÙÁËÂfl ÛÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯·Ù ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È ÛÂ
ÏÔÒˆfi ·Ò˜ÂflÔı *.avi (avi 1.0) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
ÂflÌ·È ÏÈÍÒ¸ÙÂÒÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Í·È ˜·ÏÁθÙÂÒÁÚ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁÚ ·¸ ¸,ÙÈ ÔÈ
ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Û ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·.
■ œ fi˜ÔÚ Ôı „„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È ÂflÌ·È ÏÔÌÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸Ú.
■ œÈ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂÈÙÒ›ÔÌÙ·È Û ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Cam> (K‹ÏÂÒ·-ÏÌfiÏÁ):
DIS, Digital Zoom, Fade, Program AE, Visual Effect.
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ÏÁÌ ÙÔÔËÂÙÂflÙÂ Í·È ÏÁÌ
·ˆ·ÈÒÂflÙ ͷۛÙÂÚ, „È·Ùfl Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ Ë¸Òı‚Ô.
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ÏÁÌ ·ˆ·ÈÒÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ „È·Ùfl Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÒÔͷΛÛÂÈ ÊÁÏÈ‹ ÂflÙ ÛÙ·
‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÂflÙ ÛÙÁÌ fl‰È· ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ ≈‹Ì Ë›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂÌ˛ Á
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÒÔÛÂη˝ÌÂÈ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì·
ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ÊÁÏÈ‹ ÛÙ· ı‹Ò˜ÔÌÙ· ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Playing the Moving Images (MPEG) on a Memory Card (M.Play Select)
✤ The Moving Images Playback function works only in <M. Player> mode.
➥page 19
✤ You can play the moving images on a Memory Card.
✤ The playback picture will be of higher quality if it is viewed on a PC rather than
on a TV.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button.
■ The menu list will appear.
2 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
4. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Memory>, then press the
[OK] button.
5. Press the [… … / †] button to select <M.Play Select>, then
press the [OK] button.
6. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Movie>, then press the
[OK] button.
7. To exit the menu, press the [MENU] button.
8. Using the [œ œœ/√√√ (REV/FWD)] buttons, search for the
moving image that you want to play back.
9. Press the [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button. 4 M.Player Mode
■ The moving images recorded on the Memory Card
will be played back.
■ You can control playback using the [√ √❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)],
œœ/√
[œ √√ (REV/FWD)] and [■ (STOP)] buttons.
[ Notes ]
■ You can directly access the M.Play Select function using the
[Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20
■ [MENU] button and [OK] button are not available during
moving image playback. To use [MENU] button and [OK]
button, stop playback.
Moving image playback is not available when a MENU
or QUICK MENU is displayed on the screen. To start
playback, press [MENU] button or [Q.MENU] button 6
to make it disappear.
■ There may be broken or mosaic pictures while playing the
moving images, but it is not a malfunction.
■ The moving images that you recorded on the Memory Card
may not play on other manufacturer’s equipment.
■ The moving images recorded by another Camcorder may not
play on this Camcorder.
■ To play back moving images on a PC, the Video Codec (in the
CD provided with the camcorder) should be installed.
- You need Microsoft Windows Media Player Version 9 or
higher version in order to play moving images on the Memory Card on your
PC.
- You can download the Microsoft Windows Media Player with your desired
language from the Microsoft Website,
“http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/download/default.asp”.
Page 85
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK
ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (MPEG) ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (M.Play Select)
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Moving Images Playback (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì) ÂflÌ·È
‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M. Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ÂflÌ·È ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ. ‘·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ· ·Ì··Ò‹„ÂÙ·È Í·È ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍ¸Ú fi˜ÔÚ.
✤ « ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ Û ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ÂflÌ·È Í·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ·¸ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi
Û ÙÁθҷÛÁ.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Memory> (ÃÌfiÏÁ)
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <M.Play Select> Í·È,
ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Movie> (‘·ÈÌfl·)
Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
8. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√ √√ (REV/FWD)], ·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÙÂ
ÙÁÌ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷
·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙÂ.
9. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
2/46
■ »· „flÌÂÈ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ
Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
√Memory ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂΛ„ÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú
M.Play Select √Photo
Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)], [œœ/√√√ (REV/FWD)] Í·È
Delete [■ (STOP)].
Delete All
[ ”ÁÏÂ È˛ ÛÂÈÚ ]
Protect √Off ■ √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· M.Play Select, ·βÚ
Print Mark ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU].➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
Format ■ ‘· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [MENU] Í·È [OK] ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏ· Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú. √È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ٷ
Move OK Select MENU Exit ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [MENU] Í·È [OK], ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi.
« ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÏÈ·Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ
¸Ù·Ì Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ›Ì· ÏÂÌÔ˝ fi ›Ì· „Òfi„ÔÒÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.
√È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU]
M.Player Mode 2/46 fi ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU] „È· Ì· ÂÓ·ˆ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝.
■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Á ÂÈ͸̷
Back
M.Play Select Photo Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ·ÒÔıÛÈ‹ÊÂÈ ‰È·ÍÔ›Ú fi ·ÎÎÔÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Ù˝Ôı
Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝, ·ıÙ¸ ¸Ï˘Ú ‰ÂÌ ·ÔÙÂÎÂfl ‰ıÛÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÙÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ.
Delete Movie ■ œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÂÙ ͷٷ„Ò‹¯ÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
Delete All ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ï ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚flÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ
Protect ·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È Û ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú ‹ÎÎ˘Ì Í·Ù·ÛÍÂı·ÛÙ˛Ì.
Print Mark ■ œÈ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ·¸ ‹ÎÎÁ
Format ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ·Ì··Ò‹„ÔÌÙ·È ·¸ ·ıÙfiÌ
ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ √È· ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Û ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, Ë·
Move OK Select MENU Exit
Ò›ÂÈ Ì· „ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ codec ‚flÌÙÂÔ (ÂÒÈης‹ÌÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ
CD Ôı ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·).
- √È· ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù˘Ì ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì, Ôı ÂflÌ·È ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ
Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú, Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ›˜ÂÙ „ͷÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ
Microsoft Windows Media Player ›Í‰ÔÛÁ 9 fi ̸ÙÂÒÁ.
- ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í‹ÌÂÙ Îfi¯Á ÙÔı Microsoft Windows Media Player ·¸ ÙÁÌ
ÙÔÔËÂÛfl· ÙÁÚ Microsoft ÛÙÔ Web, ÛÙÁ ÛÂÎfl‰·
"http://www.microsoft.com/windows/windowsmedia/download/default.asp". 85
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 86

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Recording Photo Image from a Cassette ≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· ˘Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·
✤ This function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ You can capture a frame on a tape and save it as a Photo on a ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
Memory Card. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í·Ù·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ·¸ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.

1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
3. Play back the cassette.
4. Press the [PHOTO] button.
■ The photo image is recorded on the Memory
Card.
■ During the time it takes to save an image, the
playback screen is paused and the OSD is
displayed.
4 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. ¡Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [PHOTO].
■ « ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· „„Ò‹ˆÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
SP 2/46 ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁÚ ÏÈ·Ú
25min
ÂÈ͸̷Ú, Á Ô˸ÌÁ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ
‰È·Í¸ÙÂÙ·È ÒÔÛ˘ÒÈÌ‹ Í·È Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ
Now copying...
ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ.

[ Notes ] [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ Photo images copied from the cassette to the Memory Card are ■ œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁÌ
saved in 640x480 format. Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È Ï ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ 640x480.
■ Number of images you can save varies depending on the image ■ œ ·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú Ù˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ôı ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·ÔËÁͽÛÂÙÂ
resolution. ‰È·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÁÌ ·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÈ͸̷Ú.

86
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 87

ENGLISHDigital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Copying Still Images from a Cassette to a Memory Card (Photo Copy) ¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì ·¸ Í·Û›Ù· Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (Photo Copy)
✤ The Photo Copy function works only in
<Player> mode. ➥page 19 4 Player Mode
✤ You can copy all still images recorded with the √Tape
Photo Search
Photo function from the cassette to a Memory Card. Photo Copy
✤ Rewind the tape to the desired point. Audio Select √Sound[1]
Audio Effect √Off
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE]. Move OK Select
3. Press the [MENU] button. 5 [PLAYER].
Player Mode
■ The menu list will appear. Back
Photo Search
Photo Copy
… / †] button to select <Tape>, then
4. Press the [… Audio Select
press the [OK] button.
Audio Effect
5. Press the [… … / †] button to select <Photo Copy>,
then press the [OK] button. Move OK Select
■ All still images recorded on the cassette tape
will be copied onto a Memory Card. 6 SP
Photo Copy
6. The Camcorder automatically performs the still
image search to find still images and copy starts. Photo searching...
7. Press the [■ (STOP)] button to stop copying.
■ Copy stops when the cassette is finished or
Memory Card is full. SP
Photo Copy
✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Photo Copy ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ
ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi).
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı
›˜ÔıÌ Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Îfi¯ÁÚ
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Û ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·, Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
✤ ÃÂÙ·ÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ù·ÈÌfl· ÛÙÔ ÛÁÏÂflÔ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙÂ.
MENU Exit
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
<Tape> (K·Û›Ù·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
MENU Exit
<Photo Copy> Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
0:44:38:03 ■ ºÎÂÚ ÔÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı ÂflÌ·È
25min „„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Ë· ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆÔ˝Ì
ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
6. « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂÍÙÂÎÂfl ·ıٸϷٷ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ
ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì Í·È ·Ò˜flÊÂÈ Á ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi.
7. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)] „È· Ì·
ÛÙ·Ï·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi.
2/46 ■ « ·ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ÛÙ·Ï·Ù‹ ¸Ù·Ì Á Í·Û›Ù·
25min ÙÂÎÂÈ˛ÛÂÈ fi Á Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ „ÂÏflÛÂÈ.

[ Note ] Now copying... [ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]

Still images copied from the cassette to the Memory œÈ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ Ôı ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁÌ
Card are saved in 640x480 format. Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ·ÔËÁͽÔÌÙ·È ÏÂ
·Ì‹ÎıÛÁ 640x480.
OK Back MENU Exit

87
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 88

ENGLISH
Digital Still Camera Mode ‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈÍfiÚ GREEK
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÁ˜·ÌfiÚ (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Marking Images for Printing (Print Mark) ”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì „È· ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ (Print Mark)
✤ The Print Mark function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Print Mark (”fiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ) ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
✤ This Camcorder supports the DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) print format. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ You can automatically print images recorded on a Memory Card with a printer ✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ ÙÁ ÏÔÒˆfi ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ DPOF (Digital Print Order
Format).
supporting DPOF. ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÍÙı˛ÛÂÙ ·ıٸϷٷ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Û ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
✤ There are 2 ways to make a Print Mark. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Û ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi Ôı ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ DPOF.
- <This File> : You can set a print mark on the image ✤ ’‹Ò˜ÔıÌ 2 ÙÒ¸ÔÈ „È· Ì· ‰ÁÏÈÔıÒ„fiÛÂÙ ÏÈ· ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁ
displayed on the LCD Screen. ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ.
It can be set up to 999.
5 M.Player Mode 2/46 - <This File> (¡ıÙ¸ ÙÔ ·Ò˜ÂflÔ): ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ÏÈ·
- <All Files> : To print 1 copy each of all of the stored √Memory ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ ÛÙÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
images. M.Play Select √Photo ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD. ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ·ÒÈËϸ ·ÌÙÈÙ˝˘Ì
Delete Ï›˜ÒÈ ÙÔ 999.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. Delete All
- <All Files> (ºÎ· Ù· ·Ò˜Âfl·): √È· Ì· ÂÍÙı˛ÛÂÙ ›Ì·
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. ·ÌÙflÙıÔ ·¸ Í‹Ë ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷.
Protect √Off
■ The last recorded image appears.
Print Mark 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
3. Using the [œœœ/√√√ (REV/FWD)] buttons, search for the photo Format 2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
image that you want to mark. ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı Í·Ù·„Ò‹ˆÁÍ ÙÂÎÂıÙ·fl·.
4. Press the [MENU] button. Move OK Select MENU Exit 3. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù· ÍÔıÏÈ‹ [œœ/√ √√ (REV/FWD)], ·Ì·ÊÁÙfiÛÙÂ
■ The menu list will appear. ÙÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ÂÈÛÁÏ‹ÌÂÙÂ.
5. Press the […… / †] button to select <Memory>, then 4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
press the [OK] button. 7 M.Player Mode 2/46 ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Memory>
6. Press the […… / †] button to select <Print Mark>, then Back
(ÃÌfiÏÁ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
press the [OK] button. M.Play Select 002 6. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Print Mark> Í·È,
7. Press the […… / †] button to select the desired option <All Delete ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Off>, <This File> or <All Files>, then press the [OK] button. Delete All 7. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […… / †] „È· Ì· Í‹ÌÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈËıÏÁÙfi
… / †] button to select
8. If you select <This File>, press the [… Protect All Off †
ÂÈÎÔ„fi <All Off> (K·Ì›Ì·), <T
This File> fi <All Files> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
the quantity, then press the [OK] button. Print Mark This File 002 ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
9. To exit, press the [MENU] button. Format All Files † 8. ≈‹Ì ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔ <This File>, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È·
Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÔÛ¸ÙÁÙ· Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Removing the Print Mark Previous Next MENU Exit ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
9. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
To remove all Print Marks, select <All Off>.
To remove an individual file’s Print Mark, select the file and 9 2/46 K·Ù‹Ò„ÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ
set <This File> to <000>. 800X600 √È· Ì· Í·Ù·Ò„fiÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÛÁÏ‹ÌÛÂÈÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ, ÂÈΛÓÙ <All Off>.
√È· Ì· Í·Ù·Ò„fiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ ÂÌ¸Ú ÏÂÏÔÌ˘Ï›ÌÔı
[ Notes ] ·Ò˜ÂflÔı, ÂÈΛÓÙ ÙÔ ·Ò˜ÂflÔ Í·È ‰˛ÛÙ ÛÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <This File>
■ You can directly access the Print Mark function using the (¡ıÙ¸ ÙÔ ·Ò˜ÂflÔ) ÙÁÌ ÙÈÏfi <000>.
[Q.MENU] button. ➥page 20
√
■ If the Print Mark is set to <This File>, you can set the number
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■
√È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ Ò¸Û‚·ÛÁ ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Print Mark, ·βÚ
of copies from <000> to <999>. 002 ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Q.MENU]. ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 20
■ If the Print Mark is set to <All Files>, you can set the number ■ ≈‹Ì Á ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl ÛÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <This
of copies to <001>. 100-0002 File>, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ·¸ <000> ›˘Ú <999> ·ÌÙflÙı·.
■ The <All Files> option may require extended operation time ■ ≈‹Ì Á ÛfiÏ·ÌÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ ÔÒÈÛÙÂfl ÛÙÁ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ <All
depending on the number of stored images. Files>, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ ·ÒÈËϸ ·ÌÙÈÙ˝˘Ì ÛÙÔ <001>.
■ « ÂÈÎÔ„fi <All Files> Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ··ÈÙÂfl Ï„‹ÎÔ ˜Ò¸ÌÔ ÂÍÙ›ÎÂÛÁÚ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„·
■ DPOF supported printers are commercially available.
Ï ÙÔÌ ·ÒÈËϸ Ù˘Ì ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì.
■ œÈ ÂÍÙı˘Ù›Ú Ï ıÔÛÙfiÒÈÓÁ DPOF ‰È·ÙflËÂÌÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÂÏ¸ÒÈÔ.

88
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 89

ENGLISHPictBridgeTM PictBridgeTM (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))

Printing Your Pictures – Using the PictBridgeTM ≈ÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì - ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı PictBridgeTM
✤ PictBridge TM function works only in <M.Player> mode. ➥page 19 ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· PictBridgeTM ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✤ By connecting the Camcorder to printers with PictBridge support <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
(sold separately), you can send images from the Memory Card ✤ ”ı̉›ÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÂÍÙı˘Ù›Ú Ôı ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÔıÌ ÙÔ
directly to the printer with a few simple operations. Ò¸ÙıÔ PictBridge (˘ÎÔ˝ÌÙ·È Ó˜˘ÒÈÛÙ‹), ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÛÙÂflÎÂÙÂ
✤ With the PictBridge Support, you can control the printer directly ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÙÔÌ ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi Ï Îfl„ÂÚ ·ΛÚ
Â̛҄ÂÈÂÚ.
through your Camcorder in order to print out ✤ àÙÁÌ ıÔÛÙfiÒÈÓÁ PictBridge, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂΛ„˜ÂÙÂ
stored pictures. For direct printing of your ÙÈÚ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈÚ ÙÔı ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi ·ÂıËÂfl·Ú Ï›Û˘ ÙÁÚ
stored pictures using the PictBridge 4 M.Player Mode 2/46 ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú „È· Ì· ÂÍÙı˛ÛÂÙ ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ
function, you must connect your Camcorder √System ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ. √È· ‹ÏÂÛÁ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ Ù˘Ì ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì
to a PictBridge printer using a USB cable. Clock Set ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ï ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· PictBridge, Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
Remote √On Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ›Ì·Ì ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi
Beep Sound √On PictBridge Ï›Û˘ ÂÌ¸Ú Í·Î˘‰flÔı USB.
Connecting To a Printer USB Connect √Computer
1. Turn your printer's power off. Language √English ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi
■ Turn your Camcorder on by setting the 1. »›ÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú.
[Power] switch to [PLAYER]. Move OK Select MENU Exit ■ ≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ë›ÙÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÔÌ

2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
3. Press the [MENU] button. 6 M.Player Mode 2/46 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. Back ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Clock Set … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
4. Press the [… … / † ] button to select <System>, Remote <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
then press the [OK] button. Beep Sound ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
USB Connect Computer … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <USB
5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
5. Press the [… … / † ] button to select <USB Language Printer Connect> (”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
Connect>, then press the [OK] button.
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
6. Press the [… … / † ] button to select <Printer>, Move OK Select MENU Exit … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. <Printer> (≈ÍÙı˘ÙfiÚ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
■ <Computer> : Connect to a computer. ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ <Printer> : Connect to a printer. (To use ■ <Computer>: ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
■ <Printer>: ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi. (√È· Ì·
the PictBridge function, connect to a
printer.) ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· PictBridge,
Ûı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ›Ì·Ì
7. Connect your Camcorder to the printer using ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi.)
the provided USB cable. 7. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔÌ ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ ·Ò˜¸ÏÂÌÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB.
8. Turn your printer power on. 8. »›ÛÙ ÙÔÌ ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi Û ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ The PictBridge menu screen appears ■ « Ô˸ÌÁ ÏÂÌÔ˝ PictBridge Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
automatically after a short period. ·ıٸϷٷ ÏÂÙ‹ ·¸ ›Ì· Û˝ÌÙÔÏÔ ˜ÒÔÌÈ͸
■ The cursor highlights <Print>. ‰È‹ÛÙÁÏ·.
■ « ÂÈÎÔ„fi <Print> Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÂÈÛÁÏ·ÛÏ›ÌÁ.

89
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 90

ENGLISHPictBridgeTM PictBridgeTM (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))

Selecting Images ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
M.Player Mode 2/46
1. In the <PictBridge> settings menu, press the 1. ”ÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÒıËÏflÛÂ˘Ì <PictBridge>, ·ÙfiÛÙ ٷ ÍÔıÏÈ‹
œœ/√
[œ √√ (REV/FWD)] buttons to select an image to print. [œœ/√
√√ (REV/FWD)] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÏÈ· ÂÈ͸̷ Ôı Ë›ÎÂÙÂ
Print Ì· ÂÍÙı˛ÛÂÙÂ.
Setting the Number of Prints Copies Num. 02
œÒÈÛÏ¸Ú ÙÔı ·ÒÈËÏÔ˝ ·ÌÙÈÙ˝˘Ì
Date/Time
… / †] button to select <Copies>, then press
2. Press the [… 2. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Copies>
the [OK] button. (¡ÌÙflÙı·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to set the number of prints, then
3. Press the [… 3. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ ·ÒÈËϸ Ù˘Ì
press the [OK] button. ·ÌÙÈÙ˝˘Ì Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Previous Next 100-0002 —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÈÎÔ„fiÚ ÂÌÛ˘Ï‹Ù˘ÛÁÚ
Setting the Date/Time Imprint Option ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú
… / †] button to select <Date/Time>, then
4. Press the [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Date/Time>
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
press the [OK] button. 2/46
M.Player Mode («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/øÒ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
… / †] button to select the Date/Time display
5. Press the [… [OK].
type, then press the [OK] button. Print … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ ÙÔÌ Ù˝Ô
5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
■ Date/Time display type: <Off>, <Date>, <Time>, Copies ÒÔ‚ÔÎfiÚ ÙÁÚ «ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/øÒ·Ú Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·,
<Date&Time> Date/Time Off ·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
■ ‘˝ÔÚ Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú: <Off>
Date
Printing Images (¡ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁÏ›ÌÁ), <Date> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·), <Time>
Time
(øÒ·), <Date&Time> («ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl· Í·È ˛Ò·).
… / †] button to select <Print>, then press the
Press the [… Date&Time
[OK] button, and selected image files will be printed. ≈ÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
Previous Next 100-0002
… / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Print> Í·È, ÛÙÁ
–·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
Canceling the Printing ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK] „È· ÙÁÌ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ Ù˘Ì
To cancel the image printing, press [OK] button again. ÂÈÎÂ„Ï›Ì˘Ì ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
M.Player Mode 2/46
The message “Cancel” appears and the image printing will ¡Í˝Ò˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ
be canceled. √È· Ì· ·ÍıÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì, ·ÙfiÛÙ ӷ̋ ÙÔ
Print
Copies ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
[ Notes ] ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÙÔ ÏfiÌıÏ· "Cancel..." (¡Í˝Ò˘ÛÁ...) Í·È Á ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ
■ The Date/Time Imprint Option may not be supported by Date/Time
Ù˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ·ÍıÒ˛ÌÂÙ·È.
all printers. Check with your printer manufacturer. The [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
<Date/Time> menu cannot be setup if the printer does ■ « ÂÈÎÔ„fi ÂÌÛ˘Ï‹Ù˘ÛÁÚ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú/˛Ò·Ú Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú
not support this option. Ì· ÏÁÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÙ·È ·¸ ¸ÎÔıÚ ÙÔıÚ ÂÍÙı˘Ù›Ú.
■ The PictBridgeTM is a registered trademark of CIPA Previous Next 100-0002 ¡ÂıËıÌËÂflÙ ÛÙÔÌ Í·Ù·ÛÍÂı·ÛÙfi ÙÔı ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi. « Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁ
(Camera & Imaging Products Association), an image ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝ <Date/Time> ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi Â‹Ì Ô ÂÍÙı˘ÙfiÚ
transfer standard developed by Canon, Fuji, HP, Olympus, Seiko Epson, ‰ÂÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ ·ıÙfi ÙÁÌ ÂÈÎÔ„fi.
■ « ÔÌÔÏ·Ûfl· PictBridgeTM ÂflÌ·È ÛfiÏ· Í·Ù·ÙÂË›Ì ÙÁÚ CIPA (Camera & Imaging
and Sony.
■ PictBridge supporting printers are commercially available. Products Association) Í·È Ò¸ÍÂÈÙ·È „È· ›Ì· Ò¸ÙıÔ ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì Ôı
■ Use the USB cable provided with the Camcorder. ·Ì·Ù˝˜ËÁÍ ·¸ ÙÈÚ ÂÙ·ÈÒÂflÂÚ Canon, Fuji, HP, Olympus, Seiko Epson Í·È Sony.
■ ≈ÍÙı˘Ù›Ú Ï ıÔÛÙfiÒÈÓÁ ÙÔı ÒÔÙ˝Ôı PictBridge ‰È·ÙflËÂÌÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÂÏ¸ÒÈÔ.
■ Use the AC power adapter for your Camcorder during PictBridge Direct ■ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB Ôı ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È Ï ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
Printing. Turning your Camcorder off during printing might damage data on ■ K·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ·ÂıËÂfl·Ú ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ PictBridge,
the Memory Card. ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ „È· ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
■ Printing photo images is supported. Moving images are not available for ‘ı˜¸Ì ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ‹Ú Û·Ú Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· ÙÁÚ ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ
printing. ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· Í·Ù·ÛÙÒ›¯ÂÈ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
■ ’ÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÙ·È Á ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì. « ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ‰ÂÌ
■ You can set various printing options depending on the printer.
■ Please refer to the user’s manual of the printer for details. ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi.
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÔÒflÛÂÙ ‰È‹ˆÔÒÂÚ ÂÈÎÔ„›Ú ÂÍÙ˝˘ÛÁÚ ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔÌ ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi.
■ √È· ÎÂÙÔÏ›ÒÂÈÂÚ, ·Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÔ Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÔı ÂÍÙı˘Ùfi Û·Ú.
90
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISH
IEEE 1394 Data Transfer
Transferring IEEE1394 (i.LINK)-DV Standard Data Connections
Connecting to a DV Device
(DVD Recorder, Camcorder, etc.)
■ Connecting to other standard DV products.
- A standard DV connection is quite simple.
- If a product has a DV jack, you can transfer data by connecting to
the DV jack using the correct cable. (not supplied)
!!! Please be careful since there are two types of DV jacks (4pin,
6pin). This Camcorder has a 4pin jack.
■
With a digital connection, video and audio signals are transmitted in
digital format, allowing high quality images to be transferred.
Connecting to a PC
■ If you want to transmit data to a PC, you must install an IEEE 1394
add-on card into the PC. (not supplied)
■ The frame rate for moving images is dependent on the capacity of
the PC.
System Requirements
■ CPU : faster Intel® Pentium III™ 450MHz compatible.
■ Operating system : Windows® 98SE, ME, 2000, XP, VISTA (32 bit),
Mac OS (9.1~10.4)
■ Main memory : more than 64 MB RAM
■ IEEE1394 add-on card or built in IEEE1394 card
[ Notes ]
■ Operation is not guaranteed for all the recommended computer
environments mentioned above.
■ IEEE 1394 is an international standard standardized by the Institute
of Electrical and Electronics Engineers.
■ DV device that does not complies with the DV standard specification
may not supported.
Refer to the product documentation of the device to be connected for
further details on notes and compatible software applications.
Page 91
ÃÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï GREEK
ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ IEEE 1394
ÃÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ Ï›Û˘ IEEE1394 (i.LINK) - ”ı̉›ÛÂÈÚ
ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ DV
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ÏÈ· ÛıÛÍÂıfi DV (ÛıÛÍÂıfi „„Ò·ˆfiÚ DVD,
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í.Î.)
■ ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ‹Îη ÒÔ˙¸ÌÙ· Ôı ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÔıÌ ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ DV.
- ÃÈ· ÙıÈÍfi Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ DV ÂflÌ·È ·ÒÍÂÙ‹ ·Îfi.
- ¡Ì ›Ì· ÒÔ˙¸Ì ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi DV, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙÂ
‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Ï›Û˘ ·ıÙfiÚ ÙÁÚ ıÔ‰Ô˜fiÚ, Ûı̉›ÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÔ
ͷβ‰ÈÔ.
!!! Õ· ÂflÛÙ ÒÔÛÂÍÙÈÍÔfl ͷ˸ÙÈ ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ‰˝Ô Ù˝ÔÈ ıÔ‰Ô˜˛Ì DV (4
·Ífl‰˘Ì Í·È 6 ·Ífl‰˘Ì). ¡ıÙfi Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ›˜ÂÈ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi 4 ·Ífl‰˘Ì.
■ àÙÁÌ ¯ÁˆÈ·Ífi Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ, Ù· ÛfiÏ·Ù· ‚flÌÙÂÔ Í·È fi˜Ôı ÏÂÙ·‰fl‰ÔÌÙ·È ÛÂ
¯ÁˆÈ·Ífi ÏÔÒˆfi, „„ÔÌ¸Ú Ôı ÂÈÙÒ›ÂÈ ÙÁ ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ı¯ÁÎfiÚ
ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú.
”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi
■ ¡Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
„ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÏÈ· Ò¸ÛËÂÙÁ Í‹ÒÙ· IEEE1394 (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È).
■ œ ÒıËÏ¸Ú Í·Ò› „È· ÙÈÚ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸ ÙÁ
˜˘ÒÁÙÈ͸ÙÁÙ· ÙÔı ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
¡·ÈÙfiÛÂÈÚ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ
■ ≈ÂÓÂÒ„·ÛÙfiÚ: ÛıÏ‚·Ù¸Ú Ï Intel® Pentium III™ 450 MHz fi Ù·˜˝ÙÂÒÔÚ.
■ ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„È͸ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ·: Windows® 98SE, ME, 2000, XP, VISTA (32 bit),
Mac OS (9.1~10.4)
■ ÃÌfiÏÁ RAM: ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒ· ·¸ 64 MB
■ –Ò¸ÛËÂÙÁ fi ÂÌÛ˘Ï·Ù˘Ï›ÌÁ Í‹ÒÙ· IEEE1394
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È Â„„ıÁÏ›ÌÁ „È· ¸Î· Ù· ÛıÌÈÛÙ˛ÏÂÌ·
ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙ· Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ·Ò·‹Ì˘.
■ ‘Ô IEEE1394 ÂflÌ·È ›Ì· ‰ÈÂËÌ›Ú Ò¸ÙıÔ ‰ÈÂ·ˆ˛Ì Ôı ›˜ÂÈ
ÙıÔÔÈÁËÂfl ·¸ ÙÔ IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers).
■ œÔÈ·‰fiÔÙ ÛıÛÍÂıfi DV Ôı ‰ÂÌ ÎÁÒÔfl ÙÈÚ Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú ÙÔı
ÒÔÙ˝Ôı DV Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÏÁÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÙ·È.
¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙ· ›ÌÙı· ÒÔ˙¸ÌÙÔÚ Ôı ÛıÌԉ½ÔıÌ ÙÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi Ôı
Ò¸ÍÂÈÙ·È Ì· Ûı̉ÂËÂfl „È· ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÂÚ ÎÂÙÔÏ›ÒÂÈÂÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÈÚ
ÛÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ Í·È ÙÈÚ ÛıÏ‚·Ù›Ú ˆ·ÒÏÔ„›Ú ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈÍÔ˝.
91
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 92

ENGLISH ÃÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï GREEK

IEEE 1394 Data Transfer ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ IEEE 1394

Recording with a DV Connection
Cable (VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/
D375Wi/D975Wi only)
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Connect the DV cable (not supplied) from the
DV jack of the Camcorder to the DV jack of
the other DV device.
■ Make sure that is displayed.
4. Press the [Start/Stop] button to begin REC
PAUSE mode.
■ <PAUSE> is displayed.
5. Start playback on the other DV device while
you monitor the picture.
6. Press the [Start/Stop] button to start
recording.
■ If you want to pause recording
momentarily, press the [Start/Stop] button
√
≈„„Ò·ˆfi Ï ͷβ‰ÈÔ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ DV
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/
D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi)
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[PLAYER].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DV (‰ÂÌ ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È) ÛÙÁÌ
ıÔ‰Ô˜fi DV ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È ÛÙÁÌ
ıÔ‰Ô˜fi DV ÙÁÚ ‹ÎÎÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ DV.
■ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop] „È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÈ
Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú REC PAUSE.
VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/ ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ <PAUSE>.
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) 5. ŒÂÍÈÌfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÛÙÁÌ ‹ÎÎÁ
D372WH(i) ÛıÛÍÂıfi DV ÂÌ˛ ·Ò·ÍÔÎÔıËÂflÙ ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
6. √È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
ÍÔıÏfl [Start/Stop].
■ ≈‹Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi
ÒÔÛ˘ÒÈÌ‹, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ Ó·Ì‹ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
[Start/Stop].
7. √È· Ì· ‰È·Í¸¯ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ÔÒÈÛÙÈÍ‹,

again.
7. To stop recording, press the [■ (STOP)] button.
[ Notes ]
■ When you transmit data from the Camcorder to another DV device, some
functions may not work. If this occurs, please reconnect the DV cable or
turn the power OFF and ON again.
■ When you transmit data from the Camcorder to PC, PC function button is
not available in <M.Player> mode.
■ Do not use another DV device when using IEEE1394.
■ Do not connect the Camcorder to a PC using both DV and USB
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) cables. It may not operate properly.
■ The IEEE1394 cable (DV cable)is sold separately.
■ Moving image software is commercially available.
■ Most DV enabled PCs have a 6 pin jack. In this case, a 6pin/4pin cable is
required for the connection.
■ Most DV enabled Notebooks and Laptops have a 4 pin socket. Use a
4pin/4pin cable for the connection.
■ DIS and COLOUR NITE features are not available when in DV
(IEEE1394) mode. If DV (IEEE1394) mode is set, DIS and COLOUR NITE
modes will be released.
■ Search (Forward/Reverse)is not available when in DV (IEEE1394)mode.
■ When using this Camcorder as a recorder, the pictures that appear on a
monitor may seem uneven, however recorded pictures will not be affected.
92
√
·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)].
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ºÙ·Ì ÏÂÙ·‰fl‰ÂÙ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ·¸ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÏÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ ÛıÛÍÂıfi DV,
ÔÒÈÛÏ›ÌÂÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ.
¡Ì ÛıÏ‚·flÌÂÈ Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ, Ûı̉›ÛÙ ‹ÎÈ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DV fi Ë›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·
ÂÍÙ¸Ú ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Í·È ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ· Í·È ‹ÎÈ Û ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ ºÙ·Ì ÏÂÙ·‰fl‰ÂÙ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ·¸ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔ ÛÙÔ <M.Player>.
■ ÃÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ‹ÎÎÂÚ ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú DV ¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ
IEEE1394.
■ ÃÁ Ûı̉›ÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DV
Í·È Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)) Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·.
≈̉›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ‰ıÛÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ TÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ IEEE1394 (ͷβ‰ÈÔ DV) ˘ÎÂflÙ·È Ó˜˘ÒÈÛÙ‹.
■ ÀÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ ÂÂÓÂÒ„·Ûfl·Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÔ ÛÙÔ ÂÏ¸ÒÈÔ.
■ œÈ ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔÈ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙ›Ú Ï ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· DV ‰È·Ë›ÙÔıÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi 6 ·Ífl‰˘Ì. ”Â
·ıÙfi ÙÁÌ ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ, ··ÈÙÂflÙ·È Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ Ï ›Ì· ‚˝ÛÏ· 6 ·Ífl‰˘Ì Í·È ›Ì· ‚˝ÛÏ· 4
·Ífl‰˘Ì „È· ÙÁ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ.
■ œÈ ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔÈ ˆÔÒÁÙÔfl ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙ›Ú Ï ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· DV ‰È·Ë›ÙÔıÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi 4
·Ífl‰˘Ì. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ›Ì· ͷβ‰ÈÔ 4 ·Ífl‰˘Ì „È· ÙÁ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ.
■ œÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ DIS Í·È COLOUR NITE ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÂÚ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
DV (IEEE1394).
≈‹Ì ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÁËÂfl Ô ÙÒ¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú DV (IEEE1394), ÔÈ ÙÒ¸ÔÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú DIS
Í·È COLOUR NITE ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÔ˝ÌÙ·È.
■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁÚ (–ÒÔÚ Ù· ÂÏÒ¸Ú/flÛ˘) ‰ÂÌ ‰È·ÙflËÂÙ·È ÛÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· DV
(IEEE1394).
■ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ˘Ú ÛıÛÍÂıfi „„Ò·ˆfiÚ, ÔÈ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı
Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ˆ·flÌÔÌÙ·È ·Ò·ÏÔÒˆ˘Ï›ÌÂÚ, ˘ÛÙ¸ÛÔ, ÔÈ
ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı „„Ò‹ˆÔÌÙ·È ‰ÂÌ ÂÁÒ‹ÊÔÌÙ·È.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 93

ENGLISH
USB Interface ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Using USB Interface ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‰È·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB
Transferring a Digital Image through a USB Connection ÃÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁ ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍfiÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Ï›Û˘ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB
✤ The Camcorder supports both USB 1.1 and 2.0 standards. ✤ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÈ Ù· Ò¸Ùı· USB 1.1 Í·È USB 2.0. (≈Ó·ÒًٷÈ
·¸ ÙÈÚ Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú ÙÔı ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi)
(Depends on the PC specification) ✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ›Ì· ·Ò˜ÂflÔ Ôı ›˜ÂÈ
✤ You can transfer a recorded file on a Memory Card to your PC via Í·Ù·„Ò·ˆÂfl Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ï›Û˘ ÏÈ·Ú Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB.
a USB connection. ✤ ¡Ì ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi, ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È Ì·
✤ If you transfer data to a PC, you need to install the software (DV „ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ (Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ· Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ DV, codec ‚flÌÙÂÔ,
Driver, Video Codec, DirectX 9.0) supplied with the Camcorder. DirectX 9.0) Ôı ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
USB Connection Speed depending on the System « Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB ÂÓ·ÒÙ‹Ù·È ·¸ ÙÔ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ·
œÈ Ûı̉›ÛÂÈÚ USB ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÔÌÙ·È Ï¸ÌÔ ·¸ ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·Ù· Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂı˛Ì ÙÔı
High speed USB connection is supported by Microsoft (Windows) device drivers only. ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„ÈÍÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ Microsoft Windows.
■ Windows 2000 - High speed USB on a system with Service Pack 4 or later installed. ■ Windows 2000 - USB ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÛÂ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Ï „ͷÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Service Pack 4 fi ̲ÙÂÒÔ.
■ Windows XP - High speed USB on a system with Service Pack 1 or later installed. ■ Windows XP - USB ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÛÂ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Ï „ͷÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Service Pack 1 fi ̲ÙÂÒÔ.
■ Windows VISTA - High speed USB on a system with Service Pack 1 or later installed. ■ Windows VISTA - USB ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú ÛÂ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Ï „ͷÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Service Pack 1 fi
̲ÙÂÒÔ.
System Requirements
¡·ÈÙfiÛÂÈÚ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ
Windows System ”˝ÛÙÁÏ· Windows
CPU Intel® Pentium 4™ , 2GHz
EÂÓÂÒ„·ÛÙfiÚ Intel® Pentium 4™, 2 GHz
OS(Operating System) Windows® 2000/XP/VISTA (32bit)
ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„È͸ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Windows® 2000/XP/VISTA (32 bit)
* Standard installation is recommended.
* ”ıÌÈÛÙ‹Ù·È ÙıÈÍfi „ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ.
Operation may not assured if the above OS has been upgraded.
« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Û ·Ì·‚·ËÏÈÛϛ̷ fi ÙÒÔÔÔÈÁϛ̷ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„ÈÍ‹ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·Ù·
Memory 1512MB
Ù˘Ì Ù˝˘Ì Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒËÁÍ·Ì ·Ò·‹Ì˘ ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È Â„„ıÁÏ›ÌÁ.
HDD capacity 2GB or more
ÃÌfiÏÁ 512 MB
Resolution 1024 x 768 dots 24bit Colour
”ÍÎÁÒ¸Ú ‰flÛÍÔÚ 2 GB fi Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÔÚ
USB USB2.0 High Speed
¡Ì‹ÎıÛÁ 1024 x 768, 24 bit ◊Ò˛Ï·
■ USB interface is not supported on Windows® VISTA(64bit) and Macintosh operating USB USB 2.0 ı¯ÁÎfiÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú
systems. ■ « ‰ÈÂ·ˆfi USB ‰ÂÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÙ·È ·¸ Ù· ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„ÈÍ‹ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·Ù· WindowsÆ VISTA (64 bit) Í·È
■ System requirements mentioned above are recommendations. Even on a system that Macintosh.
satisfies the requirements may not ensure the operation depending on the system. ■ œÈ ··ÈÙfiÛÂÈÚ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ·Ò·‹Ì˘ ·ÔÙÂÎÔ˝Ì ÛıÛÙ‹ÛÂÈÚ. ¡Í¸Ï· Í·È ÛÂ
Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Ôı ÎÁÒÔfl ÙÈÚ Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú, Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Á Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂÈÙÂı˜ËÂfl, θ„˘ Í‹ÔÈ˘Ì
[ Notes ] ÒıËÏflÛÂ˘Ì ÙÔı ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ.
■ On a slower PC than recommended, movie playback may not be smooth or video [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
editing may take a long time. ■ ” ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙ›Ú Ï ÏÈÍÒ¸ÙÂÒÁ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÛıÌÈÛÙ˛ÏÂÌÁ, Á ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù·ÈÌÈ˛Ì
■ On a slower PC than recommended, movie playback may skip frames or operate Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂflÌ·È ÔÏ·Îfi fi Á ÂÂÓÂÒ„·Ûfl· ÙÔı ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ì· ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È Ôν ˜Ò¸ÌÔ.
unexpectedly. ■ ” ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙ›Ú Ï ÏÈÍÒ¸ÙÂÒÁ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ·¸ ÙÁÌ ÛıÌÈÛÙ˛ÏÂÌÁ, Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ù·ÈÌÈ˛Ì
■ Intel® Pentium III™ or Pentium 4™ is a trademark of the Intel Corporation. Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ·Ò·ÎÂflÔÌÙ·È Í·Ò› fi Á ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Ì· ÏÁÌ ÂÍÙÂÎÂflÙ·È Ï ÙÔÌ ·Ì·ÏÂ̸ÏÂÌÔ
■ Windows® is a registered trademark of the Microsoft® Corporation. ÙÒ¸Ô.
■ œÈ ÔÌÔÏ·ÛflÂÚ Intel® Pentium III™ Í·È Pentium 4™ ÂflÌ·È ÂÏÔÒÈÍ‹ ÛfiÏ·Ù· ÙÁÚ Intel Corporation.
■ All other brands and names are property of their respective owners.
■ « ÔÌÔÏ·Ûfl· Windows® ÂflÌ·È ÛfiÏ· Í·Ù·ÙÂË›Ì ÙÁÚ Microsoft® Corporation.
■ Operations are not guaranteed for all of the recommended computer environments ■ ºÎÂÚ ÔÈ ‹ÎÎÂÚ Ï‹ÒÍÂÚ Í·È Â˘ÌıÏflÂÚ ÂflÌ·È È‰ÈÔÍÙÁÛfl· Ù˘Ì ·ÌÙflÛÙÔȘ˘Ì Í·Ù¸˜˘Ì ÙÔıÚ.
mentioned above. ■ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ‰ÂÌ ÂflÌ·È Â„„ıÁÏ›ÌÁ „È· ¸Î· Ù· ÛıÌÈÛÙ˛ÏÂÌ· ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙ· Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È
■ Do not connect the Camcorder to a PC using both DV and USB cables. It may not ·Ò·‹Ì˘.
operate properly. ■ ÃÁ Ûı̉›ÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ DV Í·È Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB
■ In <M.Cam> or <M.Player> mode, be sure that the Memory Card is inserted into Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·. ≈̉›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ‰ıÛÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·.
■ ” ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Cam> fi <M.Player>, ‚‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ ›˜ÂÙ ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÈ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
Camcorder before connecting USB cable.
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÒÈÌ Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB. ¡Ì ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÂÙ ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÈ Í‹ÒÙ·
If no Memory Card or an unformatted Memory Card is inserted, PC will not recognize ÏÌfiÏÁÚ fi ›˜ÂÙ ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÂÈ ÏÈ· ÏÁ ‰È·ÏÔÒˆ˘Ï›ÌÁ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ, Ô ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfiÚ ‰ÂÌ Ë·
your Camcorder as a removable disk. ·Ì·„Ì˘ÒflÛÂÈ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ˘Ú ·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔ ‰flÛÍÔ.
■ USB Streaming requires Video Codec, DV Driver and DirectX 9.0. ■ « ÒÔfi ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ï›Û˘ USB ··ÈÙÂfl codec ‚flÌÙÂÔ, Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ· Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ DV Í·È DirectX 9.0.
■ If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the Camcorder during the data ■ ≈‹Ì ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB ·¸ ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi fi ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ·
transfer, the data transfer will stop and the data may be damaged. ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹Ú ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì, Á ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ Ë· ‰È·ÍÔÂfl Í·È Ù· ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· Í·Ù·ÛÙÒ·ˆÔ˝Ì.
■ If you connect the USB cable to a PC using a USB HUB or with other devices at the ■ ≈‹Ì Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ›Ì· ‰È·ÌÔÏ›· USB fi ÏÂ
same time, it may cause conflict and may not work properly. If this occurs, remove all ‹ÎÎÂÚ ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú Ù·ıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ·, Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÒÔÍÎÁËÂfl ‰È›ÌÂÓÁ Í·È Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ì· ÏÁÌ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Û˘ÛÙ‹. ¡Ì ÛıÏ‚Âfl Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ, ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ¸ÎÂÚ ÙÈÚ ‹ÎÎÂÚ ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú USB Í·È
other USB devices and try the connection again. ÂȘÂÈÒfiÛÙ ӷ̋ Ì· Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ. 93
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 94

ENGLISHUSB Interface ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Selecting the USB Device (USB Connect) ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÛıÛÍÂıfiÚ USB (USB Connect)
✤ USB Connect function works only in <M.Player> ✤ « ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· USB Connect ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ
mode. ➥page 19 1 Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <M.Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi-
✤ Using the USB cable, you can connect your ÏÌfiÏÁ). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
Camcorder to a computer to copy your moving ✤ ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷
images and photo images from the Memory Card, or Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi
to a printer to print your images. „È· Ì· ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÙÈÚ Ù·ÈÌflÂÚ Í·È ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ
Û·Ú ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ fi Ï ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi
„È· Ì· ÂÍÙı˛ÛÂÙ ÙÈÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Û·Ú.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [PLAYER]. 1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[PLAYER].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [CARD]. 4 M.Player Mode 2/46
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
√System
3. Press the [MENU] button. Clock Set 3. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].
■ The menu list will appear. Remote √On ■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ÎflÛÙ· ÙÔı ÏÂÌÔ˝.
Beep Sound √On
… / †] button to select <System>, then
4. Press the […
USB Connect √Computer … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
Language √English <System> (”˝ÛÙÁÏ·) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙÂ
press the [OK] button.
ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Move OK Select MENU Exit
… / †] button to select <USB Connect>,
5. Press the [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
5. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
then press the [OK] button. <USB Connect> (”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB) Í·È, ÛÙÁ
6 M.Player Mode 2/46 ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
… / †] button to select <Computer> or Back
6. Press the [… … / †] „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙÂ
6. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl […
Clock Set
<Printer>, then press the [OK] button. Remote <Computer> (’ÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfiÚ) fi <Printer>
■ You can select <Computer> to use the Beep Sound (≈ÍÙı˘ÙfiÚ) Í·È, ÛÙÁ ÛıÌ›˜ÂÈ·, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ
Camcorder as a PC Camera, USB Stream or USB Connect Computer ÍÔıÏfl [OK].
Language Printer
removable disk. ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Computer> „È· Ì·
■ You can select <Printer> to use the Pictbridge ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ˘Ú Í‹ÏÂÒ·
feature. ➥page 89 Move OK Select MENU Exit
Web, ÛıÛÍÂıfi ÒÔfiÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì US¬ fi
·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔ ‰flÛÍÔ.
7. To exit, press the [MENU] button. ■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Printer> „È· Ì·
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ ÙÁ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ· PictBridge.
➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 89
7. √È· Ì· ÂÓ›ÎËÂÙÂ, ·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [MENU].

94
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISHUSB Interface
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Installing DV Media PRO Program
✤ To play back moving images recorded by the Camcorder or
streaming data transferred through the USB connection on a PC, the
Video Codec program should be installed.
✤ Do not connect the Camcorder to PC before installing the program.
✤ If another Camcorder or scanner is connected, please disconnect it in
advance.
✤ This explanation is based on Windows® 2000 OS.
✤ DV Media Pro User's Manual is included on the accompanying
CD(D:/help/) in Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF).
(The Acrobat Reader is a freeware product of AdobeSystems,Inc.)
DV Media Pro User’s Manual is in English.
Program Installation
1. Insert the software CD into the CD-ROM drive of your computer.
■ Installation selection screen appears.
2. If the installation selection screen does not appear after inserting the
CD, click “Run” in the Windows “Start” menu and execute
Autorun.exe file to begin installation. When CD-ROM drive is set to
“D:drive”, type “D:/autorun.exe” and press Enter.
3. Click the icons listed below to install the selected software.
■ DV Driver Click
- PC CAMERA & USB STREAMING Driver (CAPTURE DRIVER)
- Connect a Camcorder to your PC to complete the DV Driver
installation.
1) This function works only in Camera mode.
2) Connect the camcorder to the PC using the USB cable.
3) The SAMSUNG A/V Capture driver installation begins on the
PC.
■ DirectX 9.0 Click
■ Video Codec Click
The Video Codec needs to be installed in order to play the moving
images (stored in the Memory Card) on a PC or to use the USB
Streaming/PC Camera functions.
Page 95
ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK
Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
≈„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı DV Media PRO Program
✤ √È· Ì· ·Ì··Ò·„‹„ÂÙ ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl Ï ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· fi ÒÔfi ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì Ôı ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È Ï›Û˘ ÙÁÚ
Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB, Ò›ÂÈ Ì· „ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ codec ‚flÌÙÂÔ.
✤ ÃÁÌ Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ÒÔÙÔ˝
„ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ·.
✤ ¡Ì ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÁ ÏÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· fi ›Ì·Ú Û·Ò˘ÙfiÚ,
·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ٷ ÂÍ Ù˘Ì ÒÔÙ›Ò˘Ì.
✤ ¡ıÙ¸ ÔˆÂflÎÂÙ·È ÛÙÁ ˆ˝ÛÁ ÙÔı ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„ÈÍÔ˝ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·ÙÔÚ Windows®
2000.
✤ ‘Ô Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÔı DV Media Pro ÂÒÈης‹ÌÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ
ÛıÌÔ‰ÂıÙÈ͸ CD (D:/help/) Û ÏÔÒˆfi PDF.
(TÔ Acrobat Reader ÂflÌ·È ›Ì· ‰˘ÒÂ‹Ì ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ ÒÔ˙¸Ì ÙÁÚ
AdobeSystems,Inc.)
‘Ô Â„˜ÂÈÒfl‰ÈÔ ˜ÒfiÛÁÚ ÙÔı DV Media Pro ÂflÌ·È ÛÙ· ¡„„ÎÈÍ‹.
≈„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ
1. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÔ CD Ï ÙÔ ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ ÛÙÁ ÏÔÌ‹‰· CD-ROM ÙÔı
ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú.
■ ≈ψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á Ô˸ÌÁ ÂÈÎÔ„fiÚ Â„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁÚ.
2. ¡Ì ‰ÂÌ Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl Á Ô˸ÌÁ ÂÈÎÔ„fiÚ Â„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁÚ ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÂÈÛ·„˘„fi
ÙÔı CD, ÂÈΛÓÙ "≈ÍÙ›ÎÂÛÁ" ÛÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ "∏Ì·ÒÓÁ" Í·È ÂÍÙÂΛÛÙ ÙÔ
·Ò˜ÂflÔ Autorun.exe „È· Ì· ÓÂÍÈÌfiÛÂÈ Á „ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ. ≈‹Ì Á ÏÔÌ‹‰· CD-
ROM ›˜ÂÈ ÒıËÏÈÛÙÂfl Û "D:drive", ÎÁÍÙÒÔÎÔ„fiÛÙ "D:\autorun.exe" Í·È
·ÙfiÛÙÂ Enter.
3. K‹ÌÙ ÍÎÈÍ ÛÙ· ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰È· Ôı ·Ì·ˆ›ÒÔÌÙ·È ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ „È· Ì·
„ͷٷÛÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÔ ÂÈ΄ϛÌÔ ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸.
■ DV Driver
- –Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ· Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ PC CAMERA & STREAMING (CAPTURE
DRIVER)
- ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú „È· Ì·
ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„Í·Ù‹ÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ
DV.
1) ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Camera.
2) ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi
˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB.
3) « „ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ ÙÔı ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ Ô‰fi„ÁÛÁÚ SAMSUNG A/V
Capture ÂÍÍÈÌÂflÙ·È ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
■ DirectX 9.0
■ Video Codec
‘Ô codec ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÂflÌ·È Â„Í·ÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ „È· Ì· ÂflÌ·È ‰ıÌ·Ùfi
Á ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌ˘Ì ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì (Ôı ÂflÌ·È ·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›ÌÂÚ
ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ) Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi fi „È· ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ Ù˘Ì
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì USB Streaming/PC Camera.
95
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 96

ENGLISHUSB Interface ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK

(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Connecting to a PC ”˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ Ï ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi
1. Connect a USB cable to the USB jack on 1. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB ÛÙÁ Ë˝Ò·
the PC. USB ÙÔı ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
■ If a USB cable is connected to the ■ ≈‹Ì ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ›Ì· ͷβ‰ÈÔ USB
Camcorder's USB jack, the Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔ ÛÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi USB
Audio/Video Cable is disabled. ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú, ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ
2. Connect the other end of the USB cable π˜Ôı/¬flÌÙÂÔ ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È.
into the USB jack on the Camcorder. 2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ‹ÎÎÔ ‚˝ÛÏ· ÙÔı
(USB jack) ͷ΢‰flÔı USB ÛÙÁ Ë˝Ò· USB ÙÁÚ
■ If PC is connected with the USB to the ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú. (Ë˝Ò· USB)
Camcorder, only the [Power] switch, ■ ¡Ì Ô ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfiÚ ÂflÌ·È
[Mode] switch, [Zoom] lever can be Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔÚ Ï ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·
operated. Ï›Û˘ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB, ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Ô˝Ì
ϸÌÔ ÔÈ ‰È·Í¸ÙÂÚ [Power], [Mode]
Í·È Ô ÏÔ˜Î¸Ú [Zoom].
Disconnecting the USB Cable
¡ÔÛ˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı USB
✤ After completing the data transmission, you must disconnect the
cable in the following way: ✤ ÃÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÔÎÔÍÎfiÒ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÏÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì, Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
·ÔÛı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ Ï ÙÔÌ ÂÓfiÚ ÙÒ¸Ô:
1. Select the removable disc icon and click the right mouse button to 1. ≈ÈΛÓÙ ÙÔ ÂÈÍÔÌfl‰ÈÔ ÙÔı ·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔı ‰flÛÍÔı Í·È Í‹ÌÙ ‰ÂÓȸ
select <Eject>. ÍÎÈÍ Ï ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl ÙÔı ÔÌÙÈÍÈÔ˝ „È· Ì· ÂÈΛÓÂÙ <Eject>
2. Select <Confirm> and disconnect the USB cable when the Windows (≈Ó·„˘„fi).
Splash screen appears. 2. ≈ÈΛÓÙ <Confirm> (≈Ȃ‚·fl˘ÛÁ) Í·È ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ
ͷβ‰ÈÔ USB ¸Ù·Ì Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl ÙÔ ·Ò‹ËıÒÔ ‰È·Î¸„Ôı Ù˘Ì
Windows.
[ Notes ]
■ If you disconnect the USB cable from the PC or the Camcorder while [ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
transferring, the data transmission will stop and the data may be ■ ≈‹Ì ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB ·¸ ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi fi ÙÁ
damaged. ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í·Ù‹ ÙÁ ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì, Á ÏÂÙ·ˆÔÒ‹ Ë·
■ If you connect the USB cable to a PC via a USB HUB or
‰È·ÍÔÂfl Í·È Ù· ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· Í·Ù·ÛÙÒ·ˆÔ˝Ì.
simultaneously connect the USB cable along with other USB devices, ■ ¡Ì Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Ï›Û˘ Â̸Ú
the Camcorder may not work properly. If this occurs, remove all USB ‰È·ÌÔÏ›· USB fi Â‹Ì Ûı̉›ÛÂÙ ٷıÙ¸˜ÒÔÌ· ÙÔ Í·Î˛‰ÈÔ USB
devices from the PC and reconnect the Camcorder. Û ‹ÎÎÂÚ ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú USB, Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Ì· ÏÁÌ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Û˘ÛÙ‹. ¡Ì ÛıÏ‚Âfl Í‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ, ·ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ¸ÎÂÚ ÙÈÚ
ÛıÛÍÂı›Ú USB ·¸ ÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Í·È Â·Ì·Ûı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
96
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM Page 97
ENGLISHUSB Interface
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Using the PC Camera Function
✤ This function works only in <Camera> mode. ➥page 19
✤ To use the PC Camera function, DV Driver, Video Codec and DirectX
9.0 programs must be installed in the PC.
✤ When you connect to a Web site that provides video chatting
functions, you can use your Camcorder to participate.
✤ When using this camcorder for video conferencing (such as Net
Meeting), voice communication may not be supported depending on
the video conferencing software. In this case, connect an external
microphone to the soundcard of the PC to enable voice
communication.
✤ Using the Camcorder with PC Net Meeting program installed, you
can participate in video conference.
✤ The PC Camera's screen size (Transferred video frame rate for the
PC Camera function is max 12.5 fps.)
- 640X480 (VGA) pixels for USB 2.0 connection.
✤ If PC is connected with the USB to the Camcorder,
only the [Power] switch, [Mode] switch, [Zoom] 1 „ͷÙÂÛÙÁÏ›ÌÔ ÙÔ Ò¸„Ò·ÏÏ· PC NetMeeting,
lever and [W /T] Button can be operated.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA].
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
3. Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB jack
on the Camcorder and the other end to the USB 2 ϸÌÔ ÔÈ ‰È·Í¸ÙÂÚ [Power], [Mode] Í·È Ô ÏԘθÚ
connector on your computer.
ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK
Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Í‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Web (PC Camera)
✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ √È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· PC Camera, Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ù·
ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·Ù· DV Driver, Video Codec Í·È DirectX 9.0 Ì· ÂflÌ·È
„ͷÙÂÛÙÁϛ̷ ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ˘Ú Í‹ÏÂÒ· Web.
✤ ºÙ·Ì Ûı̉›ÂÛÙ Û ÏÈ· ÙÔÔËÂÛfl· Web Ôı ·Ò›˜ÂÈ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ
ÛıÌÔÏÈÎfl·Ú Ï ‚flÌÙÂÔ, ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· „È· ·ıÙ›Ú ÙÈÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ.
✤ ºÙ·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ·ıÙfiÌ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· „È· ‰È·ÛÍ›¯ÂÈÚ ÏÂ
‚flÌÙÂÔ („È· ·Ò‹‰ÂÈ„Ï·, Ï ÙÔ NetMeeting), Á ˆ˘ÌÁÙÈÍfi
ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘Ìfl· Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÏÁÌ ıÔÛÙÁÒflÊÂÙ·È ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÔ
ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ ‰È·ÛÍ›¯Â˘Ì Ï›Û˘ ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ôı ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ. ” ·ıÙfi
ÙÁÌ ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ, Ûı̉›ÛÙ ›Ì· ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
fi˜Ôı ÙÔı ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi „È· Ì· ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‰ıÌ·Ù¸ÙÁÙ·
ˆ˘ÌÁÙÈÍfiÚ ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘Ìfl·Ú.
✤ ≈‹Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ›˜ÔÌÙ·Ú
ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÛıÏÏÂÙ›˜ÂÙ Û ‰È·ÛÍ›¯ÂÈÚ Ï›Û˘
‚flÌÙÂÔ.
✤ ‘Ô Ï›„ÂËÔÚ ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ PC Camera (Ô ÒıËϸÚ
ÏÂÙ‹‰ÔÛÁÚ Ù˘Ì Í·Ò› ÙÔı ‚flÌÙÂÔ „È· ÙÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· PC Camera ÂflÌ·È ÙÔ Ôν 12.5 Í·Ò›
ÙÔ ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ) ÂflÌ·È
- 640X480 (VGA) pixel „È· Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB 2.0.
✤ ¡Ì Ô ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfiÚ ÂflÌ·È Ûı̉‰ÂÏ›ÌÔÚ Ï ÙÁ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ï›Û˘ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB, ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Ô˝Ì
[Zoom].
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
[CAMERA].
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] (‘Ò¸ÔÚ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú) ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
3. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ›Ì· ‚˝ÛÏ· ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı USB ÛÙÁ
Ë˝Ò· USB ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È ÙÔ ‹ÎÎÔ ‚˝ÛÏ·
USB ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú.
97
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~098 2/3/07 10:03 AM
ENGLISHUSB Interface
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
Using the USB Streaming Function
✤ This function works in both <Camera> and <Player> modes.
➥page 19
✤ To use USB streaming, the DV Driver, Video Codec and DirectX 9.0.
programs must be installed in the PC.
✤ You can view Camcorder video on your PC using USB streaming.
✤ You can also store it as a moving image in the "avi" file format, or as
a photo image in the "jpg" file format on a PC.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER], set the [MODE]
switch to [TAPE].
2. Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB jack on the
Camcorder and the other end to the USB jack on your computer.
3. Setup and execute Windows Movie Maker or the Ulead VIDEO
Studio Software application provided on the CD.
■ For detailed instructions for Ulead VIDEO Studio use, refer to the
program’s Help function.
■ Windows Movie Maker is used for Windows® XP users.
(C:/program files/Movie maker/moviemk.exe)
Using the removable Disk Function
✤ You can easily transfer data from a Memory Card to a PC without
additional cards via a USB connection.
1. Set the [Power] switch to [CAMERA] or [PLAYER], set the [Mode]
switch to [CARD].
2. Connect one end of the USB cable to the USB jack on the
Camcorder and the other end to the USB jack on your computer.
3. To verify whether the removable disk has been properly recognized,
open Windows Explorer and locate the removable disk.
98
Page 98
ƒÈ·Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁ USB (ϸÌÔ „È· GREEK
Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÒÔfiÚ ‰Â‰ÔÏ›Ì˘Ì USB
(USB Streaming)
✤ ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ÛÙÔıÚ ÙÒ¸ÔıÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
<Camera> (K‹ÏÂÒ·) Í·È <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
✤ √È· Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· USB Streaming, Ë·
Ò›ÂÈ Ù· ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·Ù· DV Driver, Video Codec Í·È DirectX 9.0
Ì· ÂflÌ·È Â„Í·ÙÂÛÙÁϛ̷ ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ‚flÌÙÂÔ ·¸ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÔÌ
ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· USB Streaming.
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ÂflÛÁÚ Ì· ·ÔËÁͽÛÂÙ ‚flÌÙÂÔ ˘Ú ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷
Û ÏÔÒˆfi ·Ò˜ÂflÔı "avi" fi ˘Ú ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl· Û ÏÔÒˆfi ·Ò˜ÂflÔı
"jpg" Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi.
1. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi [PLAYER],
Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ›Ì· ‚˝ÛÏ· ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı USB ÛÙÁ Ë˝Ò· USB ÙÁÚ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È ÙÔ ‹ÎÎÔ ‚˝ÛÏ· USB ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú.
3. ≈„Í·Ù·ÛÙfiÛÙÂ Í·È ÂÍÙÂΛÛÙ ÙÔ ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ Windows Movie
Maker fi Ulead VIDEO Studio Ôı ·Ò›˜ÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ CD.
■ √È· ·Ì·ÎıÙÈÍ›Ú Ô‰Á„flÂÚ Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÙÁ ˜ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈÍÔ˝
Ulead VIDEO Studio, ·Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÁ ¬ÔfiËÂÈ· ÙÔı
ÒÔ„Ò‹ÏÏ·ÙÔÚ.
■ ‘Ô ÎÔ„ÈÛÏÈ͸ Windows Movie Maker ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ·¸
ÙÔıÚ ˜ÒfiÛÙÂÚ Ù˘Ì Windows® XP.
(C:/program files/Movie maker/moviemk.exe)
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔı ‰flÛÍÔı
✤ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÙ ½ÍÔη ‰Â‰Ôϛ̷ ·¸ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ·
ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Û ›Ì·Ì ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi ˜˘ÒflÚ Ò¸ÛËÂÙÂÚ Í‹ÒÙÂÚ, Ï›Û˘
ÏÈ·Ú Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB.
1. ¡Ì Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ [Power] ›˜ÂÈ ÙÂËÂfl ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CAMERA] fi
[PLAYER], Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [CARD].
2. ”ı̉›ÛÙ ÙÔ ›Ì· ‚˝ÛÏ· ÙÔı ͷ΢‰flÔı USB ÛÙÁ Ë˝Ò· USB ÙÁÚ
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È ÙÔ ‹ÎÎÔ ‚˝ÛÏ· USB ÛÙÔÌ ıÔÎÔ„ÈÛÙfi Û·Ú.
3. √È· Ì· ‰È·ÈÛÙ˛ÛÂÙ ·Ì ›˜ÂÈ ·Ì·„Ì˘ÒÈÛËÂfl Û˘ÛÙ‹ Ô
·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔÚ ‰flÛÍÔÚ, ·ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÁÌ ≈ÓÂÒ½ÌÁÛÁ Ù˘Ì Windows
Í·È ÂÌÙÔflÛÙ ÙÔÌ ·ˆ·ÈÒÔ˝ÏÂÌÔ ‰flÛÍÔ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM
ENGLISH
Maintenance
After Finishing a Recording
✤ At the end of a recording you must remove the power
source.
✤ When recording with a Battery Pack, leaving the pack
on the Camcorder can reduce the life span of the
battery.
The Battery Pack should be release after recording is
completed.
1. Open the Cassette door while sliding the [TAPE EJECT]
switch in the direction or the arrow.
■ Pull the cassette compartment out automatically.
■ Please wait while the tape is completely ejected.
2. After removing the tape, close the door and store the
Camcorder in a dust free environment. Dust and other
foreign materials can cause square-shaped noise or
jerky images.
3. Set the [Power] switch to the [OFF].
4. Disconnect the power source or remove the Battery
Pack. Press the [BATTERY RELEASE] switch located
on the bottom of the Camcorder and slide the Battery
Pack in the direction of the arrow.
Usable Cassette Tapes
When you have recorded something that you wish to keep,
you can protect it so that it will not be accidentally erased.
a. Protecting a tape: Push the safety tab on the cassette so
that the hole is uncovered.
b. Removing the tape protection:
If you no longer wish to keep the recording on the
cassette, push the safety tab back so that
it covers the hole.
How to store a tape
a. Avoid places with magnets or magnetic interference.
b. Avoid humidity and dust prone places.
c. Keep the tape in an upright position and avoid storing it in
direct sunlight.
d. Avoid dropping or knocking your tapes.
Page 99
GREEK
”ıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ
ÃÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÔÎÔÍÎfiÒ˘ÛÁ ÏÈ·Ú Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
✤ ºÙ·Ì ÔÎÔÍÎÁÒ˛ÌÔÌÙ·È ÔÈ Â„„Ò·ˆ›Ú, Ò›ÂÈ Ì·
1 ·ˆ·ÈÒÂflÙ ÙÁÌ Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ.
✤ ¡Ì Í‹ÌÂÙ „„Ò·ˆfi Ï Ï·Ù·Òfl· Í·È ·ˆfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ
Ï·Ù·Òfl· ϛ۷ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÙÂ
ÙÁ ‰È‹ÒÍÂÈ· Ê˘fiÚ ÙÁÚ.
« Ï·Ù·Òfl· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ·ˆ·ÈÒÂflÙ·È ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ÔÎÔÍÎfiÒ˘ÛÁ
ÙÁÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ.
1. ¡ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÁ Ë˝Ò· ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú Û˝ÒÔÌÙ·Ú ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ
[TAPE EJECT] ÒÔÚ ÙÁÌ Í·Ù½ËıÌÛÁ ÙÔı ‚›ÎÔıÚ.
■ « ËfiÍÁ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú ·ÌÔfl„ÂÈ ·ıٸϷٷ.
■ –ÂÒÈÏ›ÌÂÙ ϛ˜ÒÈ Ì· ÂÓ·˜ËÂfl ÎfiÒ˘Ú Á Í·Û›Ù·.
3 2. ÃÂÙ‹ ÙÁÌ ·ˆ·flÒÂÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú, ÍÎÂflÛÙ ÙÁ Ë˝Ò· Í·È
·ÔËÁͽÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ ˜˘ÒflÚ
Û͸ÌÁ. « Û͸ÌÁ Í·È ÔÈ ÎÔÈ›Ú Ó›ÌÂÚ ÔıÛflÂÚ ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì·
ÒÔͷΛÛÔıÌ ·Ò·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÂÈÚ fi ·ÛÙ‹ËÂÈ· ÛÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷.
3. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Power] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [OFF].
4. ¡ÔÛı̉›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Á„fi ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ fi ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ
Ï·Ù·Òfl·. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [BATTERY RELEASE] Ôı
‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ Í‹Ù˘ Ï›ÒÔÚ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú Í·È
Û˝ÒÂÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ÒÔÚ ÙÁÌ Í·Ù½ËıÌÛÁ ÙÔı
‚›ÎÔıÚ.
‘˝ÔÈ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·Ú Ôı ÏÔÒÔ˝Ì Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÁËÔ˝Ì
ºÙ·Ì ›˜ÂÙ „„Ò‹¯ÂÈ Í‹ÙÈ Ôı ÂÈËıÏÂflÙ ̷ ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÂÙÂ,
a SAVE ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÙÔ ÒÔÛÙ·Ù›¯ÂÙ ˛ÛÙ ̷ ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ
·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ· ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi.
·. –ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· Í·Û›Ù·Ú ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi: ”Ò˛ÓÙ ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰·
ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ÛÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· ›ÙÛÈ, ˛ÛÙ ̷ Âψ·ÌÈÛÙÂfl Á
Ôfi.
‚. K·Ù‹Ò„ÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú:
¡Ì ‰ÂÌ ÂÈËıÏÂflÙ ΛÔÌ Ì· ÍÒ·ÙfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi
ÛÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·, ÛÒ˛ÓÙ ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰· ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú flÛ˘
˛ÛÙ ̷ ͷνÙÂÈ ÙÁÌ Ôfi.
–˛Ú Ì· ·ÔËÁͽÛÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·
b REC ·. ¡Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ϛÒÁ ¸Ôı ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ Ï·„ÌfiÙÂÚ fi
Ï·„ÌÁÙÈÍ›Ú ·ÒÂÏ‚ÔΛÚ.
‚. ¡Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ϛÒÁ Ï ı„Ò·Ûfl· Í·È Û͸ÌÁ.
„. ÷ı΋ÛÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· ¸ÒËÈ· Í·È ·Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ
·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁ ÙÁÚ Û ϛÒÁ ÂÍÙÂËÂÈϛ̷ Û ‹ÏÂÛÁ ÁÎÈ·Ífi
·ÍÙÈÌÔ‚ÔÎfl·.
‰. ¡Ôˆ˝„ÂÙ ÙÈÚ Ù˛ÛÂÈÚ fi Ù· ÍÙıfiÏ·Ù· Ù˘Ì Í·ÛÂÙ˛Ì Û·Ú.
99
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM
ENGLISH
Maintenance
Cleaning and Maintaining the Camcorder
Cleaning the Video Heads
To ensure normal recording and clear pictures, clean the video heads
when the playback pictures display square block-shaped noise or
distortion, or a blue screen appears.
1. This function works only in <Player> mode. ➥page 19
2. Set the [Mode] switch to [TAPE].
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only)
3. Insert a cleaning tape.
√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)] button.
4. Press the [√
5. Press the [■ (STOP)] button after 10 seconds.
[ Notes ]
■ Check the quality of the picture using a videocassette.
- If the picture quality has not improved, repeat the operation.
■ Clean the video heads with a dry type cassette cleaner.
■ Some cleaning cassette products stop automatically. Refer to the
cleaning cassette’s instructions for detailed information. If the
problem continues after the cleaning, consult your nearest Samsung
dealer or Authorized Service Centre. (blue screen)
100
Page 100
GREEK
”ıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ
K·Ë·ÒÈÛÏ¸Ú Í·È ÛıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú
K·Ë·ÒÈÛÏ¸Ú Ù˘Ì Íˆ·Î˛Ì ‚flÌÙÂÔ
√È· Ì· ÂÓ·Ûˆ·ÎflÛÂÙ ͷÌÔÌÈÍfi „„Ò·ˆfi Í·È Í·Ë·Ò›Ú ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ,
Í·Ë·ÒflÛÙ ÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ Â‹Ì, Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi, Á
ÂÈ͸̷ Âψ·ÌflÊÂÈ ˜È¸ÌÈ·, ÂflÌ·È ·Ò·ÏÔÒˆ˘Ï›ÌÁ fi ¸Ù·Ì Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È
ÏΠÔ˸ÌÁ.
(blue screen)
1. ¡ıÙfi Á ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂflÌ·È ‰È·Ë›ÛÈÏÁ ϸÌÔ ÛÙÔÌ ÙÒ¸Ô
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú <Player> (¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi). ➥ÛÂÎfl‰· 19
2. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ [Mode] ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ [TAPE].
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
3. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù· Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝.
4. –·ÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [√❙❙ (PLAY/STILL)].
5. –·ÙfiÛÙ ÙÔ ÍÔıÏfl [■ (STOP)] ÏÂÙ‹ ·¸ 10 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ·.
[ ”ÁÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÈÚ ]
■ ≈Λ„ÓÙ ÙÁÌ ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú ÏÈ·
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ·Û›Ù·.
- ¡Ì Á ÔȸÙÁÙ· ÙÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú ‰ÂÌ ‚ÂÎÙÈ˘ËÂfl, Â·Ì·Î‹‚ÂÙ ÙÁ
‰È·‰ÈÍ·Ûfl·.
■ K·Ë·ÒflÛÙ ÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ï Ïfl· Í·Û›Ù· Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝ ÓÁÒÔ˝
Ù˝Ôı.
■ œÒÈÛϛ̷ ÒÔ˙¸ÌÙ· Í·ÛÂÙ˛Ì Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝ ÛÙ·Ï·ÙÔ˝Ì ·ıٸϷٷ.
¡Ì·ÙÒ›ÓÙ ÛÙÈÚ Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝ „È·
·Ì·ÎıÙÈÍ›Ú ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒflÂÚ. ¡Ì ÙÔ Ò¸‚ÎÁÏ· Ûı̘flÊÂÙ·È ÏÂÙ‹ ÙÔÌ
Í·Ë·ÒÈÛϸ, ÛıÏ‚ÔıÎÂıÙÂflÙ ÙÔÌ ÎÁÛÈ›ÛÙÂÒÔ ·ÌÙÈÒ¸Û˘Ô ÙÁÚ
Samsung fi ›Ì· ÂÓÔıÛÈÔ‰ÔÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ Û›Ò‚ÈÚ. (ÏΠÔ˸ÌÁ)
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM
ENGLISH
Maintenance
Using Your Camcorder Abroad
✤ Each country or region has its own electric and colour systems.
✤ Before using your Camcorder abroad, check the following items.
Power sources
■ You can use your Camcorder in any country or area with the supplied
AC Power adapter within 100V to 240V, 50/60 Hz.
■ Use a commercially available AC jack adapter, if necessary,
depending on the design of the local wall outlet.
Colour system
You can view your recording in the Viewfinder.
However, to view it on a television or copy it to a videocassette recorder,
the television or VCR must be PAL-compatible and have the appropriate
audio/video jacks. Otherwise, you may need to use a transcoder.
PAL-compatible Countries/Regions
Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, China, CIS, Czech Republic,
Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Great Britain,
Holland, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya,
Malaysia, Mauritius, Norway, Romania, Saudi Arabia, Singapore,
Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Thailand,
Tunisia, etc.
NTSC-compatible Countries/Regions
Bahamas, Canada, Central America, Japan, Korea, Mexico,
Philippines, Taiwan, United States of America, etc.
[ Note ]
You can make recordings with your Camcorder and view pictures on
the LCD Screen from anywhere in the world.
Page 101
GREEK
”ıÌÙfiÒÁÛÁ
◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÁÚ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú ÛÙÔ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸
✤ K‹Ë ˜˛Ò· fi ÂÒÈÔ˜fi ‰È·Ë›ÙÂÈ ÙÔ ‰È͸ ÙÁÚ ‰flÍÙıÔ ·ÒÔ˜fiÚ
ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ Í·È Ù· ‰ÈÍ‹ ÙÁÚ ÙÁÎÂÔÙÈÍ‹ ÛıÛÙfiÏ·Ù·.
✤ –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÛÙÔ ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸,
ÂΛ„ÓÙ ٷ ÂÓfiÚ.
–Á„›Ú ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ
■ ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ͋Ë ˜˛Ò· fi
ÂÒÈÔ˜fi Ï ÙÔ ·Ò˜¸ÏÂÌÔ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸, ¸Ù·Ì Á Ù‹ÛÁ ‰ÈÍÙ˝Ôı
ÍıÏ·flÌÂÙ·È ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ 100V Í·È 240V, ÛÙ· 50/60 Hz.
■ ≈‹Ì ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È, ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ›Ì·Ì ÒÔÛ·ÒÏÔ„›· ˆÈÚ, Ô ÔÔflÔÚ
‰È·ÙflËÂÙ·È ÛÙÔ ÂÏ¸ÒÈÔ, ·Ì‹ÎÔ„· Ï ÙÈÚ ÂÍ‹ÛÙÔÙ ÒflÊÂÚ.
‘ÁÎÂÔÙÈ͸ Û˝ÛÙÁÏ·
ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ·Ò·ÍÔÎÔıËfiÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û·Ú ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
ŸÛÙ¸ÛÔ, „È· Ì· ÒÔ‚‹ÎÂÙ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û·Ú Û ÏÈ· ÙÁθҷÛÁ fi Ì·
ÙÁÌ ·ÌÙÈ„Ò‹¯ÂÙ Û ‚flÌÙÂÔ, Á ÙÁθҷÛÁ fi ÙÔ ‚flÌÙÂÔ Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ÂflÌ·È
ÛıÏ‚·Ù‹ Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ PAL Í·È Ì· ‰È·Ë›ÙÔıÌ ÙÈÚ Í·Ù‹ÎÎÁÎÂÚ
ıÔ‰Ô˜›Ú fi˜Ôı/‚flÌÙÂÔ.
ƒÈ·ˆÔÒÂÙÈÍ‹, Ë· Ò›ÂÈ Ì· ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ›Ì·Ì ÏÂÙ·ÙÒÔ›·
Ͳ‰ÈÍ·.
◊˛ÒÂÚ/ÂÒÈÔ˜›Ú ÛıÏ‚·Ù›Ú Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ PAL
¡fl„ıÙÔÚ, ¡ıÛÙÒ·Îfl·, ¡ıÛÙÒfl·, ¬›Î„ÈÔ, ¬Ôı΄·Òfl·, √·ÎÎfl·,
√ÂÒÏ·Ìfl·, ƒ·Ìfl·, ƒÁÏÔÍÒ·Ùfl· ÙÁÚ ”ÎÔ‚·Ífl·Ú, ƒÁÏÔÍÒ·Ùfl· ÙÁÚ
‘Û˜fl·Ú, ≈΂ÂÙfl·, ≈Î΋‰·, …̉fl·, …Ò‹Í, …Ò‹Ì, …Û·Ìfl·, KflÌ·,
KÔÈÌÔÔÎÈÙÂfl· ¡ÌÂÓ‹ÒÙÁÙ˘Ì KÒ·Ù˛Ì, KÔı‚›ÈÙ, ÀÈ‚˝Á, ÷ηÈÛfl·,
÷ıÒflÍÈÔÚ, Ä‹ÎÁ ¬ÒÂÙ·Ìfl·, ÕÔÒ‚Á„fl·, œÎη̉fl·, œı„„·Òfl·, —
ÔıÏ·Ìfl·, ”·Ôı‰ÈÍfi ¡Ò·‚fl·, ”È„Í·Ô˝ÒÁ, ”ÔıÁ‰fl·, ”ıÒfl·, ‘·˙΋̉Á,
‘ıÌÁÛfl·, ÷ÈÌη̉fl·, ◊ÔÌ„Í KÔÌ„Í Í.Î.
◊˛ÒÂÚ/ÂÒÈÔ˜›Ú ÛıÏ‚·Ù›Ú Ï ÙÔ Ò¸ÙıÔ NTSC
«Ì˘Ï›ÌÂÚ –ÔÎÈÙÂflÂÚ ÙÁÚ ¡ÏÂÒÈÍfiÚ, …·˘Ìfl·, K·Ì·‰‹Ú, KÂÌÙÒÈÍfi
¡ÏÂÒÈÍfi, KÔÒ›·, ÃÂÓÈ͸, M·˜‹ÏÂÚ, ‘·˙‚‹Ì, ÷ÈÎÈflÌÂÚ Í.Î.
[ ”ÁÏÂfl˘ÛÁ ]
ÃÔÒÂflÙ ̷ Í‹ÌÂÙ „„Ò·ˆfi ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Í·È Ì· ‚ΛÂÙÂ
ÙÁÌ ÂÈ͸̷ ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ LCD, ·¸ ÔÔı‰fiÔÙ ÛÙÔÌ Í¸ÛÏÔ.
101
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 102

ENGLISH GREEK

Troubleshooting ¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì

Troubleshooting ¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì
✤ Before contacting a Samsung authorized service centre, perform the ✤ –ÒÔÙÔ˝ ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘ÌfiÛÂÙ Ï ›Ì· ÂÓÔıÛÈÔ‰ÔÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ Û›Ò‚ÈÚ ÙÁÚ
following simple checks. Samsung, ÂÍÙÂΛÛÙ ÙÔıÚ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘ ·ÎÔ˝Ú ÂΛ„˜ÔıÚ.
They may save you the time and expense of an unnecessary call. ÃÔÒÂfl Ì· ÂÓÔÈÍÔÌÔÏfiÛÂÙ ÙÔÌ ˜Ò¸ÌÔ Í·È ÙÔ Í¸ÛÙÔÚ ÂÌ¸Ú ÂÒÈÙÙÔ˝
ÙÁΈ˘ÌfiÏ·ÙÔÚ.
Self Diagnosis Display œË¸ÌÁ ·ıÙԉȷ„Ì˘ÛÙÈÍÔ˝ ÂΛ„˜Ôı
∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ÛÙÁÌ ¡Ì·‚ÔÛ‚fi
Display Blinking Informs that... Action Ô˸ÌÁ ÌÂÈ
–ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒfl· ≈̛҄ÂÈ·

The Battery pack is almost

slow Change to a charged one. ·Ò„‹ Á Ï·Ù·Òfl· ›˜ÂÈ Û˜Â‰¸Ì ·ÔˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl. ¡Î΋ÓÙ ÙÁ Ï ÏÈ· ˆÔÒÙÈÛÏ›ÌÁ.
discharged.
slow When the remaining time on the Prepare a new one. ·Ò„‹ ºÙ·Ì Ô ıÔÎÂÈ¸ÏÂÌÔÚ ˜Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ ÛÙÁ ≈ÙÔÈÏ‹ÛÙ ÏÈ· Í·ÈÌÔ˝Ò„È· Í·Û›Ù·.
Tape end! Tape end!
tape is about 2 minutes. Í·Û›Ù· ÂflÌ·È ÂÒflÔı 2 ÎÂÙ‹.
Tape end! no The tape reached its end. Change to a new one. Tape end! ¸˜È « Í·Û›Ù· ›˜ÂÈ ÙÂÎÂÈ˛ÛÂÈ. ¡Î΋ÓÙ ÙÁ Ï ÏÈ· ÍÂÌfi.

No Tape! slow There is no tape in Camcorder. Insert a tape. No Tape! ·Ò„‹ ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Í·Û›Ù· ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù·.
« Í·Û›Ù· ›˜ÂÈ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi. ¡Ì Ë›ÎÂÙ ̷ Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ
Protection! The tape is protected from recording. If you want to record, release Protection! ·Ò„‹
slow „„Ò·ˆfi, ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ
the protection. ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·.
slow The Camcorder has some 1. Eject the tape. ·Ò„‹ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·ÒÔıÛÈ‹ÊÂÈ Í‹ÔÈÔ 1. ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·.
...D mechanical fault. 2. Set to OFF. ...D ÏÁ˜·ÌÈ͸ Ò¸‚ÎÁÏ·. 2. »›ÛÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
3. Detach the battery. ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ OFF.
L L 3. ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
4. Reattach the battery. 4. ≈·Ì·ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
C * If unresolved contact your C
* ¡Ì ‰ÂÌ ‰ÈÔÒˢËÂfl ÙÔ Ò¸‚ÎÁÏ·,
R local Samsung service R ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘ÌfiÛÙ Ï ÙÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ
centre. Û›Ò‚ÈÚ ÙÁÚ Samsung.

slow Moisture condensation has formed see below. ·Ò„‹ ∏˜ÂÈ Û˜ÁÏ·ÙÈÛÙÂfl ÛıÏ˝ÍÌ˘Ï· ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú .ƒÂflÙ ·Ò·Í‹Ù˘.
in the Camcorder. ϛ۷ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.

Moisture Condensation ”ıÏ˝ÍÌ˘ÛÁ ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú

■ If the Camcorder is brought directly from a cold place to a warm
place, moisture may condense inside the Camcorder,
on the surface of the tape, or on the lens. In this condition, the tape
may stick to the head drum and be damaged or the unit may not
operate correctly.
To prevent possible damage under these circumstances, the
Camcorder is fitted with a moisture sensor.
■ If there is moisture inside the Camcorder, (DEW) is displayed.
If this happens, none of the functions except cassette ejection will work.
Open the cassette compartment and remove the Battery.
Leave the Camcorder for at least two hours in a dry warm room.
102
■ ≈‹Ì ›˜ÂÙ ÏÂÙ·ˆ›ÒÂÈ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·ÂıËÂfl·Ú ·¸ ›Ì· ¯ı˜Ò¸
Ï›ÒÔÚ Û ›Ì· ËÂÒϸ, Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ÛıÏıÍÌ˘ËÂfl ı„Ò·Ûfl· ϛ۷
ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·,
ÛÙÁÌ ÂȈ‹ÌÂÈ· ÙÁÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú fi ÛÙÔ ˆ·Í¸. ” ·ıÙfi ÙÁÌ ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ, Á
Ù·ÈÌfl· ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÍÔÎÎfiÛÂÈ ÛÙÔ Ù˝Ï·ÌÔ Ù˘Ì Íˆ·Î˛Ì Í·È Ì·
Í·Ù·ÛÙÒ·ˆÂfl fi Ẩ›˜ÂÙ·È Á ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Ì· ÏÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Û˘ÛÙ‹.
√È· ÙÁÌ ·Ôˆı„fi ÈË·ÌfiÚ ÊÁÏÈ‹Ú ı¸ ·ıÙ›Ú ÙÈÚ ÛıÌËfiÍÂÚ, Á
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ÂflÌ·È ÂÓÔÎÈÛÏ›ÌÁ Ï ·ÈÛËÁÙfiÒ· ı„Ò·Ûfl·Ú.
■ ¡Ì ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ı„Ò·Ûfl· ϛ۷ ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·, Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È Á ›Ì‰ÂÈÓÁ
(DEW). ” ÂÒflÙ˘ÛÁ Ôı ÛıÏ‚Âfl ·ıÙ¸, ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì·
ÂÍÙÂÎÂÛÙÂfl Í·Ïfl· ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÂÍÙ¸Ú ·¸ ÙÁÌ ·ˆ·flÒÂÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú.
¡ÌÔflÓÙ ÙÁÌ ıÔ‰Ô˜fi ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú Í·È ·ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
¡ˆfiÛÙ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ›Ì·Ì ÓÁÒ¸, ÊÂÛÙ¸ ˜˛ÒÔ „È· ÙÔı΋˜ÈÛÙÔÌ
‰˝Ô ˛ÒÂÚ.
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 103

ENGLISH GREEK

Troubleshooting ¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì

Self Diagnosis Display in M.Cam/M.Player œË¸ÌÁ ·ıÙԉȷ„Ì˘ÛÙÈÍÔ˝ ÂΛ„˜Ôı Û ÙÒ¸Ô
Modes (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only) ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú M.Cam/M.Player
(ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
Display Blinking Informs that... Action
∏̉ÂÈÓÁ ÛÙÁÌ ¡Ì·‚ÔÛ
No Memory Card ! slow There is no Memory Insert a Memory Card. –ÎÁÒÔˆÔÒfl· ≈̛҄ÂÈ·
Ô˸ÌÁ ‚fiÌÂÈ
Card in the Camcorder.
No Memory Card ! ·Ò„‹ ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ≈ÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
Memory full ! slow There is not enough Change to a new Memory ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
memory to record. Card. Erase recorded
image. Memory full ! ·Ò„‹ ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÂÈ ·ÒÍÂÙfi ÏÌfiÏÁ ‘ÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙ ÏÈ· ÍÂÌfi Í‹ÒÙ·
„È· Ì· Ò·„Ï·ÙÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÏÌfiÏÁÚ. ƒÈ·„Ò‹¯Ù ÏÂÒÈÍ›Ú
No image ! slow There are no images Record new images. „„Ò·ˆfi. „„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÂÚ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ.
recorded on the Memory
Card. No image ! ·Ò„‹ ƒÂÌ ı‹Ò˜ÔıÌ ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ ≈„„Ò‹¯Ù ͷÈÌÔ˝Ò„ÈÂÚ
„„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÂÚ ÛÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÂÈ͸ÌÂÚ.
Write protect ! slow The Memory Card is Release the write protect ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
record protected. tab on the Memory Card.
Write protect ! ·Ò„‹ « Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ›˜ÂÈ ”˝ÒÂÙ ÙÁ „΢ÙÙfl‰·
ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi. ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi ÙÁÚ
Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
Protect ! slow When you try to delete to Cancel the protection of ÓÂÍÎÂȉ˛Ï·ÙÔÚ.
protected image. image.
Protect ! ·Ò„‹ ºÙ·Ì ÂȘÂÈÒÂflÙ ̷ ¡ÍıÒ˛ÛÙ ÙÁÌ ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· ÙÁÚ
‰È·„Ò‹¯ÂÙ ÏÈ· ÂÈ͸̷Ú.
Read Error ! slow The Camcorder can not Format a Memory Card ÒÔÛÙ·ÙÂıÏ›ÌÁ ÂÈ͸̷.
playback. or insert Memory Card
recorded on this Read Error ! ·Ò„‹ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl ƒÈ·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÙ ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
Ì· Í‹ÌÂÈ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ fi ÂÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ·
Camcorder. „„„ҷÏÏ›ÌÁ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ
Write error ! slow The Camcorder can not Format a Memory Card or ÛÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
record. change to a new Memory
Card. Write error ! ·Ò„‹ « ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl ƒÈ·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÙ ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
Ì· Í‹ÌÂÈ Â„„Ò·ˆfi. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ fi ÂÈÛ·„‹„ÂÙ ÏÈ·
Not formatted ! slow The Memory Card needs Format a Memory Card. ÍÂÌfi Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
to format. (see page 82)
Not formatted ! ·Ò„‹ « Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÂÙ·È ƒÈ·ÏÔÒˆ˛ÛÙ ÏÈ· Í‹ÒÙ·
Now deleting... slow When progressing file Wait until delete has ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ. (‚Λ ÛÂÎfl‰· 82)
delete. been finished.
Now deleting... ·Ò„‹ ºÙ·Ì Á ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi ÂÌ¸Ú –ÂÒÈÏ›ÌÂÙ ϛ˜ÒÈ Ì·
Memory Card slow If inserted Memory Card is Eject and re-insert the ·Ò˜ÂflÔı ‚ÒflÛÍÂÙ·È Û ÂÓ›ÎÈÓÁ. ÙÂÎÂÈ˛ÛÂÈ Á ‰È·„Ò·ˆfi.
Error ! not recognized by the memory card
Camcorder. Memory Card ·Ò„‹ ≈‹Ì Á Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ Ôı ¡ˆ·ÈÒ›ÛÙÂ Í·È ÙÔÔËÂÙfiÛÙÂ
Try another Memory Card Error ! ›˜ÂÙ ÂÈÛ‹„ÂÈ ‰ÂÌ Ó·Ì‹ ÙÁÌ Í‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.
·Ì·„Ì˘ÒflÊÂÙ·È ·¸ ÙÁ ƒÔÍÈÏ‹ÛÙ ÏÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ Í‹ÒÙ·
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·. ÏÌfiÏÁÚ.

103
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM
ENGLISH
Troubleshooting
✤ If these instructions do not solve your problem, contact your nearest
Samsung authorized service centre.
Symptom Explanation/Solution
You cannot switch the Check the Battery pack or the AC Power adapter.
Camcorder on.
Start/Stop button does not Check the Power switch is set to CAMERA.
operate while recording. You have reached the end of the cassette.
Check the record protection tab on the cassette.
The Camcorder shuts off You have left the Camcorder set to STBY for
automatically. more than 5 minutes without using it.
The Battery pack is fully exhausted.
Charge runs out quickly. The atmospheric temperature is too low.
The Battery pack has not been charged fully.
The Battery pack is completely dead, and cannot
be recharged, Use another Battery pack.
You see a blue screen during The video heads may be dirty.
playback. Clean the head with a cleaning tape.
A vertical strip appears on the The contrast between the subject and the
screen when recording a dark background is too great for the Camcorder to
operate normally. Make the background bright to
background.
reduce the contrast or use the BLC function while
you are recording in bright Surroundings.
The image in the Viewfinder is The Viewfinder lens has not been adjusted.
blurred. Adjust the Viewfinder control lever until the
indicators displayed on the Viewfinder come into
sharp focus.
Auto focus does not work. Check the Manual Focus menu.
Auto focus does not work in the Manual Focus
mode.
Play, FF or REW button does Check the Power switch. Set the Power switch to
not work. PLAYER.
You have reached the beginning or end of the
cassette.
You see a mosaic pattern This is normal operation and it is not a failure or
during playback search. defect.
The tape may be damaged. Replace the tape.
Cleaning the video heads (see page 100).
104
Page 104
GREEK
¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì
✤ ¡Ì ·ıÙ›Ú ÔÈ Ô‰Á„flÂÚ ‰ÂÌ ÂÈνÛÔıÌ ÙÔ Ò¸‚ÎÁÏ· Û·Ú,
ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘ÌfiÛÙ Ï ÙÔ ÎÁÛÈ›ÛÙÂÒÔ ÂÓÔıÛÈÔ‰ÔÙÁÏ›ÌÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ
Û›Ò‚ÈÚ ÙÁÚ Samsung.
”˝ÏÙ˘Ï· ≈ÂÓfi„ÁÛÁ/À˝ÛÁ
ƒÂÌ ÏÔÒÂflÙ ̷ ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈfiÛÂÙ ÙÁ ≈Λ„ÓÙ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· fi ÙÔ ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸.
‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·.
‘Ô ÍÔıÏfl Start/Stop ‰ÂÌ ¬Â‚·È˘ËÂflÙ ¸ÙÈ Ô ‰È·Í¸ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂflÌ·È ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi. CAMERA.
« Í·Û›Ù· ›˜ÂÈ ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ.
≈Λ„ÓÙ ÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ ÙÁÚ „΢ÙÙfl‰·Ú ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl·Ú ·¸ „„Ò·ˆfi
ÙÁÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú.
« ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· ·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔÈÂflÙ·È ∏˜ÂÙ ·ˆfiÛÂÈ ÙÁ ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ· Û ͷًÛÙ·ÛÁ STBY „È·
·ıٸϷٷ. ÂÒÈÛÛ¸ÙÂÒÔ ·¸ 5 ÎÂÙ‹ ˜˘ÒflÚ Ì· ÙÁÌ ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÂÙÂ.
« Ï·Ù·Òfl· ›˜ÂÈ ·ÔˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl ÎfiÒ˘Ú.
« Ï·Ù·Òfl· ·ÔˆÔÒÙflÊÂÙ·È „Òfi„ÔÒ· « ËÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌÙÔÚ ÂflÌ·È ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍ‹ ˜·ÏÁÎfi.
« Ï·Ù·Òfl· ‰ÂÌ ›˜ÂÈ ˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl ÎfiÒ˘Ú.
« Ï·Ù·Òfl· ›˜ÂÈ ·˜ÒÁÛÙÂıËÂfl Í·È ‰ÂÌ ÏÔÒÂfl ΛÔÌ Ì·
Â·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈÛÙÂfl. ◊ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÏÈ· ‹ÎÎÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl·.
ºÙ·Ì ‚ΛÂÙ ÏΠÔ˸ÌÁ Í·Ù‹ œÈ ͈·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ÂflÌ·È ‚Ò˛ÏÈÍÂÚ.
ÙÁÌ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi. K·Ë·ÒflÛÙ ÙÈÚ Íˆ·Î›Ú Ï ÏÈ· Í·Û›Ù· Í·Ë·ÒÈÛÏÔ˝.
K·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi Û ÛÍÔÙÂÈ̸ « ·ÌÙflËÂÛÁ ÏÂÙ·Ó˝ ÙÔı ·ÌÙÈÍÂÈÏ›ÌÔı Í·È ÙÔı ˆ¸ÌÙÔı ÂflÌ·È
ˆ¸ÌÙÔ, Âψ·ÌflÊÂÙ·È ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ ÏÈ· ıÂÒ‚ÔÎÈÍ‹ Ï„‹ÎÁ „È· ÙÁÌ ÔÏ·Îfi ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ÙÁÚ
ͷٷ͸ÒıˆÁ ΢Òfl‰·. ‚ÈÌÙÂÔÍ‹ÏÂÒ·Ú. ÷˘ÙflÛÙ ÙÔ ˆ¸ÌÙÔ „È· Ì· ÏÂÈ˛ÛÂÙ ÙÁÌ
·ÌÙflËÂÛÁ fi ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈfiÛÙ ÙÁ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· BLC ¸Ù·Ì
Í‹ÌÂÙ „„Ò·ˆfi Û ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ ÂÒÈ‚‹ÎÎÔÌ.
« ÂÈ͸̷ ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ ÂflÌ·È ƒÂÌ ›˜ÂÙ ÒıËÏflÛÂÈ ÙÔ ˆ·Í¸ ÛÙÔ Û͸ÂıÙÒÔ.
ËÔÎfi. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ÏԘθ Ò˝ËÏÈÛÁÚ ÙÔı ÛÍÔ½ÙÒÔı Ï›˜ÒÈ ÔÈ
ẨÂflÓÂÈÚ Ôı Âψ·ÌflÊÔÌÙ·È Û ·ıÙ¸ Ì· ÂflÌ·È ÂıÍÒÈÌÂflÚ.
« ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ ≈Λ„ÓÙ ÙÔ ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ.
‰ÂÌ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl. « ·ıٸϷÙÁ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁ ‰ÂÌ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
ÏÁ ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ÂÛÙfl·ÛÁÚ.
‘Ô ÍÔıÏfl Play, FF fi REW ‰ÂÌ ≈Λ„ÓÙ ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ Power. ”ÙÒ›¯Ù ÙÔÌ ‰È·Í¸ÙÁ
ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„Âfl. Power ÛÙÁ Ë›ÛÁ PLAYER.
« Í·Û›Ù· ›˜ÂÈ ˆÙ‹ÛÂÈ ÛÙÁÌ ·Ò˜fi fi ÛÙÔ Ù›ÎÔÚ.
ºÙ·Ì ‚ΛÂÙ ›Ì· ÏÔÙfl‚Ô Ù˝Ôı K‹ÙÈ Ù›ÙÔÈÔ ÂflÌ·È ˆıÛÈÔÎÔ„È͸ Í·È ‰ÂÌ ·ÔÙÂÎÂfl ‚΋‚Á fi
Ï˘Û·˙ÍÔ˝ Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ ·Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ Â΋ÙÙ˘Ï·.
·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ. « Í·Û›Ù· Ẩ˜ÔÏ›Ì˘Ú Ì· ›˜ÂÈ Í·Ù·ÛÙÒ·ˆÂfl.
¡ÌÙÈÍ·Ù·ÛÙfiÛÙÂ ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·.
œÈ ͈·Î›Ú ‚flÌÙÂÔ ˜ÒÂÈ‹ÊÔÌÙ·È Í·Ë·ÒÈÛϸ (‚Λ ÛÂÎfl‰·
100).
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 105

ENGLISH GREEK

Troubleshooting ¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì

Setting menu items —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÛÙÔȘÂfl˘Ì ÏÂÌÔ˝
Available Mode ƒÈ·Ë›ÛÈÏÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Main . . K˝ÒÈÔ ƒÂıÙÂÒ½ÔÌ
Sub Menu Functions Page ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ . . ”ÂÎfl‰·
Menu Camera Player M Cam M Player ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Camera Player M Cam M Player
! ! ! !
Camera Program AE Selecting the Program AE
✔ 48, 49 Camera Program AE ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✔ 48, 49
Function Program AE
White Balance Setting the White Balance ✔ ✔ 50 White Balance —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÈÛÔÒÒÔfl·Ú ÎÂıÍÔ˝ ✔ ✔ 50
Visual Effect Setting the Digital special Visual Effect —˝ËÏÈÛÁ Ù˘Ì ¯ÁˆÈ·Í˛Ì ÂȉÈͲÌ
✔ 52, 53 ✔ 52, 53
effect ˆ›
16:9 Wide Setting the 16:9 Wide 16:9 Wide —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú ÂıÒÂfl·Ú
✔ 54 ✔ 54
Function Ô˸ÌÁÚ (16:9)
Macro Setting the Macro Function ✔ ✔ 55 Macro —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú Macro ✔ ✔ 55
DIS Selecting the Digital Image DIS ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝
✔ 56 ✔ 56
Stabilizing ÛÙ·ËÂÒÔÔÈÁÙfi ÂÈ͸̷Ú
BLC Setting the BLC Function ✔ ✔ 57 BLC —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
✔ ✔ 57
Digital Zoom Selecting the Digital Zoom ✔ 58 ·ÌÙÈÛÙ‹ËÏÈÛÁÚ Í¸ÌÙÒ· ˆ˘ÙÈÛÏÔ˝
Tape Photo Search Searching pictures recorded in
✔ 59 Digital Zoom ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ ✔ 58
Tape Photo Search ¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ Ù˘Ì ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì
Tape ✔ 59
Photo Copy Copying still images from a Ôı ›˜ÔıÌ Â„„Ò·ˆÂfl ÛÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·
✔ 87
cassette to Memory Card Photo Copy ¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì ·¸ Í·Û›Ù·
Audio Select Selecting the Audio playback Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ✔ 87
✔ 64
channel Audio Select ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı Í·Ì·ÎÈÔ˝
✔ 64
Audio Effect Selecting the Audio Effect ✔ 68 ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fiÚ fi˜Ôı
Rec Mode Selecting the recording speed Audio Effect ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl· Á˜ÁÙÈÍ˛Ì Âˆ› ✔
Record ✔ ✔ 43 68
Rec Mode ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ Ù·˜˝ÙÁÙ·Ú
Audio Mode Selecting Sound Quality for
Record ✔ ✔ 43
✔ ✔ 43 „„Ò·ˆfiÚ
recording Audio Mode ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú fi˜Ôı
WindCut Plus Minimizing wind noise ✔ ✔ 44 Í·Ù‹ ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi ✔ ✔ 43
Real Stereo Selecting the Real Stereo WindCut Plus K·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfi ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı ✔ ✔ 44
✔ 45
Real Stereo ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
AV In/Out @ Selecting the AV input/output ✔ 69 Ò·„Ï·ÙÈÍÔ˝ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈÍÔ˝ fi˜Ôı ✔ 45
Memory Photo Quality Selecting Image Quality ✔ ✔ 74 AV In/Out @ ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı/ÂÓ¸‰Ôı AV ✔ 69
! ✔ ✔
Photo Size # Selecting the recording Photo ✔ 75 Memory Photo Quality ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÔȸÙÁÙ·Ú ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú 74
Size ! Photo Size # ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÔı Ï„›ËÔıÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ
·Ò˜ÂflÔı Photo
✔ 75
File No. File Numbering Options ✔ 76
File No. ≈ÈÎÔ„›Ú ÔÌÔÏ·Ûfl·Ú ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ✔ 76
M.Play Select Selecting Storage Media
✔ 85 M.Play Select ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ·ÔËÁÍÂıÙÈÍÔ˝ Ï›ÛÔı
(Photo, Movie) to playback (ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆfl·Ú, Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú) ÒÔÚ ·Ì··Ò·„˘„fi ✔ 85
Delete Deleting Files ✔ 80 Delete ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ✔ 80
Delete All Deleting All files ✔ 81 Delete All ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi ¸Î˘Ì Ù˘Ì ·Ò˜Âfl˘Ì ✔ 81
Protect Preventing Accidental Erasure ✔ 79 Protect ¡ÔÙÒÔfi ·ÍÔ˝ÛÈ·Ú ‰È·„Ò·ˆfiÚ ✔ 79
Print Mark Print images recorded on a Print Mark ≈ÍÙ˝˘ÛÁ ÂÈÍ¸Ì˘Ì
Memory Card ✔ 88
·ÔËÁÍÂıÏ›Ì˘Ì Û ͋ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ✔ 88
Format Formatting the Memory Card ✔ 82 Format ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ ÙÁÚ Í‹ÒÙ·Ú ÏÌfiÏÁÚ ✔ 82
! : VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only ! : ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
@ : VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi only @ : ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D371i/D371Wi/D372WHi/D375Wi/D975Wi
# : VP-D975W(i) only # : ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D975W(i) 105
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 106

ENGLISH GREEK

Troubleshooting ¡ÌÙÈÏÂÙ˛ÈÛÁ ÒÔ‚ÎÁÏ‹Ù˘Ì

Available mode ƒÈ·Ë›ÛÈÏÔ Û ÙÒ¸Ô ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú
Main . . K˝ÒÈÔ ƒÂıÙÂÒ½ÔÌ . .
Sub Menu Functions Page ÀÂÈÙÔıÒ„flÂÚ ”ÂÎfl‰·
Menu Camera Player M Cam M Player ÏÂÌÔ˝ ÏÂÌÔ˝ Camera Player M Cam M Player
! ! ! !
Display LCD Bright Setting the Brightness tone of œË¸ÌÁ LCD Bright —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ˆ˘ÙÂÈ̸ÙÁÙ·Ú ÙÁÚ
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 29
Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 29
the LCD Screen
LCD Colour Setting the Colour tones of the ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ LCD Colour —˝ËÏÈÛÁ Ù˘Ì ˜Ò˘Ï·ÙÈÍ˛Ì Ù¸Ì˘Ì ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
LCD Screen 29 ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ LCD 29
Date/Time Setting the Date and Time ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 30 Date/Time —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÁÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·Ú Í·È ˛Ò·Ú ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 30
TV Display Selecting OSD on/off of TV TV Display ≈ÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ/·ÂÌÂÒ„ÔÔflÁÛÁ
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 31 ÙÁÚ Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁÚ Ù˘Ì ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì Âfl ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 31
ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ ÛÙÁÌ ÙÁθҷÛÁ
System Clock Set Setting the Clock Set ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 23 System Clock Set —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ ˛Ò·Ú ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 23
Remote ! Using the remote control ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 24 Remote ! ◊ÒfiÛÁ ÙÔı ÙÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙÁÒflÔı ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 24
Beep Sound Setting the Beep sound ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 25 Beep Sound —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı "ÏÈ" ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 25
Shutter Sound ! Setting the Shutter sound ✔ ✔ ✔ 26 Shutter Sound ! —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÔı fi˜Ôı ÙÔı ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı ✔ ✔ ✔ 26
USB Connect ! Setting the USB ✔ 94 USB Connect ! —˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÙÁÚ Û˝Ì‰ÂÛÁÚ USB ✔ 94
Language Selecting the OSD language Language ≈ÈÎÔ„fi ÙÁÚ „βÛÛ·Ú Ù˘Ì
✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 27
ẨÂflÓÂ˘Ì ÛÙÁÌ Ô˸ÌÁ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 27
Demonstration Demonstration ✔ 28 Demonstration ≈fl‰ÂÈÓÁ ✔ 28

! : VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) only ! : ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)

106
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 107

ENGLISH GREEK

Specifications ‘˜ÌÈÍ›Ú Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú

Model Name: VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i) ºÌÔÏ· ÏÔÌÙ›ÎÔı: VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i)
System System
Video signal PAL ”fiÏ· ‚flÌÙÂÔ PAL
Video recording system 2 rotary heads, Helical scanning system ”˝ÛÙÁÏ· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ ‚flÌÙÂÔ 2 ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆÈÍ›Ú Íˆ·Î›Ú, ÂÎÈÍÔÂȉ›Ú Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· Û‹Ò˘ÛÁÚ
Audio recording system Rotary heads, 12/16b PCM system ”˝ÛÙÁÏ· „„Ò·ˆfiÚ fi˜Ôı –ÂÒÈÛÙÒÔˆÈÍ›Ú Íˆ·Î›Ú, Û˝ÛÙÁÏ· 12/16b, ·ÎÏÔ͢‰ÈÍfi ‰È·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ (PCM)
Usable cassette Digital video tape (6.35mm width): Mini DV cassette ‘˝ÔÚ Í·Û›Ù·Ú K·Û›Ù· ¯ÁˆÈ·ÍÔ˝ ‚flÌÙÂÔ (΋ÙÔÚ 6,35 mm): K·Û›Ù· Mini DV
Tape speed SP: approx. 18.83mm/s LP: approx. 12.57mm/s ‘·˜˝ÙÁÙ· Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú SP: ÂÒflÔı 18,83 mm/‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ,
Tape recording time SP: 60 minutes (when using DVM 60), LP: 90 minutes (when LP: ÂÒflÔı 12,57 mm/‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙÔ
using DVM 60) ◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ Â„„Ò·ˆfiÚ Ù·ÈÌfl·Ú SP: 60 ÎÂÙ‹ (¸Ù·Ì ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙ DVM 60), LP: 90 ÎÂÙ‹ (¸Ù·Ì
FF/REW time Approx. 150 sec. (using DVM60 tape) ˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈÂflÙÂ DVM 60)
◊Ò¸ÌÔÚ FF/REW –ÂÒflÔı 150 ‰ÂıÙÂÒ¸ÎÂÙ· (˜ÒÁÛÈÏÔÔÈ˛ÌÙ·Ú Ù·ÈÌfl· DVM60)
Image device CCD (Charge Coupled Device) (VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/ ”ıÛÍÂıfi ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú CCD (ƒÈ‹Ù·ÓÁ ÛıÊÂı„Ï›ÌÔı ˆÔÒÙflÔı) VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/
D375W(i) : 800K Pixels, VP-D975W(i) : 1MEGA Pixels) D375W(i) : 800K ˜ÈÎÈ‹‰ÂÚ pixels, VP-D975W(i) : 1MEGA ˜ÈÎÈ‹‰ÂÚ pixels)
Lens F1.6 34X (VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)), 26X ÷·Í¸Ú F1.6 34x (VP-D371(i)/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)),
(VP-D975W(i)), 1200x (Digital) Electronic zoom lens 26x (VP-D975W(i)), 1200 x(ÿÁˆÈ·Í¸) ÷·Í¸Ú ÁÎÂÍÙÒÔÌÈÍÔ˝ ÊÔıÏ
Filter diameter Ø30 ƒÈ‹ÏÂÙÒÔÚ ˆflÎÙÒÔı Ø30
LCD Screen/Viewfinder œË¸ÌÁ LCD/”͸ÂıÙÒÔ
Size/dot number 2.5inch 112K (VP-D371(i)), 2.7inch 112K (VP-D371W(i)/ Û„ÂËÔÚ/·ÒÈËÏ¸Ú ÍÔıÍfl‰˘Ì 2,5 flÌÙÛÂÚ 112K (VP-D371(i)) / 2,7 flÌÙÛÂÚ 112K (VP-D371W(i)/
D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i)) D372WH(i)/D375W(i)/D975W(i))
LCD Screen Method TFT LCD œË¸ÌÁ LCD ’„Ò˛Ì ÍÒıÛÙ‹ÎÎ˘Ì (LCD), Ù˝Ôı TFT
Viewfinder Colour LCD ”͸ÂıÙÒÔ ∏„˜Ò˘ÏÔ LCD
Connectors ’Ô‰Ô˜›Ú
Video output 1Vp-p (75Ω terminated) ∏ÓÔ‰ÔÚ ‚flÌÙÂÔ 1 Vp-p (75 Ÿ Ï ÙÂÒÏ·ÙÈÛϸ)
Audio output -7.5dBs (600Ω terminated) ∏ÓÔ‰ÔÚ fi˜Ôı -7,5 dB (600 Ÿ Ï ÙÂÒÏ·ÙÈÛϸ)
DV input/output 4pin special in/out connector ≈flÛÔ‰ÔÚ/›ÓÔ‰ÔÚ DV ÂȉÈÍfi ıÔ‰Ô˜fi 4 ·Ífl‰˘Ì ÂÈÛ¸‰Ôı/ÂÓ¸‰Ôı,
USB output Mini-B type connector ›ÓÔ‰ÔÚ USB ıÔ‰Ô˜fi Ù˝Ôı Mini-B
(VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i) ≈Ó˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ
only) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη
VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
General
Power source DC 8.4V, Lithium Ion Battery Pack 7.4V √ÂÌÈÍ‹
Power source type Lithium Ion Battery Pack, Power supply (100V~240V) 50/60Hz ‘ÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÙÈ͸ 8,4 V DC, Ï·Ù·Òfl· ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı 7,4 V
Power consumption 3.5W(VP-D371/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i)) ‘˝ÔÚ Á„fiÚ ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ ≈·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈʸÏÂÌÁ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı, ÙÒÔˆÔ‰ÔÛfl· ·¸ ‰flÍÙıÔ
(Recording) 3.9W(VP-D975W(i)) ÒÂ˝Ï·ÙÔÚ (100V ~ 240V) 50/60Hz
Operating temperature 0˚~40˚C (32˚F~104˚F) K·Ù·Ì‹Î˘ÛÁ ÈÛ˜˝ÔÚ (Ï 3.5W(VP-D371/D371W(i)/D372WH(i)/D375W(i))
Storage temperature -20˚C ~ 60˚C (-4˚F ~ 140˚F) ÙÁÌ Â„„Ò·ˆfi) 3.9W(VP-D975W(i))
External dimension Height : 3.70inches (94mm), Length : 4.69inches (119mm), »ÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú 0˚C ~ 40˚C
»ÂÒÏÔÍÒ·Ûfl· ·ÔËfiÍÂıÛÁÚ -20˚C ~ 60˚C
Width : 2.16inches (55mm)
≈Ó˘ÙÂÒÈÍ›Ú ‰È·ÛÙ‹ÛÂÈÚ æ¯ÔÚ 94 mm, ÃfiÍÔÚ 119 mm, –΋ÙÔÚ 55 mm
Weight 0.75lb (340g, 11.99oz) (Except for Lithium Ion Battery Pack and tape) ¬‹ÒÔÚ 340 g (˜˘ÒflÚ ÙÁÌ Ï·Ù·Òfl· ȸÌÙ˘Ì ÎÈËflÔı Í·È ÙÁÌ Í·Û›Ù·)
Internal Microphone Omni-directional stereo microphone ≈Û˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ –ÔÎıÍ·ÙÂıËıÌÙÈ͸ ÛÙÂÒÂÔˆ˘ÌÈ͸ ÏÈÍÒ¸ˆ˘ÌÔ
Remote control Indoors: greater than 49ft(15m) (straight line), Outdoors: about ‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ ≈Ï‚›ÎÂÈ·: ” ÂÛ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ: Ï„·Î˝ÙÂÒÁ ·¸ 15 m (Û ÂıËÂfl·
(VP-D375W(i)/ 16.4ft(5m) (straight line) (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη „Ò·ÏÏfi), Û ÂÓ˘ÙÂÒÈ͸ ˜˛ÒÔ: ÂÒflÔı 5 m (Û ÂıËÂfl· „Ò·ÏÏfi)
D975W(i) only) VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i))
- The technical specifications and design may be changed without notice. - ¡ıÙ›Ú ÔÈ Ù˜ÌÈÍ›Ú Òԉȷ„Ò·ˆ›Ú Í·È Ô Û˜Â‰È·ÛÏ¸Ú ÏÔÒÂfl Ì· ·Î΋ÓÔıÌ ˜˘ÒflÚ
ÒÔÂȉÔÔflÁÛÁ.
107
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110
ENGLISH
Index
-¡-
Accessories .................................8
AF/MF ....................................... 47
Audio Dubbing .......................... 63
Audio Mode ............................... 43
-B-
Battery Pack ............................. 16
BLC ......................................... 57
-C-
Cassette ................................... 32
Cleaning ................................. 100
Clock Set ................................... 23
Connecting ............................... 96
-D-
Date/Time ................................. 30
DC Cable .................................. 19
Deleting .............................. 80~81
Demonstration........................... 28
DIS............................................. 56
DV.............................................. 92
-E-
EASY.Q Mode .......................... 35
Exposure .................................. 46
-F-
Fade ......................................... 40
Formatting ................................ 82
Frame advance ........................ 62
Function buttons ......................... 9
-H-
Hand Strap ............................... 14
-I-
IEEE1394 ........................... 91~92
-L-
LCD .......................................... 29
-M-
Memory Card ........................... 72
Moving Image Recording...........83
108
2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 108
-O-
OSD ................................... 21, 22
-—-
Photo Copy .............................. 87
Photo Quality ............................ 74
Photo Size ................................. 75
Photo Search ............................ 59
Program AE .............................. 48
Protection ................................. 79
Photo images ........................... 78
-R-
Rec Mode ................................. 43
Rec Search .............................. 36
Remote ..................................... 24
Remote control ......................... 13
-S-
Shutter Speed .......................... 46
Sound ................................. 25~26
Speaker .................................... 60
-T-
Tele Macro................................. 55
TV Display ................................. 31
-U-
USB (VP-D375W(i)/D975W(i)
only)......................................93~98
-V-
Viewfinder ................................. 32
Voice+........................................ 67
Visual Effect ............................. 52
-W-
White Balance ........................... 50
WindCut Plus ............................ 44
-Z-
ZERO MEMORY ...................... 37
Zoom ........................................ 39
≈ıÒÂÙfiÒÈÔ
-¡-
¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (Rec Search)............36
¡Ì·ÊfiÙÁÛÁ ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì (Photo Search)....59
¡ÌÙÈ„Ò·ˆfi ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì (Photo Copy) ....87
¡ÔÏÌÁϸÌÂıÛÁ ÛÁÏÂflÔı ›Ì·ÒÓÁÚ
(ZERO MEMORY) ...........................................37
¡Ì··Ò·„˘„fi Í·Ò›-Í·Ò› (Frame advance) ...62
-ƒ-
ƒÈ·Ï¸Òˆ˘ÛÁ (Formatting) ............................82
ƒÈ·„Ò·ˆfi (Deleting) ................................80~81
-≈-
≈„„Ò·ˆfi ÍÈÌÔ˝ÏÂÌÁÚ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú (Moving
Image Recording) ......................................... 83
∏ÍËÂÛÁ (Exposure)........................................46
≈̉ÂflÓÂÈÚ Âfl ÙÁÚ Ô˸ÌÁÚ (OSD)...........21, 22
≈fl‰ÂÈÓÁ (Demonstration).............................28
-∆-
∆ÔıÏ (Zoom)....................................................39
-«-
«ÏÂÒÔÏÁÌfl·/øÒ· (Date/Time).......................30
π˜ÔÚ (Sound) ...........................................25~26
-…-
…Ï‹ÌÙ·Ú ˜ÂÒÈÔ˝ (Hand Strap)........................14
…ÛÔÒÒÔfl· ÎÂıÍÔ˝ (White Balance).............50
-K-
K·Ë·ÒÈÛÏ¸Ú (Cleaning)................................100
K·Î˛‰ÈÔ DC (DC Cable) ................................19
K‹ÒÙ· ÏÌfiÏÁÚ (Memory Card).....................72
K·Û›Ù· (Cassete)............................................32
K·Ù·ÛÙÔÎfi ËÔÒ˝‚Ôı ·Ì›ÏÔı
(WindCut Plus) ................................................44
KÔıÏÈ‹ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„È˛Ì (Function buttons) ....9
-Ã-
Ä‹ˆ˘ÌÔ (Speaker).....................................60
ÃflÓÁ fi˜Ôı (Audio Dubbing)..........................63
Ã·Ù·Òfl·, Â·Ì·ˆÔÒÙÈʸÏÂÌÁ
(Battery Pack)..................................................16
Û„ÂËÔÚ Photo (Photo Size).....................75
-œ-
œË¸ÌÁ TV (TV Display)...................................31
œÙÈ͸ ˆ› (Visual Effect) ............................52
GREEK
-–-
–·ÒÂÎ͸ÏÂÌ· (Accessories)...........................8
–ÔȸÙÁÙ· ˆ˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆÈ˛Ì (Photo Quality)....74
–ÒÔ„Ò·ÏÏ·ÙÈÛÏ¸Ú ·ıٸϷÙÁÚ ›ÍËÂÛÁÚ
(Program AE)...................................................48
–ÒÔÛÙ·Ûfl· (Protection) .................................79
-—-
—˝ËÏÈÛÁ ÒÔÎÔ„ÈÔ˝ (Clock Set) .....................23
-”-
”͸ÂıÙÒÔ (Viewfinder).................................32
”Ù·‰È·Ífi Âψ‹ÌÈÛÁ/Û‚fiÛÈÏÔ ÂÈÍ¸Ì·Ú Í·È
fi˜Ôı (Fade)......................................................40
”ı̉›ÛÂÈÚ (Connecting)................................96
-‘-
‘·˜˝ÙÁÙ· ÍÎÂflÛÙÒÔı (Shutter Speed)........ 46
‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÏ¸Ú (Remote) ...............................24
‘ÁΘÂÈÒÈÛÙfiÒÈÔ (Remote control) ..............13
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú EASY.Q
(EASY.Q Mode) ..............................................35
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú „„Ò·ˆfiÚ (Rec Mode) ..43
‘Ò¸ÔÚ ÎÂÈÙÔıÒ„fl·Ú fi˜Ôı (Audio Mode)...43
-÷-
÷˘ÙÔ„Ò·ˆflÂÚ (Photo images) ......................78
÷ŸÕ« +.............................................................67
-A-
AF/MF................................................................47
-B-
BLC ...................................................................57
-D-
DIS.....................................................................56
DV......................................................................92
-I-
IEEE1394 ...................................................91~92
-L-
LCD ..................................................................29
-T-
Tele Macro .......................................................55
-U-
USB (ϸÌÔ „È· Ù· ÏÔÌٛη VP-D375W(i)/
D975W(i)) ...................................................93~98
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 109

ENGLISH GREEK
Contact SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE ≈ÈÍÔÈÌ˘Ìfl· Ï ÙÁ SAMSUNG WORLD WIDE
If you have any questions or comments relating to Samsung products, please ≈‹Ì ›˜ÂÙ Ùı˜¸Ì ÂÒ˘ÙfiÛÂÈÚ fi Û˜¸ÎÈ· Û˜ÂÙÈÍ‹ Ï ÒÔ˙¸ÌÙ· ÙÁÚ Samsung, ÂÈÍÔÈÌ˘ÌfiÛÙ ÏÂ
contact the SAMSUNG customer care centre. ÙÔ Í›ÌÙÒÔ ÂÓıÁÒ›ÙÁÛÁÚ ÂÎ·Ù˛Ì ÙÁÚ SAMSUNG.
Region Country Customer Care Centre Web Site
CANADA 1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/ca
North America MEXICO 01-800-SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/mx
U.S.A 1-800-SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com
ARGENTINE 0800-333-3733 www.samsung.com/ar
BRAZIL 0800-124-421 www.samsung.com/br
CHILE 800-726-7864(SAMSUNG) www.samsung.com/cl
COSTA RICA 0-800-507-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
ECUADOR 1-800-10-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
EL SALVADOR 800-6225 www.samsung.com/latin
Latin America GUATEMALA 1-800-299-0013 www.samsung.com/latin
JAMAICA 1-800-234-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
PANAMA 800-7267 www.samsung.com/latin
PUERTO RICO 1-800-682-3180 www.samsung.com/latin
REP. DOMINICA 1-800-751-2676 www.samsung.com/latin
TRINIDAD & TOBAGO 1-800-7267-864 www.samsung.com/latin
VENEZUELA 1-800-100-5303 www.samsung.com/latin
BELGIUM 02 201 2418 www.samsung.com/be
CZECH REPUBLIC 844 000 844 www.samsung.com/cz
DENMARK 38 322 887 www.samsung.com/dk
FINLAND 09 693 79 554 www.samsung.com/fi
FRANCE 08 25 08 65 65 (0,15€/Min) www.samsung.com/fr
GERMANY 01805 - 121213 (€ 0,14/Min) www.samsung.de
HUNGARY 06 40 985 985 www.samsung.com/hu
ITALIA 199 153 153 www.samsung.com/it
Europe LUXEMBURG 02 261 03 710 www.samsung.lu
NETHERLANDS 0900 20 200 88 (€ 0.10/Min) www.samsung.com/nl
NORWAY 231 627 22 www.samsung.com/no
POLAND 0 801 801 881 www.samsung.com/pl
PORTUGAL 80 8 200 128 www.samsung.com/pt
SLOVAKIA 0850 123 989 www.samsung.com/sk
SPAIN 902 10 11 30 www.samsung.com/es
SWEDEN 08 585 367 87 www.samsung.com/se
U.K 0870 SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/uk
RUSSIA 8-800-200-0400 www.samsung.ru
CIS UKRAINE 8-800-502-0000 www.samsung.com/ur
AUSTRALIA 1300 362 603 www.samsung.com/au
CHINA 800-810-5858, 010- 6475 1880 www.samsung.com.cn
HONG KONG 2862 6001 www.samsung.com/hk
3030 8282
INDIA www.samsung.com/in
1600 1100 11
INDONESIA 0800-112-8888 www.samsung.com/id
Asia Pacific
JAPAN 0120-327-527 www.samsung.com/jp
MALAYSIA 1800-88-9999 www.samsung.com/my
PHILIPPINES 1800-10-SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/ph
SINGAPORE 1800-SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/sg
1800-29-3232
THAILAND www.samsung.com/th
02-689-3232
TAIWAN 0800-329-999 www.samsung.com/tw
VIETNAM 1 800 588 889 www.samsung.com/vn
Middle East & Africa www.samsung.com/za
SOUTH AFRICA 0860 7267864 (SAMSUNG)
U.A.E 800SAMSUNG (7267864) www.samsung.com/mea
01227K VPD371 UK+GRE~110 2/3/07 10:04 AM Page 110
ENGLISH
THIS CAMCORDER IS MANUFACTURED BY:
RoHS compliant
Our product complies with “The Restriction Of the use of
certain Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic
equipment”, and we do not use the 6 hazardous materials-
Cadmium(Cd), Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg), Hexavalent
Chromium (Cr+6), Poly Brominated Biphenyls (PBBs), Poly
Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs)- in our products.
GREEK
íÄáà äÄåÖêÄ Ö èêéàáÇÖÑÖçÄ éí:
RoHS Ò˙ÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËÂ
燯ËflÚ ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚ Â ‚ Ò˙ÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËÂ Ò “é„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÂÚÓ
Á‡ ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ì ̇ ÓÔ‡ÒÌË ‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‚ ÂÎÂÍÚÓÌÌËÚÂ
Û‰˔ Ë ÌË ËÁÔÓÎÁ‚‡Ï 6 ÓÔ‡ÒÌË Ï‡ÚflËflÎË -
Cadmium(Cd), Lead (Pb), Mercury (Hg), Hexavalent
Chromium (Cr+6), Poly Brominated Biphenyls (PBBs), Poly
Brominated Diphenyl Ethers(PBDEs)- ‚ ̇¯ËÚ ÔÓ‰ÛÍÚË.